The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutMark Sauer Construction Inc; 2010-09-20; PWS10-43RECCITY OF CARLSBAD San Diego County California CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, GENERAL, AND TECHNICAL PROVISIONS FOR LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 BID NO. PWS10-43REC Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 1 of 104 Pages INFORMATION TO BIDDERS Questions on the bid documents during the bid period shall be submitted in writing, via facsimile, solely to: Liz Ketabian, Park Planner Fax No. 760-434-5088 Questions shall be definite and certain and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes, details, or specification sections. The cut off date to submit questions regarding this project is 5:00 PM, July 6, 2010. No questions will be entertained after that date. The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and provided to those bidding on the project 1 week prior to bid opening. For additional information concerning questions on the bid documents, refer to Notice Inviting Bids, page 7. TABLE OF CONTENTS Item Page Notice Inviting Bids 8 Contractor's Proposal 13 Bid Security Form 17 Bidder's Bond to Accompany Proposal 18 Guide for Completing the "Designation Of Subcontractors" Form 20 Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid Items 22 Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 23 Bidder's Certificate of Insurance for General Liability, Employers' Liability, and Automotive Liability and Workers' Compensation 24 Bidder's Statement of Re Debarment 25 Bidder's Disclosure of Discipline Record 26 Non-Collusion Affidavit to Be Executed by Bidder and Submitted with Bid 28 Contract Public Works 29 Labor and Materials Bond 35 Faithful Performance/Warranty Bond 37 Optional Escrow Agreement for Surety Deposits in Lieu of Retention 39 Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 2 of 104 Pages GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 1 Terms, Definitions, Abbreviations and Symbols 1-1 Terms 42 1-2 Definitions 42 1-3 Abbreviations 47 1-4 Units of Measure 49 1-5 Symbols 50 Section 2 Scope and Control of The Work 2-1 Award and Execution of Contract 51 2-2 Assignment 51 2-3 Subcontracts 51 2-4 Contract Bonds 52 2-5 Plans and Specifications 53 2-6 Workto be Done 56 2-7 Subsurface Data 56 2-9 Surveying , 56 2-10 Authority of Board and Engineer 57 2-11 Inspection 58 Section 3 Changes in Work 3-1 Changes Requested by the Contractor 58 3-2 Changes Initiated by the Agency 58 3-3 Extra Work 59 3-4 Changed Conditions 61 3-5 Disputed Work 63 Section 4 Control of Materials 4-1 Materials and Workmanship 65 4-2 Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage 70 Section 5 Utilities 5-1 Location 70 5-2 Protection 70 5-3 Removal 71 5-4 Relocation 71 5-5 Delays 72 5-6 Cooperation 72 Section 6 Prosecution, Progress and Acceptance of the Work 6-1 Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work 73 6-2 Prosecution of Work 77 6-3 Suspension of Work 77 6-4 Default by Contractor 78 6-5 Termination of Contract 78 6-6 Delays and Extensions of Time 78 6-7 Time of Completion 79 6-8 Completion, Acceptance, and Warranty 80 6-9 Liquidated Damages 80 6-10 Use of Improvement During Construction 81 Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 3 of 104 Pages Section 7 Responsibilities of the Contractor 7-1 Contractor's Equipment and Facilities 81 7-2 Labor 82 7-3 Liability Insurance 82 7-4 Workers' Compensation Insurance 82 7-5 Permits 82 7-6 The Contractor's Representative 82 7-7 Cooperation and Collateral Work 83 7-8 Project Site Maintenance 83 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements 85 7-10 Public Convenience and Safety 85 7-11 Patent Fees or Royalties 86 7-12 Advertising 86 7-13 Laws to be Observed 86 7-14 Antitrust Claims 87 Section 8 Facilities for Agency Personnel 8-1 General 87 Section 9 Measurement and Payment 9-1 Measurement of Quantities for Unit Price Work 87 9-2 Lump Sum Work 87 9-3 Payment 88 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO PART 2, AND 3 OF THE SSPWC Part 2 Construction Materials Section 200 Rock Materials 200-1 Rock Products 92 Section 201 Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials 201-1 201-3 Portland Cement Concrete 93 Expansion Joint Filler and Joint Sealants 93 Section 204 Lumber and Treatment with Preservatives 204-1 Lumber and Plywood 94 Section 206 Miscellaneous Metal Items,94 Section 207 Pipe 207-25 Underground Utility Marking Tape 94 Section 213 Engineering Fabrics 213-2 Geotextiles 95 213-3 Erosion Control Specialties 96 PARTS Construction Methods Section 300 Earthwork 300-1 Clearing and Grubbing 97 300-2 Unclassified Excavation 97 300-3 Structure Excavation and Backfill 99 300-9 Geotextiles for Erosion Control and Water Pollution Control 99 300-13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 100 Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 4 of 104 Pages Section 301 Treated Soil, Subgrade Preparation and Placement of Base Materials 301-1 Subgrade Preparation 103 Section 303 Concrete and Masonry Construction 104 Section 306 Underground Conduit Construction 306-5 Abandonment of Conduits and Structures 104 Section 310 Painting 310-5 Painting Various Surfaces 104 Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 5 of 104 Pages TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CSI FORMATTED SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01322 Photographic Documentation 01330 Submittal Procedures 01351 Special Procedures for Historic Treatment 01732 Selective Demolition DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 0330 Cast in Place Concrete DIVISION 06 - WOODS AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry 06201 Finish Carpentry DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 Building Insulation 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim DIVISION 08 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08212 Custom Wood Doors 08710 Door Hardware DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09900 Painting 09931 Wood Stains and Transparent Finishes 09960 High-Performance Coatings DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirements 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15060 Refrigerant Pipe and Pipe Fittings 15250 Mechanical Insulation 15410 Plumbing Piping 15440 Plumbing Fixtures 15450 Plumbing Equipment 15785 Split Heat Pump System 15870 Fans 15890 Ductwork 15910 Ductwork Accessories 15935 Air Inlets and Outlets 15950 Building Control Systems ( Non-DCC) 15990 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 Basic Electrical Requirements 16060 Grounding 16075 Electrical Identification 16080 Testing and Certification 16085 Manufacturers A•^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 6 of 104 Pages 16120 Wires and Cables 16130 Raceways 16135 Electrical Boxes and Fittings 16140 Wiring Devices 16190 Support Materials and Methods 16210 Switchboards and Panelboards 16430 Motor Disconnects and Fuses 16500 Lighting Fixtures 16750 Data/Communication Cabling System APPENDIX A Preservation Briefs by the U.S. Department of the Interior, National Parks Service. Preservation Brief 20: The Preservation of Historic Barns APPENDIX B City of Carlsbad Storm Water Compliance Forms-Tier 1 Construction SWPP Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 7 of 104 Pages CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA NOTICE INVITING BIDS UNTIL 2:OOPM ON JULY 20 . 2010, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail, delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be opened and read, for performing the work as follows: All labor materials, equipment and other associated items for the construction for restoration of a historic wood barn structure, including but not limited to the following: interior walls, doors, electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing and finish carpentry for restroom, staff office, storage and gathering space for historical re-use of existing barn structure on National Register of Historic Places. All work shall be done in accordance with The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. Work under this contract shall also include minimal site grading and drainage improvements. LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 BID NO. PWS10-43REC INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND BID REQUIREMENTS This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and General Provisions constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance under this Contract. Section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications as approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Engineering and Parks and Recreation Department. The specifications for the work include City of Carlsbad Technical Specifications and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Sections 2 & 3, 2006 Edition, and any and all supplements thereto, all hereinafter designated "SSPWC" as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association, as amended. Specification Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full particulars and description of the work. The General Provisions (Part 1) to the SSPWC do not apply. The City of Carlsbad encourages the participation of minority and women-owned businesses. m¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 8 of 104 Pages The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer. BID DOCUMENTS The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed and properly executed including notarization where indicated are: 1. Contractor's Proposal 2. Bidder's Bond 3. Non-Collusion Affidavit 4. Designation of Subcontractor and Amount of Subcontractor's Bid 5. Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience 6. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a) 7. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 8. Bidder's Statement Re Debarment 9. Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record 10. Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits -(optional, must be completed if the Bidder wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for Security) ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate for the Barn Stabilization Construction is $350.000. TIME OF COMPLETION: The contractor shall complete the Work within the time set in the contract as defined in the General Provisions Section 6-7. SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS: The project requires pre-qualification of the Contractors and Sub-Contractors to assure experience with historic projects and The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. A copy is attached within the CSI Specifications in the Construction Contract Booklet, as Appendix "A". All Contractors must submit required expe- rience/qualifications at the mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting. No bids will be accepted from any firm which has not complied with this requirement. As a minimum the bidder should have the following experience: 1. The General Contractor shall have completed a minimum of five (5) separate projects under The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. 2. All Sub-Contractors shall have completed a minimum of one (1) project under The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. m¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 9 of 104 Pages ACCEPTABLE LICENSE TYPES Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve the use of federal funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract. Classification A B Description General Engineering* - See Section on Specialty contractor's above General Building*- See Section on Specialty contractor's above ESCROW AGREEMENT " If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date. OBTAINING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Sets of plans, various supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier's Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314, for a non-refundable fee of $ 50.00 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for postage should be added. INTENT OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings, specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings and specifications may submit, via fax, to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. REJECTION OF BIDS The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. THE PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGES IS NOT REQUIRED The City of Carlsbad is a Charter City. Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 3.28.130 supersedes the provisions of the California Labor Code when the public work is not a statewide concern. The City Council has determined that it is not in the best interest of the city to require the payment of prevailing wages for this project. Payment of prevailing wages is at contractor's discretion. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 10 of 104 Pages PRE BID MEETING A MANDATORY pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will be held at 10:00 AM. June 29. 2010 at the project site, Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park, 6200 Flying LC Lane, Carlsbad, CA, 92009. The meeting and tour of the project will begin at the west end of the main parking lot. Because of the nature of this project, attendance at the pre-bid meeting and walk-thru is mandatory. COMPUTATION OF BIDS All bids are to be computed on the basis of a lump sum bid, as indicated in this proposal. In case of a discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. ADDENDUMS Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid. BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract. These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the General Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be accompanied by the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII 2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 11 of 104 Pages CITY OF CARLSBAD LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 CONTRACTOR'S PROPOSAL City Council City of Carlsbad 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive Carlsbad, California 92008 The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto, and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required to do all the work to complete Contract No. 45051 in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, General Provisions, Contract Documents, and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefore the following unit prices for each item complete, to wit: Total amount of lump sum bid in words for entire Barn Restoration Project: Total amount of lump sum bid in numbers for entire Barn Restoration Project: The basis of award will be on the lowest responsive lump sum bid submitted for the project. In addition, award of contract includes pre-qualification requirements as outlined in the General Provisions, Section on Specialty Contractors, (page 8). Price(s) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening. Addendum(a) No(s). _i— has/have been received and is/are included in this proposal. OPENED, WSTNESSED AND _ DATE SlGTjATUR Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 13 of 104 Pages The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid. The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited. The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California, validly licensed under license number . fSOQO "7cX , classification P which expires on 5J £> 1 | c?019~- , and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. A bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City § 7028.15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows: 1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted him/her to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part hereof by its terms; and 2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this proposal is lOOJ^Q (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or Cashier's Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is complete. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 14 of 104 Pages Check a License - Contractors State License Board Page 1 of 1 Department of Consumer Affairs Contractors State License Board Contractor's License Detail - License # 500572 Z-lA DISCLAIMER: A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license database. Before relying on this information, you should be aware of the following limitations. '••'• CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (3&P 7124.6) If this entity is subject to public complaint disclosure, a link for complaint disclosure will appear below. Click on the link or button to obtain complaint and/or legal action information. * Per B&P 7071.17 , only construction related civil judgments reported to the CSLB are disclosed. » Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the arbitration. ••» Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered onto the Board's license database. License Number Business Information Entity: Issue Date Reissue Date Expire Date License Status Additional Status: Classifications: Bonding: Workers' Compensation: Miscellaneous Information: 500572 Extract Date: 7/20/2010 MARK SAUER CONSTRUCTION INC 19712 TEMESCAL CANYON ROAD CORONA, CA 92881-8438 Business Phone Number:(951) 279-4245 Corporation 10/27/1986 05/20/1996 05/31/2012 This license is current and active. All information below should be reviewed. CLASS DESCRIPTION B GENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR'S BOND This license filed Contractor's Bond number SC639573 in the amount of $12,500 with the bonding company AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY. Effective Date: 03/02/2009 Contractor's Bonding History BOND OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL 1. The Responsible Managing Officer (RMO) SAUER MARK FREDERIC certified that he/she owns 10 percent or more of the voting stock/equity of the corporation. A bond of qualifying individual is not required. Effective Date: 05/20/1996 BQI's Bonding History This license has workers compensation insurance with the EVEREST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY Policy Number:7600002249101 Effective Date: 06/01/2010 Expire Date: 06/01/2011 Workers1 Compensation History DATE DESCRIPTION 05/20/1996 LICENSE REISSUED TO ANOTHER ENTITY Conditions of Use | Privacy Policy Copyright © 2010 State of California https://www2.cslb.ca.gov/OnlineServices/CheckLicenseII/LicenseDetail.aspx?LicNum=50... 7/20/2010 IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted (2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor (3) Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State (4) Zip Code Telephone No. (5) E-Mail IF A PARTNERSHIP. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which business is conducted. (2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) (3) Place of Business (Street and Number) City and State (4) Zip Code Telephone No. (5) E-Mail Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 15 of 104 Pages IF A CORPORATION. SIGN HERE: (1) Name under which bu^n^es is conducted Z. A (2) Mark 3, (Title) (3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of ( \ Q (4) Place of Business City and State (5) Zip Code Telephone No Mark Sauer Construction. Inc 19712 Temescal Canyon Rd. Corona, CA 92881-5656 @. nn^auter. com Impress Corporate Seal here 5 I ' 3i H " I A 455 NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant^ecretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and rnanaging.parjpfers: Qr^n Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 16 of 104 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On before me,. a/ A/of or (Here insert name a/d title of the officer) persohally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persor>(s) whose na: the within instrument and acknowledged to me thayig)she/they executed the same i capacity(ig#)r, and that by^i^her/their signature(^6ntne instrument the person(s), or which the person^acted, executed the instrument. 'are subscribed to icr/their authorized entity upon behalf of I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. ___ TB3»3» \ WITNESS my hand and official seal.ik COMM. §1844383 Notify Public .CMomto g RnwnMe County -*Cmm £«*«*». 12.2013 f ifenature of Notary Public (Notary Seal) ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT itle or description oftaitahed ocument) (Title or description of attached document continued) Number of Pages _/ Document Date / / / / / ]L) (Additional information) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER Ly Individual (s). m C^r^atppfficer /^ n n n n (Title) Partner(s) Attorney-in-Fact Trustee(s) Other INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notaiy to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form if required. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. he/she/they^- is /are) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. •J* Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. •t» Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. <• Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document 2008 Version CAPA vl2.10.07 800-873-9865 www.NotaryClasses.com CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On before me, / ^.-1) ucr Jwn, M fliani -ftib 11 c, personally appeared (Here insert name and title of the office who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidenpeJx) be the personjX) whose namejgjM^re subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me thatme/she/they executed the same inj^^her/their authorized capacity(J£s), and that by ftisjher/their signature£s^t>ntfie instrument the person^, or the entity upon behalf of which the person^Tacted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. J. DURHAM I COMM. #1844383 z Notary Public • California 5 Riverside County My Comm. Expires Apr. 12.2013 f Signature of Notary Public (Notary Seal) ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or description of axaLhea document) Number of Pages (Additional information) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER D /Individual (s) W Corporate Officer (Title) D Partner(s) D Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee(s) D Other INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form if required. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. he/she/they^- is /are ) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. * Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. * Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. * Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document 2008 Version CAPA v 12.10.07 800-873-9865 www.NotaryClasses.com BID SECURITY FORM (Check to Accompany Bid) LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 54051 (NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.) Accompanying this proposal is a "Certified *Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF CARLSBAD, in the sum of dollars ($ ), this amount being ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder. BIDDER Delete the inapplicable word. (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.) Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 17 of 104 Pages BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL LEO CARRILLQ RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:Developers Surety and That we, Mark Sauer Construction inn.... as Principal, and Indemnity Company t as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad, California, in an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount)Ten percent oj Amount N.d for which payment, well and truly made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the proposal of the above-bounden Principal for: LEO CARRIU.O RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by th© City Council, and if the Principal shail duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, being duly notified of said award, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal Revised 6/1 0/09 . Contract No, 45051 Page 18 of 104 Pages shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by PRINCIPAL this 1^ day of PRINCIPAL: Mark Sauer Constructjo.ioj/lno/7. (name of Principal) By; M?OUT< ?)fl i Af/~ (print name here) (title and organization of signatory) 20 10. . Executed by SURETY this 15th. day of July _, 20JO . SURETY: Developers Surety and Indemnity Company (Title anrgJlnlzattn of Signatory)Fitch #200, Irvine, CA 92614 (address of Surety) 800-782-1546__ (telephone number of Surety) By: amela McCarthy, Attorney-in-Fact (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a- resolution certified by the secretary or agajtfint secretary under corponate. seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO F°RM; RONALD R, BALL City Attorney vBy: A Up ADeputy City Attorney Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 4S051 Page 19 Of 104 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Il L tl State of California County of San Bernardino On July 15. 2010 ss. before me, Cynthia J. Young. Notary Public Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") Personally appeared Pamela McCarthy CYNTHIA J. YOU NG I COMM.# 1806614 ^ NOTARY PUBLIC - CALIFORNIA S y SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY « My Comm. Expires July 15,2012 i Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document:. Document Date:Number of Pages: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:. Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Individual Corporate Officer Title O Partner - d Limited CJ General n Attorney-in-Fact n Trustee d Guardian or Conservator Other: _ Signer is Representing: RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, do each hereby make, constitute and appoint ***Jay P. Freeman,Pamela McCarthy, Susan C. Monteon, Cynthia J. Young, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said, corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and contracts of surety- ship giving and granting unto said Attorney(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said eorporations could do, but reserving to each of said corporations full power of substitution and revocation, and ail of the acts of said Attomey(s)-in-Fact pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that a combination of any two of the Chairman of the Board, the President, Executive. Vice-President, Senior Vice-President or any Vice President of the corporations be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute this Power of Attorney, qualifying the attorney(s) named in the Power of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of either of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporations when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA have severally caused these presents to be signed by their respective officers and attested by their respective Secretary or Assistant Secretary this January 1st 2008. .l«>""*"o*"""l,, ^fej'oSS^- Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice-President State of California County of Orange On August 13tti, 2008 Date .before me,. personally appeared. Jenny TT Nguyen, Notary Public Here Insert Name and .Title of the Officer Daniel Young and Stephen T. Pate Name(s) of Slgner(s) JeNNYTTNQUYEN COMM. # 1791640 NOTAFTY PUBLIC CAUFORNM j OFtANGe COUNTY MX comm. axpina fefa, maotal Place Notary Seal Above who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instalment I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature CERTIFICATE The undersigned, as Secretary or Assistant Secretary of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY or INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked and, furthermore, that the provisions of the resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power of Attorney are in force as of the date of this Certificate.^-it-This Certificate Is executed in the City of Irvine, California, this JJ "day of istant Secretary ID-1380(Rev.11/09) CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On Y\ personally appeared AOIO before me, I iCL '."burham, Mo (Here insert naihe and title of the officer) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personjX) whose namej£s>Ts|are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me thatyWshe/they executed the same inQiis^rier/their authorized capacityQes^and that b)/hi^/her/their signaturej^on the instrument the person(^br the entity upon behalf of which the perso^sVactedjexecuted the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. (Notary Seal) COMM. 01844383 zNotary Pt*«c-CaM«nia g Riverside County - Corom. Expires/fr. 12,2013 f ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT Bid (Title or descriptiorj,of attached document) of *" ^Title Ar description of attached document continued)^ dNumber of Pages | Document Date (Additional information) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER D * D D D D Individual (s) Garnorate Officer (Title) Partner(s) Attorney-in-Fact Trustee(s) Other INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorised capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form if required. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. he/she/they, is /are) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. •> Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. •> Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. * Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document 2008 Version CAPA v 12.10.07 800-873-9865 www.NotaryClasses.com CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of before me, rfe(Here insert rfeme and title of the officer) 1^1/1personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(X) whose name^f^/a^e subscribed to the within instrument and acjoiowledged to me thalQ^jshe/they executed the same inQij§«ier/their authorized capacity(ie>)f and that by(nis>ner/their signature^) on the instrument the personj^C or the entity upon behalf of which the person^s^acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. \\kin. ) J. DURHAM ICOMM. #1844383 z Notary Public • California § Riverside County Comm. Expires Apr. 12,2013 f :ure of >Jotary Public (Notary Seal) ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT _X (Title or descfiption c*attachad dooument (Title or^flepcriptiotgf attached document continued) Number of Pages [Q Document Date ontinu / / (Additional information) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER D Individual (s) Corporate Of D Partner(s) D Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee(s) D Other INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form if required. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. he/she/the)-, is /are ) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. * Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. •'• Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. •J* Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document 2008 Version CAPA v!2.10.07 800-873-9865 www.NotaryClasses.com Company Profile Page 1 of 2 Company Profile DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY 17780 FITCH, SUITE 200 IRVINE, CA 92613 Agent for Service of Process SUSAN M. MOORE, 11780 FITCH SUITE 200 IRVINE, CA 92614 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? rveference Information NAIC#: 12718 NAIC Group #: 0075 California Company ID #: 4606-0 Date authorized in California: August 30, 1999 License Status: UNLIMITED-NORMAL Company Type: Property & Casualty State of Domicile: IOWA Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the glossary. AUTOMOBILE BOILER AND MACHINERY BURGLARY FIRE LEGAL INSURANCE LIABILITY MARINE MISCELLANEOUS PLATE GLASS SPRINKLER SURETY http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb_co_prof_utl.get_co_prof?p_EID=:l 00... 7/20/2010 Company Profile Page 2 of 2 Company Complaint Information Company Enforcement Action Documents Company Performance & Comparison Data Composite Complaint Studies Want More? Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area Financial Rating Organizations Last Revised - June 26, 2009 05:53 PM Copyright © California Department of Insurance http://interactive.web.insurance.ca.gov/webuser/idb_co_prof_utl.get_co_prof?p_EID=100... 7/20/2010 GUIDE FOR COMPLETING THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS" FORM REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following "Subcontractor Disclosure Form" Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the General Provisions to this Contract, especially, "Bid", "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor", "Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Own Organization", "Subcontractor", and "Work". Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the General Provisions. CAUTIONS This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or otherwise to be preformed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every subcontractor whom the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor licensed as a contractor by the State of California whom the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets and highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name(s) and location(s) of business of subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer. The Designation of Subcontractors form must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non- responsive. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor-installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing said item. When a Subcontractor has a Carlsbad business license, the number must be entered on the proper form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license, enter "NONE" in the appropriate space. When the Bidder proposes using a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Designation of Subcontractor form. The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the City of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%) of the work with its own forces. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 20 of 104 Pages Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the contract shall be determined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract documents and the various supplemental provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any work on this project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 21 of 104 Pages DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractors in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractors will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in this list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contract Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid, and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency. This project requires pre-qualification of the Sub-Contractors to assure experience with historic projects and The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. All Sub-Contractors shall have completed a minimum of one (1) project under The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS Portion of Work Subcontractor Name and Location of Business Subcontractor's License No. and Classification* Amount of Work by Subcontractor in Dollars* ^('-10 3 r^Xfl Cfc. if ^.501 Page 1 of \ pages of this Subcontractor Designation form Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(2)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 22 of 104 Pages BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 The project requires pre-qualification of the Contractors and Sub-Contractors to assure experience with historic projects and The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. No bids will be accepted from any firm which has not complied with this requirement. As a minimum the bidder should have the following experience: The General Contractor shall have completed a minimum of five (5) separate projects under The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will enable the City to judge his/her responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used. Date Contract Completed Name and Address of the Employer r \rvkiso ^ n ootc/ ALi Name and Phone No. of Person to Contract I / J 4y$rT/l//A ; Type of Work Amount of Contract Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 23 of 104 Pages Corporate Offices: ^712 Temescal Cyn Rd. _orona, Ca. 92881-5656 Executive Offices: 3696 Park Hill Dr. Corona, Ca. 92881-8438 ARK HUER ONSTRUCTION Phone: (951)279-4245 Fax: (951) 279-5917 e-mail: contact@msauer.com Web Site: www.msauer.com California Lie. # 500572 B Excellence Since 1986! Small Business Cert. #0035176 Nevada Lie. #0068157 B Adobe Restoration Window Restoration Design Build Historic Restoration Historic Reconstruction Mission Statement Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. (MSC) is committed to excellence, performance, and accountability. Our goal is to execute the most rigorous construction projects with a traditional craft trade vigilance and attention to detail. Registered Historic Projects Casa De La Guerra. Santa Barbara, California 1991 Orena Adobe. Santa Barbara, California. 1992 => Santa Barbara Bldg. Dept. Special Case Study Yorba-Slaughter Adobe. County of San Bernardino, California. 1992 Pacific Electric Substation #14. Santa Ana, California. 1993 Woman's Improvement Club of Corona. Corona, California. 1994 Rancho Sante Fe Irrigation Dist. Office. Rancho Santa Fe, California. 1994 Serrano Adobe. Lake Forest, California. 1995 Cuajome Ranch. Vista, California. 1996 Barbara Greenwood Kindergarten Bungalow. Pomona, California. 1996 Rancho Los Cerritos. Long Beach, California. 1996 Rancho Los Alamitos. (Chimney Project) Long Beach, California. 1996 Strathearn Adobe. Simi Valley, California. 1996 Reyes Adobe. (House Repairs) Agoura Hills, California. 1997 San Gabriel Mission. San Gabriel, California. 1997 => 1998 Calif. Preservation Foundation Design Award Virginia Robinson Gardens. Beverly Hills, Ca. 1999 Friendship Baptist Church. Pasadena, California. 2000 2000 Calif. Preservation Foundation Design Award & 2000 LA. Conservancy Preservation Award Phillips Mansion. Pomona California 2001 Hillcrest Park. Fullerton California 2002 Leo Carrillo Ranch. Carlsbad, California. 2002 Sikes Adobe Farmhouse. San Diego, California 2003 => 2005 Calif. Preservation Foundation Design Award Reyes Adobe (Barn Project) Agoura Hills, California. 2004 Rancho Los Alamitos. (Foundation Project) Long Beach California 2004 Breed Street Shut. Los Angeles, California. 2004 => 2005 L.A. Conservancy Preservation Award Warner's Ranch. Warner Springs, California 2005 => 2009 California Preservation Foundation Design Award Los Penasquitos Ranch. San Diego, California 2006 Leo Carrillo Ranch BBQ. Carlsbad, California 2006 Rancho Los Cerritos. (Water Tower) Long Beach, California. 2007 => 2010 Long Beach Heritage A ward San Timoteo Schoolhouse. Riverside County, California 2007 => 2008 Calif. Preservation Foundation Design Award Walker House. San Dimas, California. 2009 Sikes Adobe Farmhouse Reconstruction. San Diego, California 2010 => 2010 LA. Conservancy Preservation A ward San Diego Mission. San Diego, California Current Montanez Adobe. San Juan Capistrano, California 2010 Company Profile • Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. is a certified Small Business entity. • Licensed general contractor in California and Nevada. • Fully insured and bondable. • Comprehensive Cal-OSHA Injury & Illness Prevention Program. Job Documentation • All job tracking and documentation support. Payroll & Duly reports, Construction Schedule reports. • All project submittals, product specifications and data, shop drawings and As-Built drawings. • Progress digital photos and record copies at job close out. Experience Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. was established in 1986 • MSC has worked under the Secretary of the Interior Standards for Historic Preservation for 24 years. • Worked executed under OSHPD (Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development) for 9 years on our medical facility projects. • MSC has been the approved "Conservator" on Historic Restoration projects. Corporate Office 19712 Temescal Canyon Road Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. Corona, CA 92881-5656 Phone: (951)279-4245 Fax: (951)279-5917 Executive Office Website: www.msauer.com 3696 Park Hill Dr. Email: contact@msauer.com Corona, CA 92881-8438 Small Business Cert. # 0035176 Excellence since 1986! California License # 500572 B Nevada License # 0068157 B Conservator Qualification: Organization: o Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. o California Corporation # 1775074 o Established in 1986, Incorporated December 28th 1995 o MSC has been executing Historic Restoration for 22 years, all under the same company name. o MSC has a satellite office in Nevada located at; 8415 Fairway Chase, Reno, NV. 89523. In the event MSC is selected for the Historic Restoration portion of work on this project we will establish an office in the greater Las Vegas area. MSC will provide all needed contact information at that time. License: Our Nevada Lie. # are: 0068157 B (general contractor) Expiration date 3/31/11 0072668 C-3 (carpentry) Expiration date 2/28/11 Our California Lie. # is: 500572 B (general contractor) Expiration date 5/31/10 MSC is licensed and legally qualified to work in all counties in the state of California and Nevada. MSC is an associate member of the Woodworking Institute, member of the California Preservation Foundation, and a Certified Small Business in the State of California (ref. # 0035176) Experience; Project #1: Walker House MSC Job #2713 121 North San Dimas Ave. SanDimas, Ca. 91773 Owner: City of San Dimas Contact: Karon L. DeLeon (909) 394-6230 kdeleon@ci.san-dimas.ca.us Architect: JAG Architects Dick Gee (213) 620-0800 Engineer: Roselund Engineering Co. NelsRoselund (626)573-2441 njineer@sbcglobal.net Date of Completion: January 2009 Project Value: $8,000,000.00 => This project is a joint venture with T. B. Penick & Sons, Inc. San Diego, Ca. Project #2: Old Post Office Pavilion Renovation Phase I MSC Job # 2724 230 South 5th Street El Centro, Ca. 92243 Owner: City of El Centro Contact: Javier Villaverde (760) 336-8971 jvillaverde@ci.el-centro.ca.us Architect: Design Build Scope by MSC from previous specification Engineer: N/A Date of Completion: May 2008 Project Value: $460,000.00 Project #3: San Timoteo School House MSC Job #2624 31985 San Temoteo Canyon Road Redlands, Ca. 92373 Owner: County of Riverside Regional Park & Open Space Dist. Contact: Steve Lech (951)955-4318 slech@co.riverside.ca.us Architect: Heritage Architecture Carmen Pauli (619) 239-7888 carmen@heritagearchitecture.com Engineer: N/A Date of Completion: July 2007 Project Value: $305,000.00 => 2008 California Preservation Foundation Design Award (Small Projects) Project #4: Breed Street Shul MSC Job #2257 247 Breed Street Los Angeles, Ca. 90033 Owner: Breed Street Shul Inc. Jewish Historic Society Contact: Robert Chattel (818)788-7954 robert@chattel.us Architect: Chattel Architecture, Planning & Preservation, Inc. Robert Chattel (818)788-7954 robert@chattel.us Engineer: Krakower & Associates Mike Krakower (626) 355-6088 mkcacese@earthlink.net Date of Completion: July 2004 Project Value: $975,000.00 => 2005 Los Angeles Conservancy Design Award Project #5: Los Penasquitos Ranch MSC Job #2614 Wing "C" 12115 Black Mountain Road #A San Diego, Ca. 92129 Owner: County of San Diego County Operations Center Contact: Enrique Cesena (858) 694-2489 enrique.cesena@sdcounty.ca.gov Architect: IS Architecture lone Stiegler (858) 456-8555 istiegler@isarchitecture.com Engineer: Mel Green & Associates Mel Green (310)792-9252 mgreenassoc@earthlink.net Date of Completion: July 2006 Project Value: $220,000.00 => All projects listed are on the State of California or National Historic Register. Subcontractor's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience Contractor Name Date Contract Completed Owner Project name and address Name and Phone Contact Person Type of work Amount of Contract Berry Roofing 6/2009 City of San Dimas Walker House 121 North San Dimas Avenue San Dimas, CA 91773 Karon DeLeon 909-394-6230 Roofing / Sheet metal $100,000.00 )OJ)0 T&M electric 7/2010 City of San Juan Capistrano Montanez Adobe 32400 Paseo Adelanto San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 Teri Delcamp 949-443-6330 Electrical $ 9,500.00 Desert Quality 6/2007 Riverside County Regional Park San Timoteo Schoolhouse 31985 San Timoteo Canyon Rd. Redlands, CA 92373 Steve Lech 951-955-4318 Mechanical 3,775.00 Cosco Fire Suppression 7/2010 San Dieguito River Park Sikes Adobe Farmhouse 12655 Sunset Drive San Diego, CA 92025 Anne Cooper 858-674-2275 Ext 19 Smoke Detection $35,000.00 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY AND WORKERS' COMPENSATION (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 As a required part of the Bidder's proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page. 1) Certificates of insurance showing conforrnance with the requirements herein for each of: 0^ Comprehensive General Liability Q^" Automobile Liability Cr Workers Compensation D Employer's Liability 2) Statement with an insurance carrier's notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer's Liability in conforrnance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency showing conforrnance with the requirements herein. All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids and the General Provisions for this project for each insurance company that the Contractor proposes. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. A Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 24 of 104 Pages CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE OP ID KGMARKS-1 DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) PRODUCER Alliant Insurance Services,Inc (I---.- OC36861) 7 :arnegie Drive, Ste 200 Sa*. Bernardino CA 92408 Phone:909-886-9861 Fax:909-886-2013 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS AMATTER OONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURED INSURER A: Mt Hawley Insurance INSURER B:Golden Eagle Insurance Corp Mark Sauer Construction Inc19712 Temescal Canyon RoadCorona CA 92881 INSURER C:Everest National Insurance Co INSURER D: COVERAGES Th AN Mf PC INSR LTR A B C E POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING \Y PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH )LICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ABDT; NSRC X X TYPE OF INSURANCE GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY | CLAIMS MADE j X [ OCCUR X BI/PD Ded. : $2,500/0cc GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY [X~~] JECT LOC AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS X HIRED AUTOS X NON-OWNED AUTOS GARAGE LIABILITY • ANY AUTO EXCESS / UMBRELLA LIABILITY ^^ OCCUR | | CLAIMS MADE • DEDUCTIBLE RETENTION $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y/N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVB 1 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? 1(Mandatory in NH) ' 'If yes, describe underSPECIAL PROVISIONS below OTHER POLICY NUMBER MGL0169969 BA8360205 7600002249101 POLICY EFFECTIVEDATE (MIVWDD/YYYY) 02/23/10 12/17/09 06/01/10 POLICY EXPIRATIONDATE (NIM/DD/YYYY) 02/23/11 12/17/10 06/01/11 LIMITS EACH OCCURRENCE UAIVlAfjt 1 U KtN ! bU PREMISES (Ea occurence) MED EXP (Any one person) PERSONAL & ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG Emp Ben. COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) BODILY INJURY(Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT OTHER THAN EAACC AUTO ONLY: AQG EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE -- WU bTATU- c OTH-X TORY LIMITS i ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 $50,000 $5,000 $1,000,000 $2,000,000 $2,000,000 1,000,000 $ 1,000,000 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $1,000,000 $ 1,000,000 $1,000,000 Job: Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Restoration Project #45051. The City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and volunteers are add1 1 insd as respects gen'l liab per end't C6L 216 0498; add'l insd as respects auto liab per end't 6ECA 701 0107. *30 day N O C except 10 day for non-payment of premium. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Carlsbad Attn: Kevin Davis Public Works Purchasing Dept 1635 Faraday AVe Carlsbad CA 92008-7314 CICARLS ACORD 25 (2009/01) SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 30* DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED RE SENTATIVE 11988-2009 ACORD < The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD ORATION. All rights reserved. IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsements). DISCLAIMER This Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. ACORD 25 (2009/01) Policy Number MGL0169969 Mt Hawley Insurance Company THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS (FORM C) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: All persons or organizations where required by written contract (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. To the extent required under contract, this policy will apply as primary insurance to additional insureds scheduled above and other insurance which may be available to such additional insureds will be non- contributory. Section IV., Condition 4., of this policy is amended accordingly. All other Terms and Conditions of this Policy remain unchanged. CGL216(04/98) Page 1 of 1 Insured Name: Mark Sauer Construction Inc Policy Number: BA8360205 COMMERCIAL AUTO GOLD ENDORSEMENT THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM SECTION II - LIABILITY COVERAGE A. COVERAGE 1. WHO IS AN INSURED The following is added: d. Any organization, other than a partnership or joint venture, over which you maintain ownership or a majority interest on the effective date of this Coverage Form, if there is no similar insurance available to that organization. e. Any organization you newly acquire or form other than a partnership or joint venture, and over which you maintain ownership of a majority interest. However, coverage under this provision does not apply: (1) If there is similar insurance or a self-insured retention plan available to that organization; or (2) To 'bodily injury' or 'property damage' that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. f. Any volunteer or employee of yours while using a covered 'auto' you do not own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. Insurance provided by this endorsement is excess over any other insurance available to any volunteer or employee. g. Any person, organization, trustee, estate or governmental entity with respect to the operation, maintenance or use of a covered 'auto' by an insured, if: Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc. with its permission GECA 701 (01/07) Page 1 of 5 AGENT COPY (1) You are obligated to add that person, organization, trustee, estate or governmental entity as an additional insured to this policy by: (a) An expressed provision of an 'insured contract,, or written agreement; or (b) An expressed condition of a written permit issued to you by a governmental or public authority. (2) The 'bodily injury' or 'property damage' is caused by an 'accident' which takes place after. (a) You executed the 'insured contract'; or written agreement; or (b) The permit has been issued to you. 2. COVERAGE EXTENSIONS a. Supplementary Payments Subparagraphs (2) and (4) are amended as follows: (2) Up to $2500 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic law violations) required because of an "accident: we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the 'insured' at our request, including actual loss of earning up to $500 a day because of time off from work. SECTION III - PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE A. COVERAGE The following is added: 5. Hired Auto Physical Damage a. Any "auto' you lease, hire, rent or borrow from someone other than your employees or partners or members of their household is a covered 'auto' for each of your physical damage coverages. b. The most we will pay for loss' in any one 'accident' is the smallest of: (1) $50,000 (2) The actual cash value of the damaged or stolen property as of the time of the Moss"; or (3) The cost of repairing or replacing the damaged or stolen property with other property of like kind and quality. If you are liable for the 'accident', we will also pay up to $500 per 'accident' for the actual loss of use to the owner of the covered 'auto'. c. Our obligation to pay for, repair, return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced by an amount that is equal to the amount of the largest deductible shown for any owned 'auto' for that coverage. However, any Comprehensive coverage deductible shown in the Declarations does not Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc. with its permission GECA 701 (01/07) Page 2 of 5 AGENT COPY apply to "loss" caused by fire or lightning. d. For this coverage, the insurance provided is primary for any covered 'auto' you hire without a driver and excess over any other collectible insurance for any covered 'auto' that you hire with a driver. 5. Rental Reimbursement Coverage We will pay up to $75 per day for up to 30 days, for rental reimbursement expenses incurred by you for the rental of an 'auto' because of 'loss' to a covered 'auto'. Rental Reimbursement will be based on the rental of a comparable vehicle, which in many cases may be substantially less than $75 per day, and will only be allowed for a period of time it should take to repair or replace the vehicle with reasonable speed and similar quality, up to a maximum of 30 days. We will also pay up to $500 for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by you to remove and replace your materials and equipment from the covered' auto'. If "loss" results from the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expenses which is not already provided under paragraph 4. Coverage Extension. 8. Lease Gap Coverage If a long-term leased 'auto' is a covered 'auto' and the lessor is named as an Additional Insured - Lessor, in the event of a total loss, we will pay your additional legal obligation to the lessor for any difference between the actual cash value of the 'auto' at the time of the loss and the 'outstanding balance' of the lease. 'Outstanding balance' means the amount you owe on the lease at the time of loss less any amounts representing taxes; overdue payments; penalties, interest or charges resulting from overdue payments; additional mileage charges; excess wear and tear charges; and lease termination fees. B. EXCLUSIONS The following is added to Paragraph 3: The exclusion for loss' caused by or resulting from mechanical or electrical breakdown does not apply to the accidental discharge of an airbag. Paragraph 4 is replaced with the following: 4. We will not pay for 'loss' to any of the following: a. Tapes, records, disks or other similar audio, visual or data electronic devices designed for use with audio, visual or data electronic equipment. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc. with its permission GECA 701 (01/07) Page 3 of 5 AGENT COPY b. Equipment designed or used for the detection or location of radar. c. Any electronic equipment that receives or transmits audio, visual or data signals. Exclusion 4.c. does not apply to: (1) Electronic equipment that receives or transmits audio, visual or data signals, whether or not designed solely for the reproduction of sound, if the equipment is permanently installed in the covered 'auto' at the time of the 'loss' and such equipment is designed to be solely operated by use of the power from the 'auto's' electrical system, in or upon the covered 'auto'; or (2) Any other electronic equipment that is: (a) Necessary for the normal operation of the covered 'auto' or the monitoring of the covered 'auto's' operating system; or (b) An integral part of the same unit housing any sound reproducing equipment described in (1) above and permanently installed in the opening of the dash or console of the covered 'auto' normally used by the manufacturer for installation of a radio. C. DEDUCTIBLE The following is added: No deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. SECTION IV. - BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS A. LOSS CONDITIONS Item 2.a. and b. are replaced with: 2. Duties In The Event of Accident, Claim, Suite, or Loss a. You must promptly notify us. Your duty to promptly notify us is effective when any of your executive officers, partners, members, or legal representatives is aware of the accident, claim 'suite', or loss. Knowledge of an accident, claim, 'suit', or loss, by other employee(s) does not imply you also have such knowledge. b. To the extent possible, notice to us should include: (1) How, when and where the accident or loss took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the accident or loss. The following is added to 5. We waive any right of recovery we may have against any additional insured under Coverage A. 1. Who Is An Insured g., but only as respects loss arising out of the operation, maintenance or use of a covered Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc. with its permission GECA 701 (01/07) Page 4 of 5 AGENT COPY 'auto' pursuant to the provisions of the 'insured contract', written agreement, or permit. B. GENERAL CONDITIONS 9. is added 9. UNINTENTIONAL FAIRLURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS Your unintentional failure to disclose any hazards existing at the effective date of your policy will not prejudice the coverage afforded. However, we have the right to collect additional premium for any such hazard. COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS 2.b. is replaced by the following: b. 60 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other reason Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Offices, Inc. with its permission GECA 701 (01/07) Page 5 of 5 AGENT COPY BIDDER'S STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California? yes no 2) If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debarments. party debarred party debarred agency agency period of debarment period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: Mark Sauer (Vnrrtion, By: Mark Saucr. (print name/title) Page of . pages of this Re Debarment form Am Revised 6/1 0/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 25 of 104 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes no 2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor's license ever been stayed? yes 3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two or more times within an eight year period? yes 4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed? yes no 5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefore. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) I 3Page _] _ of G\ pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form Revised 6/1 0/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 26 of 104 Pages BIDDER'S DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD (CONTINUED) (To Accompany Proposal) LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 54051 6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party who's discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: SauirMark (name of Bv: (sigtvffere) ^ ~' \7 Mart (print name/title) Page Ck of ok. pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 27 of 104 Pages NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106 LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 State of California ) ) ss. County of _, being first duly sworn, deposes (Name of Bidder) and says that he or she is V I tfc>"fire (Title) of (T^rirk Squfr " (Name of Firm) the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty/ofperjury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this affidavit was executed on the .ffi /v day of rT(A,ly , 20 If J . V JSubscribed and sworn to before me on the I I day of O C/L (NOTARY SEAL) A•K Revised 6/10/09 ___^—-"" Contract No. 45051 Page 28 of 104 Pages California Jurat State of California County of s.s. Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this aoio .bv (Ticurk day of -r.iOUJIII) Montfl and Name of Signer (1) Name of Signer (2) of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) who appeared before me. _, provided to me on the basis COMM. «1844383 z Notary Put*c - CaWwiM g 0 Signature of Notary Public OPTIONAL INFORMATION Although the information in this section is not required by law, it could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this acknowledgment to an unauthorized document and may prove useful to persons relying on the attached document. Description of Attached Document The certificate is attached to a document titled/for the purpose of containing.. pages, and dated.7//T//0 Method of Signer Identification ProvejHo me on the basis of satisfactory evidence: >rm(s) of identification (H credible witness(es) tary jour T Notarial event is detailed in notary journal on: Page*'|/Q Entry*. Notary contact: Other Additional Signer Q Signer(s) Thumbprints(s) D © 2009 Notary Learning Center - All Rights Reserved Order Online atwww.NotaryLearningCenter.com of Carlsbad Public Works - Contract Administration July 13, 2010 ADDENDUM NO. 1 RE: LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION BID NO. PWS10-43REC, CONTRACT NO. 45051 Please include the attached addendum in the Notice to Bidder/Request for Bids you have for the above project. This addendum-receipt acknowledged-must be attached to your Request for Bid when your bid is submitted. KEVIN DAVIS Sr. Contract Administrator Attachment I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Bidder's Signature 1635 Faraday Avenue • Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314 • (7SO) SO2-4677 • FAX (760) 6O2-8562 ADDENDUM NO. 1 LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION AS PART OF CONTRACT NO. 45051 BID NO. PWS10-43REC City of Carlsbad Carlsbad, California JULY 12, 2010 City of Carlsbad Recreation - Park Development 799 PineAve., Suite 200 Carlsbad, CA 92008 Liz Ketabian, Park Planner NOTICE: This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents for the above identified project and modifies portions of the original Contract Specifications. Documents not specifically mentioned in this Addendum remain in full force. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum on the Bid Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. All trades affected shall be fully advised of these changes, deletions, or additions. This Addendum consists of (1) page and (2) items. ITEM NO. ONE: NOTICE INVITING BIDS (Page 7 of Contract booklet) SPECIALTY CONTRACTORS SECTION: Sentence 3 of this section currently states; All Contractors must submit required experience/qualifications at the mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting. This requirement is incorrect and sentence 3 shall be replaced with the following: All Contractors must submit required experience/qualifications at the time that bids are submitted for the project as part of a complete and acceptable bid. Clarification: All other parts of the information listed under this section shall remain in full force and effect. ITEM NO. TWO: PLANS, SHEET 12, DOOR SCHEDULE, Door 100D, Notes: Replace note with the following to read as follows:Ex/sfrng Doors- Lower door to be permanently locked in a fully opened position. Door shall be whitewashed to match whitewash exterior walls of barn. Clarification: All other parts of the information listed under the notes on the door schedule shall remain in full force and effect. CONTRACT PUBLIC WORKS This agreement is made this O day of 2010, by and between the City of Carlsbad, California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"), and Mark Sauer Construction, Inc., whose principal place of business is 19712 Temescal Canyon Road Corona CA 92881-5656 (hereinafter called "Contractor"). City and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents for: LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 (hereinafter called "project") 2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Technical Ability and Experience, Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and Specifications, the General Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and General Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor, her/his subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance. 4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the General Provisions section of this contract. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. The City shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. A•K Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 29 of 104 Pages 5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City. 6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated. C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the contract. City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in this contract. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties. 7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this Contract. 8. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and indemnify and hold harmless the City, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage, injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including Am¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 30 of 104 Pages attorneys' fees for litigation, arbitration, or other dispute resolution method. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel. 9. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy # 70. (A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits indicted herein: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents, officers or employees are additional insured. b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. (B) Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage. b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. m¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 31 of 104 Pages d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after ten (10) days' prior written notice has been sent to the City by certified mail, return receipt requested. (D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. (E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its officials or employees. (F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. (G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy # 70. (H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City. (I) Cost Of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid. 10. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is included in Section 3 of the General Provisions. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over $375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code subsections 20104.2(a), (c), and (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit for breach of this agreement. (A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation of litigation or in conjunction with litigation. Am¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 32 of 104 Pages (B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. (C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections 12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. (D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney's fees. (E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years. (F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025, 3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference. (G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontractor from participating in future contract bidding. (H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County, California. I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. init 11. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor's principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of any change of address of such records. 12. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1 720 of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference. 13. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract. 14. Unfair Business Practices. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 33 of 104 Pages pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. 15. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction. 16. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set forth in the "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hereof. NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR: Mark Sauer Construct Inc. By: CITY corpon ATTEST: LORRAINE M. WOOD, Citf Cferk (print name and titl President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney By: Deputy City Attorney oRevised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 34 of 104 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On before me, personally appeared fT)ft//C SdUCT (Here insert name and title of the fficer) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to bejhe person(s/whose name^ is/gre£gubscribed to the withmjnstrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executecTthe/same in his/hemhgir authorized capacitj((ies)< andihat by his/herraej^signatur^s) on the insWirnent the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the perso«u sVAcled, executltrthe instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Sigmmre of Notary Public (Notary Seal) J. DURHAM I COMM. #1844383 z Notary Public • California 5 Riverside County My Corrm Expires Apr. 12^2013 [ ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or description of attached document) (Title or description of attached document continued) Number of Pages 1^7 Document Date (Additional information) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER D individual (s) 0 Corporate D Partner(s) D Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee(s) D Other INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form if required. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. he/she/they^ is /are) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. •> Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. •J* Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. •J* Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document 2008 Version CAPA vl2.10.07 800-873-9865 www.NotaryClasses.com Bond No. 751055P Premium included in charge for Performance Bond LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2010- 211, adopted August 24, 2010, has awarded to Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, MARK SAUER CONSTRUCTION, INC., as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of Three Hundred Thirty Five Thousand Dollars ($335,000), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Contractor or his/her subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, consistent with California Civil Code section 3181, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work or labor performed under this Contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to the work and labor, that the Surety will pay for the same, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed by the court consistent with California Civil Code section 3248. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in California Civil Code section 3181, so as to give a right of action to those persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon the bond. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed hereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice A•^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 35 of 104 Pages of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this. day of 5^fortemlyjr 2ojD_. Executed by SURETY this 0f September 8th .day .- 20 10 . CONTRACTOR: Mark Sauer Constr Inc. SURETY: Developers Surety and Indemnity Comp any (name of Contracj By: 17780 Irvine, CA 92614 (print name here) (address of Surety) 800-782-1546 (telephone number of Surety) (title, andforg^ization of signatory) " , - „ ,\ (sign here) (print name here) By: (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) Laurie B. Druck, Attorney-in-Fact (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) JW rtizati1 (title"a-hd organization of signatory) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney By: Deputy City Attorney Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 36 of 104 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT «UUU«W«UU«^^ State of California junty of San Bernardino ss. On Septembers, 2010 before me, Pamela McCarthy. Notary Public personally appeared Laurie B. Druck Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") PAMELA MCCARTH COMM. #1885009 NOTARY PUBLIC - CALIFORNIA SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY My Com Expire* Apiti 30,2014 Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature of Notary Public = OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:. Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: Number of Pages: Individual Corporate Officer Title n Partner - O Limited d General n Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee n Guardian or Conservator Other: 'igner is Representing: RT THUMBPRINT OF SIGNER Top of thumb here POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA PO Box 19725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 '<NOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, do each lereby make, constitute and appoint: ***Jay P. Freeman, Pamela McCarthy, Cynthia J. Young, Laurie B. Druck, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and contracts of surety- ship giving and granting unto said Attorney(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporations could do, but reserving to each of said corporations full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Attorney(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that a combination of any two of the Chairman of the Board, the President, Executive. Vice-President, Senior Vice-President or any Vice President of the corporations be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute this Power of Attorney, qualifying the attorney(s) named in the Power of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of either of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporations when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA have severally caused these presents to be signed by their respective officers and attested by their respective Secretary or Assistant Secretary this January 1st, 2008, Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice-President State of California County of Orange On.August 13th, 2008 before me, Date personally appeared _„ OCT. Jenny TT Nguyen, Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Daniel Young and Stephen T. Pate Name(s) of Signer(s) JENNY ft NQUYEN COMM. # 1791&40 NOTARY PUBLIC CALWGWW | ORANGE COUSTY My comm. expires Petx IftZOttj Place Notary Seal Above who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature CERTIFICATE The undersigned, as Secretary or Assistant Secretary of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY or INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains In-full force and has not been revoked and, furthermore, that the provisions of the resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power of Attorney are in force as of the date of this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, this 8thdgyof September, 2010 By: •Gregg Okurafwsistant Secretary ID-1380(Rev.11/09) CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On K before me,1) urh OJT] (Here insert name and title of the officer)' cu-4 ft} arkpersonally appeared _ who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the^perso^(s)^vhose naif e£^ isjaj^sdbscribed to the withinmstrument and acknowledged to mejthat he/she/flje^^^ecutetrthe s^me in nts/hen^jjeiLauthorized capacity^ie^ and/that by his/herraejjxsignatu^^jen the instrument the persori^xpr the entity upon behalf of which the persora(sWcted, executetHhe instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.r WITNESS my hand and official seal. J. DURHAM t COMM. #1844383 z Notary Public • California g Riverside County My Comm. Expires Apr. 12.2013 f (Notary Seal) ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT (Title or description of attached document) (Title or descriptioryof attached document continued)4Number of Pages | Document Date (Additional information) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE SIGNER D^Individual (s) l£] Corporate Officer (Title) D Partner(s) D Attorney-in-Fact D Trustee(s) D Other INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form if required. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. he/she/they^- is /are ) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. •> Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. •> Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. •;• Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary). • Securely attach this document to the signed document 2008 Version CAPA vl2.10.07 800-873-9865 www.NotaryClasses.com Bond No. 751055P Premium: $6,025.00 Premium is for contract term and is subject to adjustment based on final contract price FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE/WARRANTY BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution No. 2010- 211, adopted August 24, 2010, has awarded to Mark Sauer Construction, Inc. (hereinafter designated as the "Principal"), a Contract for: LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 in the City of Carlsbad, in strict conformity with the contract, the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of said Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, WE, MARK SAUER CONSTRUCTION, INC., as Principal, (hereinafter designated as the "Contractor"), and Developers Surety and Indemnity Company as Surety, are held firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad in the sum of Three Hundred Thirty Five Thousand Dollars ($335,000), said sum being an amount equal to: One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable under the terms of the contract by the City of Carlsbad, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the above bounden Contractor, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall indemnify and save harmless the City of Carlsbad, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefore, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract, or to the work to be performed there under or the specifications accompanying the same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change, extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. A•^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 37 of 104 Pages In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. Executed by CONTRACTOR this. day of 3epfemhep 20 (0. CONTRACTOR: Mark Sauer Constructioi•uctiom Inc. (name of (sign here) Sdurr (print name here) (Title and Organizaton of Signatory) (print name here) fl to fllotift '(Title^and OrgafiOrganization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this 8th of September .day SURETY: Developers Surety and Indemnity Company (name of Surety) 17780 Fitch #200 Irvine, CA 92614 (address of Surety) 800-782-1546 (telephone number of Surety) By: (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) Laurie B. Druck, Attorney-in-Fact (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (Attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL City Attorney By: Deputy City Attorney oRevised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 38 of 104 Pages CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 1 State of California \ y ss. ounty of San Bernardino On September 8, 2010 before personally appeared Laurie B. Druck » Though the information below is not required by removal Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: CD Individual CD Corporate Officer Title CD Partner - CD Limited CD General CD Attorney-in-Fact CD Trustee CD Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer is Representing: me, Pamela McCarthy, Notary Public Name and Title of Officer (e.g., "Jane Doe, Notary Public") Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that she executed the same in her authorized capacity, and that by her signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature of Notary Public ( OPTIONAL law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent and reattachment of this form to another document. Number of Paqes: •j|My^||jiJi^fm Top of thumb here i POWER OF ATTORNEY FOR DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA PO Sox 19*725, IRVINE, CA 92623 (949) 263-3300 - — KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS that except as expressly limited, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, do each f' iereby make, constitute and appoint: ***Jay P. Freeman, Pamela McCarthy, Cynthia J. Young, Laurie B. Druck, jointly or severally*** as their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, deliver and acknowledge, for and on behalf of said corporations, as sureties, bonds, undertakings and contracts of surety- ship giving and granting unto said Attorney(s)-in-Fact full power and authority to do and to perform every act necessary, requisite or proper to be done in connection therewith as each of said corporations could do, but reserving to each of said corporations full power of substitution and revocation, and all of the acts of said Attorney(s)-in-Fact, pursuant to these presents, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power of Attorney is granted a AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, effective as of January 1st, 2008. RESOLVED, that a combination of any two of the Chairman of the Board, the President, Executive. Vice-President, Senior Vice-President or any Vice President of the corporations be, and that each of them hereby is, authorized to execute this Power of Attorney, qualifying the attorney(s) named in the Power of Attorney to execute, on behalf of the corporations, bonds, undertakings and contracts of suretyship; and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of either of the corporations be, and each of them hereby is, authorized to attest the execution of any such Power of Attorney; RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signatures of such officers may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the corporations when so affixed and in the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY and INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA have severally caused these presents to be signed by their respective officers and attested by their respective Secretary or Assistant Secretary this January 1st, 2008. m£&Daniel Young, Vice-President / /^-- r^L r BV ^Svr~7^Z^: Stephen T. Pate, Senior Vice-President \State of California County of Orange On August 13th, 2008 before me personally app it ^ Date eared SSS&, JENNY TTNQUVei «tHiafS». COMM # 17»1Rdfl SiiP NOTARY PUBLIC CAUFORNW mjjy ORANGE COUtttY ^"^My oornm. ejqptres Feb. 1ft 20t2 Place Notary Seal Above f <&.•»"""•. V*** /V lO';-"—" "-'V-'/OX /^-o*?0^>sV* A%^°^XC\ /*/* OCT *'*%* ?£& H£\ISf ft 1** fir OCT. 5 «%]4 ft* tmr J'o? ItSl 1967 J"jV/tO\ 1936 '£$ \%\ /stl V^'ssfc^y x5^2S^7 Jenny TT Nguyen, Notary Public Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer Daniel Young and Stephen T. Pate Name(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized ' cap acity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of ' which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. i 1 certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is \ true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. n\ f Signature ^^k^^f^m^^,, _ A Jer/fTT Nguyln, Notary Public CERTIFICATE ^-' The undersigned, as Secretary or Assistant Secretary of DEVELOPERS SURETY AND INDEMNITY COMPANY or INDEMNITY COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, does hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in-full force and has not been revoked and, furthermore, that the provisions of the resolutions of the respective Boards of Directors of said corporations set forth in the Power of Attorney are in force as of the date of this Certificate. This Certificate is executed in the City of Irvine, California, this 8th day of September, 2010 sistant Secretary ID-1380(Rev.11/09) CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of On!!)g/OfO before me,rlmm. l\)frjQ/u fit irk (Here insert name and title of the officpr) ci(Yl n larkpersonally appeared _ X ,*' who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person^sj whose narmej^s) is/mg^bscribed to the withir>4n^trument and acknowledged to melhat he/shq/they executed- the same in nis/h^/tjigi^ authorized capacity/iesVandjhat by his/he^hdt-s'ignatureH^/on the instrument the persomjj); or the entity upon behalf of which the persons) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. , , _ ^ £4!U£ik .PPMM..JP1844383 WIT/NESS my hand and official seal. iiJl^J COMM. * 1844383 Notary PuMic-€alitwnia g ftom side County Signature of Notary Public \J (Notary Seal) ADDITIONAL OPTIONAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION OF THE ATTACHED DOCUMENT {.Title'oVrJescription oi^ttached document) (Title or descriptio,n of attached document continued) Number of Paees ' Document Date (Additional information) CAPACITY CLAIMED BY THE CL Individual (s) / VQ/.- Corporate Officer /O v n n n n (title) ' ' ~ Partner(s) Attorney-in-Fact Trustee(s) Other SIGNER fed^/H- 2008 Version CAPA vl2.10.07 800-873-9865 www.NotaryClasses.com INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING THIS FORM Any acknowledgment completed in California must contain verbiage exactly as appears above in the notary section or a separate acknowledgment form must be properly completed and attached to that document. The only exception is if a document is to be recorded outside of California. In such instances, any alternative acknowledgment verbiage as may be printed on such a document so long as the verbiage does not require the notary to do something that is illegal for a notary in California (i.e. certifying the authorized capacity of the signer). Please check the document carefully for proper notarial wording and attach this form if required. • State and County information must be the State and County where the document signer(s) personally appeared before the notary public for acknowledgment. • Date of notarization must be the date that the signer(s) personally appeared which must also be the same date the acknowledgment is completed. • The notary public must print his or her name as it appears within his or her commission followed by a comma and then your title (notary public). • Print the name(s) of document signer(s) who personally appear at the time of notarization. • Indicate the correct singular or plural forms by crossing off incorrect forms (i.e. he/she/theyr is /are ) or circling the correct forms. Failure to correctly indicate this information may lead to rejection of document recording. • The notary seal impression must be clear and photographically reproducible. Impression must not cover text or lines. If seal impression smudges, re-seal if a sufficient area permits, otherwise complete a different acknowledgment form. • Signature of the notary public must match the signature on file with the office of the county clerk. •t* Additional information is not required but could help to ensure this acknowledgment is not misused or attached to a different document. * Indicate title or type of attached document, number of pages and date. •I' Indicate the capacity claimed by the signer. If the claimed capacity is a corporate officer, indicate the title (i.e. CEO, CFO, Secretary') • Securely attach this document to the signed document ^^^ HH'QgpF p| ORIGINAL OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and whose address is hereinafter called "Contractor" and whose address is hereinafter called "Escrow Agent." For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: 1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, the Contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into between the City and Contractor for LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 in the amount of dated (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of the Contractor, the City shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to the Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City within 10 days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the Escrow Agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of the City and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of the Contractor until such time as the escrow created under this contract is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when the City pays the Escrow Agent directly. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City. AmP Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 39 of 104 Pages 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. 7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon seven days' written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the Contractor pursuant to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For City: Title FINANCE DIRECTOR Name Signature Address 1635 Faraday Avenue. Carlsbad, CA 92008 For Contractor: Title Name Signature. Address _ For Escrow Agent: Title Name Signature Address At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 40 of 104 Pages IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For City:Title MAYOR Name Signature Address 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive. Carlsbad. CA 92008 For Contractor:Title Name Signature Address For Escrow Agent:Title Name Signature Address Revised 6/10/09 Contract No. 45051 Page 41 of 104 Pages GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR LEO CARRILLO RANCH BARN RESTORATION CONTRACT NO. 45051 CITY OF CARLSBAD BIDDERS ARE ADVISED THAT THIS SECTION REPLACES PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS, OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1 -TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1-1 TERMS - Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered, instructed, designated, considered necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory, or words of like meaning, refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the Engineer. 1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer," unless stated otherwise. 1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression "in the opinion of the Engineer", unless otherwise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval", "acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. 1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation. 1-2 Definitions. The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively defined by the definitions assigned to them herein. Addendum - Written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarifies, corrects, or changes the bidding or Contract Documents. The term Addendum shall include bulletins and all other types of written notices issued to potential bidders prior to opening of Bids. Agency - the City of Carlsbad, California. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 42 of 104 Agreement - See Contract. Assessment Act Contract - A Contract financed by special assessments authorized under a State Act or procedural ordinance of a City or County. Base - A layer of specified material of planned thickness placed immediately below the pavement or surfacing. Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work. Bidder-Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a Bid for the Work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. Board - The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors of Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Bond - Bid, performance, and payment bond or other instrument of security. City Council - the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. City Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representa- tive. Cash Contract - A Contract financed by means other than special assessments. Change Order - A written order to the Contractor signed by the Agency directing an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract time issued after the effective date of the Contract. A Change Order may or may not also be signed by the Contractor. Code - The terms Government Code, Labor Code, etc., refer to codes of the State of California. Construction Manager- the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Contract - The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. Contract Documents - Including but not limited to; the Contract, any Addendum (which pertain to the contract documents), Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders; Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, the Bonds, the general conditions, permits from other agencies, the Special Provisions, the Plans, Standard Plans, Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. Contractor - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term "prime contractor" shall mean Contractor. A•^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 43 of 104 Contract Price - The total amount of money for which the Contract is awarded. Contract Unit Price - The amount stated in the Bid for a single unit of an item of work. County Sealer - The Sealer of Weights and Measures of the county in which the Contract is let. Days - Days shall mean consecutive calendar's days unless otherwise specified. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection - The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. Electrolier - Street light assembly complete, including foundation, standard, luminaire arm, luminaire, etc. Engineer - the City Engineer of the City of Carlsbad or his/her approved representative. The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. Geotextile - Synthetic fiber used in civil engineering applications, serving the primary functions of separation and filtration. House Connection Sewer - A sewer, within a public street or right-of-way, proposed to connect any parcel, lot, or part of a lot with a mainline sewer. House Sewer - A sewer, wholly within private property, proposed to connect any building to a house connection sewer. Luminaire - The lamp housing including the optical and socket assemblies (and ballast if so specified). Luminaire Arm - The structural member, bracket, or mast arm, which, mounted on the standard, supports the luminaire. Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. Modification - Includes Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements. A Modification may only be used after the effective date of the Contract. Notice of Award - The written notice by the Agency to the successful Bidder stating that upon compliance by it with the required conditions, the Agency will execute the Contract. Notice to Proceed - A written notice given by the Agency to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract time will start. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 44 of 104 NPS- National Park Service Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired, directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further, such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of compliance with Section 2-3.1. SHPO- State Historic Preservation Office Person -Any individual, firm, association, partnership, corporation, trust, joint venture, or other legal entity. Plans - The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings, and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Private Contract - Work subject to Agency inspection, control, and approval, involving private funds, not administered by the Agency. Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration and first level for informal dispute resolution. Proposal - See Bid. Reference Specifications - Those bulletins, standards, rules, methods of analysis or test, codes, and specifications of other agencies, engineering societies, or industrial associations referred to in the Contract Documents. These refer to the latest edition, including amendments in effect and published at the time of advertising the project or issuing the permit, unless specifically referred to by edition, volume, or date. Roadway - The portion of a street reserved for vehicular use. Service Connection - Service connections are all or any portion of the conduit, cable, or duct, including meter, between a utility distribution line and an individual consumer. Sewer - Any conduit intended for the reception and transfer of sewage and fluid industrial waste. Specifications - Standard Specifications, Reference Specifications, Special Provisions, and specifications in Supplemental Agreements between the Contractor and the Board. Special Provisions -Additions and revisions to the Standard Specifications setting forth conditions and requirements peculiar to the work. Standard - The shaft or pole used to support street lighting luminaire, traffic signal heads, mast arms, etc. •^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 45 of 104 Standard Plans - Details of standard structures, devices, or instructions referred to on the Plans or in Specifications by title or number. Standard Specifications - The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), the "Greenbook". State - State of California. Storm Drain - Any conduit and appurtenances intended for the reception and transfer of storm water. Street-Any road, highway, parkway, freeway, alley, walk, or way. Subbase - A layer of specified material of planned thickness between a base and the subgrade. Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. Subgrade - For roadways, that portion of the roadbed on which pavement, surfacing, base, subbase, or a layer of other material is placed. For structures, the soil prepared to support a structure. Supervision - Supervision, where used to indicate supervision by the Engineer, shall mean the performance of obligations, and the exercise of rights, specifically imposed upon and granted to the Agency in becoming a party to the Contract. Except as specifically stated herein, supervision by the Agency shall not mean active and direct superintendence of details of the Work. Supplemental Agreement - A written amendment of the Contract Documents signed by both parties. Surety -Any individual, firm, or corporation, bound with and for the Contractor for the acceptable performance, execution, and completion of the Work, and for the satisfaction of all obligations incurred. Tonne -Also referred to as "metric ton". Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. Utility - Tracks, overhead or underground wires, pipeline, conduits, ducts, or structures, sewers, or storm drains owned, operated, or maintained in or across a public right of way or private easement. Work - That which is proposed to be constructed or done under the Contract or permit, including the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and services. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 46 of 104 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.1 General. The abbreviation herein, together with others in general use, are applicable to these Standard Specifications and to project Plans or other Contract Documents. All abbreviations and symbols used on Plans for structural steel construction shall conform to those given by the "Manual of Steel Construction" published by the American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. 1-3.2 Common Usage Abbreviation Word or Words ABAN Abandon ABAND Abandoned ABS Acrylonitrile - butadiene - styrene AC Asphalt Concrete ACP Asbestos cement pipe ACWS Asphalt concrete wearing surface ALT Alternate APIS Apartment and Apartments AMER STD American Standard AWG American Wire Gage (nonferrous wire) BC Beginning of curve BCR Beginning of curb return BDRY Boundary BF Bottom of footing BLDG Building and Buildings BM Bench mark BVC Beginning of vertical curve B/W Back of wall C/C Center to center CAB Crushed aggregate base CAL/OSHA California Occupational Safety and Health Administration CalTrans California Department of Transportation CAP Corrugated aluminum pipe CB Catch Basin Cb Curb CBP Catch Basin Connection Pipe CBR California Bearing Ratio CCR California Code of Regulations CCTV Closed Circuit TV CES Carlsbad Engineering Standards CF Curb face CF Cubic foot C&G Curb and gutter CFR Code of Federal Regulations CFS Cubic Feet per Second CIP Cast iron pipe CIPP Cast-in place pipe CL Clearance, center line CLF Chain link fence CMB Crushed miscellaneous base CMC Cement mortar-coated CML Cement mortar-lined CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District CO Cleanout (Sewer) COL Column COMM Commercial CONG Concrete CONN Connection CONST Construct, Construction COORD Coordinate CSP Corrugated steel pipe CSSD Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings CTB Cement treated base CV Check valve CY Cubic yard D Load of pipe dB Decibels DBL Double DF Douglas fir DIA Diameter DIP Ductile iron pipe DL Dead load DR Dimension Ratio DT Drain Tile DWG Drawing DWY Driveway DWY APPR Driveway approach E Electric EA Each EC End of curve ECR End of curb return EF Each face EG Edge of gutter EGL Energy grade line El Elevation ELC Electrolier lighting conduit ELT Extra long ton ENGR Engineer, Engineering EP Edge of pavement ESMT Easement ETB Emulsion-treated base EVC End of vertical curb EWA Encina Wastewater Authority EXC Excavation EXP JT Expansion joint EXST Existing F Fahrenheit F&C Frame and cover F&l Furnish and install FAB Fabricate FAS Flashing arrow sign FD Floor drain FDN Foundation Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 47 of 104 FED SPEC Federal Specification FG Finished grade FH Fire hydrant FL Flow line FS Finished surface FT-LB Foot-pound FTG Footing FW Face of wall G Gas GA Gauge GAL Gallon and Gallons GALV Galvanized GAR Garage and Garages GIP Galvanized iron pipe GL Ground line or grade line GM Gas meter GNV Ground Not Visible GP Guy pole GPM gallons per minute GR Grade GRTG Grating GSP Galvanized steel pipe H High or height HB Hose bib HC House connection HDWL Headwall HGL Hydraulic grade line HORIZ Horizontal HP Horsepower HPG High pressure gas HPS High pressure sodium (Light) HYDR Hydraulic IE Invert Elevation ID Inside diameter INCL Including INSP Inspection INV Invert IP Iron pipe JC Junction chamber JCT Junction JS Junction structure JT Joint L Length LAB Laboratory LAT Lateral LB Pound LD Local depression LF Linear foot LH Lamp hole LL Live load LOL Layout line LONG Longitudinal LP Lamp post LPS Low pressure sodium (Light) LS Lump sum LTS Lime treated soil LWD Leucadia Wastewater District MAINT Maintenance MAX Maximum MCR Middle of curb return MEAS Measure MH Manhole, maintenance hole MIL SPEC Military specification MISC Miscellaneous MOD Modified, modify MON Monument MSL . Mean Sea Level (Reg. Standard Drawing M-12) MTBM Microtunneling Boring Machine MULT Multiple MUTCD.... Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices MVL Mercury vapor light NCTD North County Transit District NRCP Nonreinforced concrete pipe OBS Obsolete OC On center OD Outside diameter OE Outer edge OHE Overhead Electric OMWD Olivenhain Municipal Water District OPP Opposite ORIG Original PB Pull box PC Point of curvature PCC Portland cement concrete or point of compound curvature PCVC Point of compound vertical curve PE Polyethylene PI Point of intersection PL Property line PMB Processed miscellaneous base POC Point on curve POT Point on tangent PP Power pole PRC Point of reverse curve PRVC Point of reverse vertical curve PSI Pounds per square inch PT Point of tangency PVC Polyvinyl chloride PVMT Pavement PVT R/W Private right-of-way Q Rate of flow in cubic feet per second QUAD Quadrangle, Quadrant R Radius R&O Rock and oil R/W Right-of-way RA Recycling agent RAC Recycled asphalt concrete RAP Reclaimed asphalt pavement RBAC Rubberized asphalt concrete RC Reinforced concrete RGB Reinforced concrete box RCE Registered civil engineer RCP Reinforced concrete pipe RCV Remote control valve REF Reference REINF Reinforced or reinforcement RES Reservoir RGE Registered geotechnical engineer ROW Right-of-Way RR Railroad RSE Registered structural engineer RTE Registered traffic engineer S Sewer or Slope, as applicable SCCP Steel cylinder concrete pipe SD Storm drain SDNR San Diego Northern Railway SDR Standard thermoplastic pipe dimension ratio (ratio of pipe O.D. to minimum wall thickness) SDRSD San Diego Regional Standard Drawings SE Sand Equivalent Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 48 of 104 SEC Section SF Square foot SFM Sewer Force Main SI International System of Units (Metric) SPEC Specifications SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction STHWY State highway STA Station STD Standard STR Straight SIR GR Straight grade STRUG Structural/Structure SW Sidewalk SWD Sidewalk drain SY Square yard T Telephone TAN Tangent TC Top of curb TEL Telephone TF Top of footing TOPO Topography 1-3.3 Institutions. TR Tract TRANS Transition TS Traffic signal or transition structure TSC Traffic signal conduit TSS Traffic signal standard TW Top of wall TYP Typical UE '. Underground Electric USA Underground Service Alert VAR Varies, Variable VB Valve box VC Vertical curve VCP Vitrified clay pipe VERT Vertical VOL Volume VWD Vallecitos Water District W Water, Wider or Width, as applicable WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook Wl Wrought iron WM Water meter WPJ Weakened plane joint XCONN Cross connection XSEC Cross section Abbreviation Word or Words AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association FHWA Federal Highway Administration GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) UL Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. USGS United States Geological Survey 1-4 UNITS OF MEASURE. 1-4.1 General. U.S. Standard Measures, also called U.S. Customary System, are the principal measurement system in these specifications. However, certain material specifications and test requirements contained herein use SI units specifically and conversions to U.S. Standard Measures may or may not have been included in these circumstances. When U.S. Standard Measures are not included in parenthesis, then the SI units shall control. S.I. units and U.S. Standard Measures in parenthesis may or may not be exactly equivalent. Reference is also made to ASTM E 380 for definitions of various units of the SI system and a more extensive set of conversion factors. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 49 of 104 1 -4.2 Units of Measure and Their Abbreviations. U.S. Customary Unit (Equal To) SI Unit (Abbreviations) (Abbreviations) 1 mil (=0.001 in) 25.4 micrometer (urn) 1 inch (in) 25.4 millimeter (mm) 1 inch (in) 2.54 centimeter (cm) 1 foot (ft) 0.3048 meter (m) 1 yard (yd) 0.9144 meter (m) 1 mile (mi) 1.6093 kilometer (km) 1 square foot (fr) 0.0929 square meter (trr) 1 square yard (yd ) 0.8361 square meter (m) 1 cubic foot (ft) 0.0283 cubic meter (m3) 1 cubic yard (yd3) 0.7646 cubic meter (m ) 1 acre 0.4047 hectare (ha) 1 U.S. gallon (gal) 3.7854 Liter (L) 1 fluid ounce (fl. oz.) 29.5735 millileter (ml)1 pound mass (Ib) (avoirdupois) 0.4536 kilogram (kg) 1 ounce mass (oz) 0.02835 kilogram (kg) 1 Ton (=2000 Ib avoirdupois) 0.9072 Tonne (= 907 kg) 1 Poise 0.1 pascal second (Pa s) 1 centistoke (cs) 1 square millimeters per second (mm /s) 1 pound force (Ibf) 4.4482 Newton (N) 1 pounds per square inch (psi) 6.8948 Kilopascal (kPa) 1 pound force per foot (Ibf/ft) 1.4594 Newton per meter (N/m) 1 foot-pound force (ft-lbf) 1.3558 Joules (J) 1 foot-pound force per second ([ft-lbf]/s) 1.3558 Watt (W) 1 part per million (ppm) 1 milligram/liter (mg/L) Temperature Units and Abbreviations Degree Fahrenheit (°F): Degree Celsius (°C): °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 °C = (°F -32)/1.8 SI Units (abbreviation) Commonly Used in Both Systems 1 Ampere (A) 1 Volt (V) 1 Candela (cd) 1 Lumen (Im) 1 second (s) Common Metric Prefixes kilo(k) 10, centi(c) 10, milli(m) 10"3 micro (n) 10" nano (n) 10" pico(p) 10"12 1-5 SYMBOLS A Delta, the central angle or angle between tangents Z. Angle % Percent Feet or minutes Inches or seconds1 Number / per or (between words)0 Degree PL Property line CL Centerline SL Survey line or station line A*¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 50 of 104 SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF WORK 2-1 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Award and execution of Contract will be as provided for in the Specifications, Instruction to Bidders, or Notice Inviting Bids. 2-2 ASSIGNMENT. No Contract or portion thereof may be assigned without consent of the City Council, except that the Contractor may assign money due or which will accrue to it under the Contract. If given written notice, such assignment will be recognized by the Board to the extent permitted by law. Any assignment of money shall be subject to all proper withholdings in favor of the Agency and to all deductions provided for in the Contract. All money withheld, whether assigned or not, shall be subject to being used by the Agency for completion of the Work, should the Contractor be in default. 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS. 2-3.1 General. Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in 4104: "(a) The name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construc- tion of the work or improvements, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid, or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater." "(b) The portion of the work which will be done by each such subcontractor under this act. The prime contractor shall list only one subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime contractor in his bid." If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor, or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor's total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved, after a public hearing. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 51 of 104 Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the Contractor's own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified ten (10) days in advance of the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the City Council shall be final. 2-3.2 Additional Responsibility. The Contractor shall give personal attention to the fulfillment of the Contract and shall keep the Work under its control. The Contractor shall perform, with its own organization, Contract work amounting to at least 50 percent of the Contract Price except that any designated "Specialty Items" may be performed by subcontract, and the amount of any such "Specialty Items" so performed may be deducted from the Contract Price before computing the amount required to be performed by the Contractor with its own organization. "Specialty Items" will be identified by the Agency in the Bid or Proposal. Where an entire item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the Contract Unit Price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, the value of work subcontracted will be based on the estimated percentage of the Contract Unit Price. This will be determined from information submitted by the Contractor, and subject to approval by the Engineer. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the work to be so subcontracted. 2-3.3 Status of Subcontractors. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 2-4 CONTRACT BONDS. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed to be approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all of the documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until they are released according to the provisions of this section. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 52 of 104 business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: 1) An original, or a certified copy, of the un-revoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within 10 days after receiving notice from the Agency. Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Board, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Board. Changes in the Work or extensions of time, made pursuant to the Contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from its obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety. 2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 2-5.1 General. The Contractor shall keep at the Work site a copy of the Plans and Specifications, to which the Engineer shall have access to at all times. The specifications for the work include the project technical specifications,( Part 4 CSI Formated Specifications) Carlsbad Engineering Standards (CES), Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 2006 Edition (Part 2 & 3), and any and all supplements thereto, hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as written and promulgated by Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract. The construction plans consist of one set of drawings designated as Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Restoration, City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 468-4, City Project No. 45051. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRSD, as issued by the San Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, hereinafter designated as CSSD, as issued by the City of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, hereinafter designated as CES. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. Am¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 53 of 104 The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work site prior to submitting the Bid. Existing improvements visible at the Work site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents. If there is a conflict between Contract Documents, the document highest in precedence shall control. The precedence shall be the most recent edition of the following documents listed in order of highest to lowest precedence: 1) Permits from other agencies as may be required by law. 2) Carlsbad General Provisions. 3) Technical Specifications 4) Plans 5) City of Carlsbad Engineering Standards, 2006 Edition 6) National Park Service Preservation Briefs for Preservation of Historic Barns (Attached herin as Appendix A) 7) San Diego Regional Standard Drawings 8) State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans 9) Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction 10) Reference Specifications 11) Manufacturer's Installation Recommendations Change Orders, Supplemental Agreements and approved revisions to Plans and Specifications will take precedence over items 2) through 9) above. Detailed plans and plan views shall have precedence over general plans. 2-5.3 Submittals. 2-5.3.1 General. Submittals shall be provided, at the Contractor's expense, as required in 2- 5.3.2, 2-5.3.3 and 2-5.3.4, when required by the Plans or Special Provisions, or when requested by the Engineer. Materials shall neither be furnished nor fabricated, nor shall any work for which submittals are required by performed, before the required submittals have been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer. Neither review nor acceptance of submittals by the Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations from the Contract Documents, unless such deviations were specifically called to the attention of the Engineer in the letter of transmittal. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness of the submittals. The Contractor shall allow a minimum of 20 working days for review of submittals unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 54 of 104 Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number. 2) Number of complete sets. 3) Contractor's certification statement. 4) Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for the same materials.) 6) Description of the contents of the submittal. 7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents. When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to and shall place the following certification on all submittals: "I hereby certify that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is submitted for approval." By: Title: Date: Company Name: 2-5.3.2 Working Drawings. Working drawings are drawings showing details not shown on the Plans which are required to be designed by the Contractor. Working drawings shall be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Six copies and one reproducible shall be submitted. If no revisions are required, three of the copies will be returned to the Contractor. If revisions are required, the Engineer will return one copy along with the reproducible for resubmission. Upon acceptance, the Engineer will return two of the copies to the Contractor and retain the remaining copies and the reproducible. 2-5.3.3 Shop Drawings. Shop drawings are drawings showing details of manufactured or assembled products proposed to be incorporated into the Work. Shop drawings required shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. 2-5.3.4 Supporting Information. Supporting information is information required by the Specifications for the purposes of administration of the Contract, analysis for verification of conformance with the Specifications, the operation and maintenance of a manufactured product or system to be constructed as part of the Work, and other information as may be required by the Engineer. Six copies of the supporting information shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the start of the Work unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or directed by the Engineer. Supporting information for systems shall be bound together and include all •^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 55 of 104 manufactured items for the system. If resubmittal is not required, three copies will be returned to the Contractor. Supporting information shall consist of the following and is required unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions: 1) List of Subcontractors 2) List of Materials 3) Certifications 4) Construction Schedule per 6-1. 5) Confined Space Entry Program per 7-10.4.4. 6) Concrete mix designs 7) Data, including, but not limited to, catalog sheets, manufacturer's brochures, technical bulletins, specifications, diagrams, product samples, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. This information is required for irrigation sys- tems, and may also be required for any product, manufactured item, or system. 2-5.4 Record Drawings. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as- built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built" locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion of the work. Payment for performing the work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 2-6 WORK TO BE DONE. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to complete the Contract in a satisfactory manner. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. 2-7 SUBSURFACE DATA. All soil and test hole data, water table elevations, and soil analyses shown on the drawings or included in the Specifications apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for inspection at the office of the Engineer. Any additional subsurface exploration shall be done by Bidders or the Contractor at their own expense. 2-9 SURVEYING. 2-9.2 Survey Service. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the work, provide surveying services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound form on 215mm by 280 mm (81/2" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. The Contractor shall have a ^"^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 56 of 104 Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with §§ 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under §§ 8762 of the State of California Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. 2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections 2-9.1 through 2-9.2.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of said monuments and no additional payment will be made. 2-9.3 Private Engineers. Surveying by private engineers on the Work shall conform to the quality and practice required by the Engineer. 2-9.4 Line and Grade. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER. The Board has the final authority in all matters affecting the Work. Within the scope of the Contract, the Engineer has the authority to enforce compliance with the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall promptly comply with instructions from the Engineer or an authorized representative. The decision of the Engineer is final and binding on all questions relating to: quantities; acceptability of material, equipment, or work; execution, progress or sequence of work; and interpretation of the Plans, Specifications, or other drawings. This shall be precedent to any payment under the Contract, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. 2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the Engineer may request. 2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its •K Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 57 of 104 activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations. Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2-11 INSPECTION. The Work is subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer before noon of the working day before inspection is required. Work shall be done only in the presence of the Engineer, unless otherwise authorized. Any work done without proper inspection will be subject to rejection. The Engineer and any authorized representatives shall at all times have access to the Work during its construction at shops and yards as well as the project site. The Contractor shall provide every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the materials and workmanship are in accordance with these specifications. Inspection of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. SECTION 3 - CHANGES IN WORK 3-1 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3-1.1 General. Changes in the Plans and Specifications, requested in writing by the Contractor, which do not materially affect the Work and which are not detrimental to the Work or to the interests of the Agency, may be granted by the Engineer. Nothing herein shall be construed as granting a right to the Contractor to demand acceptance of such changes. 3-1.2 Payment for Changes Requested by the Contractor. If such changes are granted, they shall be made at a reduction in cost or no additional cost to the Agency. 3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY. 3-2.1 General. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the work, or quantity of work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written Supplemental Agreement between the Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in contract time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, shall provide for the Contractor's signature indicating acceptance. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 58 of 104 3-2.2 Payment. 3-2.4 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 3-2.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement can not be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance per Section 3-3, except as otherwise specified in Sections 3-2.2.2 and 3-2.2.3. 3.2.5 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material can not be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used herein, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 3-3. 3-3 EXTRA WORK. 3-3.1 General. New or unforeseen work will be classified as "extra work" when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 3-3.2 Payment. 3-3.2.1 General. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the extra work based on the accumulation of costs as provided herein. 3-3.2.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. (a) Labor. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from Federal, State, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. The use of a labor classification which would increase the extra work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work will be paid. Nondirect labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Section 3-3.2.3 (a). (b) Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. Am¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 59 of 104 The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. (c) Tool and Equipment Rental. No payment will be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. Regardless of ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS, current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this contract. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the extra work shall be included. If equipment is used intermittently and, when not in use, could be returned to its rental source at less expense to the Agency than holding it at the Work site, it shall be returned, unless the Contractor elects to keep it at the Work site, at no expense to the Agency. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. Manufacturer's ratings and approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment and it shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work site shall be the duration of its use on the extra work. This time begins when equipment is first put into actual operation on the extra work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back, or to a closer site. (d) Other Items. The Agency may authorize other items which may be required on the extra work, including labor, services, material, and equipment. These items must be different in their nature from those required for the Work, and be of a type not ordinarily available from the Contractor or Subcontractors. Invoices covering all such items in detail shall be submitted with the request for payment. (e) Invoices. Vendors' invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. •K Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 60 of 104 3-3.2.3 Markup. (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor 20 2) Materials 15 3) Equipment Rental 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in Section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. 3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor. When the price for the extra work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next working day may waive any rights for that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work site conditions (hereinafter called changed conditions), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 61 of 104 that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accor- dance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be changed conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are changed conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to the provisions of 6-6. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. The Contractor's failure to give notice of changed conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions. Verbal notifications are disallowed. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. "The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the City's proposed final estimate in order for it to be further considered." By: Title: Date: Company Name: The Contractor's estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim. It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 62 of 104 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith. If the contractor and the agency are unable to reach agreement on disputed work, the Agency may direct the contractor to proceed with the work. Prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: 1 . Project Inspector 2. Construction Manager 3. Deputy City Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection 4. City Engineer 5. City Manager The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or appeal of claim the City will, within 10 working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review the Contractor's report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or Contractor's presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level's position up to the City Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions in the contract. All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below: ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS 20104. (a)(1) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency. (2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2. (b)(1) "Public work" has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the Regents of the University of California. (2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency. (c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.3961 1 Page 63 of 104 specifications for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article, (d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991. 20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of claims. (b)(1) For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject to this article: (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of Am^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 64 of 104 both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed work in accordance with Section 3-3. SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP. 4-1.1. General. All materials, parts, and equipment furnished by the Contractor in the Work shall be new, high grade, and free from defects. Quality of work shall be in accordance with the generally accepted standards. Material and work quality shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Materials and work quality not conforming to the requirements of the Specifications shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection. Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by the Engineer. m¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 65 of 104 If the Contractor fails to replace any defective or damaged work or material after reasonable notice, the Engineer may cause such work or materials to be replaced. The replacement expense will be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor. Used or secondhand materials, parts, and equipment may be used only if permitted by the Specifications. 4-1.2 Protection of Work and Materials. The Contractor shall provide and maintain storage facilities and employ such measures as will preserve the specified quality and fitness of materials to be used in the Work. Stored materials shall be reasonably accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall also adequately protect new and existing work and all items of equipment for the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall not, without the Agency's consent, assign, sell, mortgage, hypothecate, or remove equipment or materials which have been installed or delivered and which may be necessary For the completion of the Contract. 4-1.3 Inspection Requirements. 4-1.3.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, inspection is required at the source for such typical materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, metal fabrication, metal casting, welding, concrete pipe manufacture, protective coating application, and similar shop or plant operations. Steel pipe in sizes less than 18 inches and vitrified clay and cast iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon certification as to compliance with the Specifications, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. Standard items of equipment such as electric motors, conveyors, elevators, plumbing fixtures, etc., are subject to inspection at the job site only. Special items of equipment such as designed electrical panel boards, large pumps, sewage plant equipment, etc., are subject to inspection at the source, normally only for performance testing. The Specifications may require inspection at the source for other items not typical of those listed in this section. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-1.3.2 Inspection of Materials Not Locally Produced. When the Contractor intends to purchase materials, fabricated products, or equipment from sources located more than 50 miles outside the geographical limits of the Agency, an inspector or accredited testing laboratory (approved by the Engineer), shall be engaged by the Contractor at its expense, to inspect the materials, equipment or process. This approval shall be obtained before producing any material or equipment. The inspector or representative of the testing laboratory shall judge the materials by the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. The Contractor shall forward reports required by the Engineer. No material or equipment shall be shipped nor shall any processing, fabrication or treatment of such materials be done without proper inspection by the approved agent. Approval by said agent shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with the Contract requirements. A•K Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 66 of 104 4-1.3.3 Inspection by the Agency. The Agency will provide all inspection and testing laboratory services within 50 miles of the geographical limits of the Agency. For private contracts, all costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the permitee. 4-1.4 Test of Material. Before incorporation in the Work, the Contractor shall submit samples of materials, as the Engineer may require, at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor, at its expense, shall deliver the materials for testing to the place and at the time designated by the Engineer. Unless otherwise provided, all initial testing will be performed under the direction of the Engineer, and at no expense to the Contractor. If the Contractor is to provide and pay for testing, it will be stated in the Specifications. For private contracts, the testing expense shall be borne by the permittee. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, at least 15 days in advance, of its intention to use materials for which tests are specified, to allow sufficient time to perform the tests. The notice shall name the proposed supplier and source of material. If the notice of intent to use is sent before the materials are available for testing or inspection, or is sent so far in advance that the materials on hand at the time will not last but will be replaced by a new lot prior to use on the Work, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to renotify the Engineer when samples which are representative may be obtained. Except as specified in these Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-1.5 Certification. The Engineer may waive materials testing requirements of the Specifications and accept the manufacturer's written certification that the materials to be supplied meet those requirements. Material test data may be required as part of the certification. 4-1.6 Trade Names or Equals. The Contractor may supply any of the materials specified or offer an equivalent. The Engineer shall determine whether the material offered is equivalent to that specified. Adequate time shall be allowed for the Engineer to make this determination. Whenever any particular material, process, or equipment is indicated by patent, proprietary or brand name, or by name of manufacturer, such wording is used for the purpose of facilitating its description and shall be deemed to be followed by the words or equal. A listing of materials is not intended to be comprehensive, or in order of preference. The Contractor may offer any material, process, or equipment considered to be equivalent to that indicated. The substantiation of offers shall be submitted as provided in the contract documents. A•K Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 67 of 104 The Contractor shall, at its expense, furnish data concerning items offered by it as equivalent to those specified. The Contractor shall have the material tested as required by the Engineer to determine that the quality, strength, physical, chemical, or other characteristics, including durability, finish, efficiency, dimensions, service, and suitability are such that the item will fulfill its intended function. Test methods shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Test results shall be reported promptly to the Engineer, who will evaluate the results and determine if the substitute item is equivalent. The Engineer's findings shall be final. Installation and use of a substitute item shall not be made until approved by the Engineer. If a substitute offered by the Contractor is not found to be equal to the specified material, the Contractor shall furnish and install the specified material. The specified Contract completion time shall not be affected by any circumstance developing from the provisions of this section. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-1.7 Weighing and Metering Equipment. All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. The accuracy of the work of a scale service agency, except as stated herein, shall meet the standards of the California Business and Professions Code and the California Code of Regulations pertaining to weighing devices. A certificate of compliance shall be presented, prior to operation, to the Engineer for approval and shall be renewed whenever required by the Engineer at no cost to the Agency. All scales shall be arranged so they may be read easily from the operator's platform or area. They shall indicate the true net weight without the application of any factor. The figures of the scales shall be clearly legible. Scales shall be accurate to within 1 percent when tested with the plant shut down. Weighing equipment shall be so insulated against vibration or moving of other operating equipment in the plant area that the error in weighing with the entire plant running will not exceed 2 percent for any setting nor 1.5 percent for any batch. 4-1.8 Calibration of Testing Equipment. Testing equipment, such as, but not limited to pressure gages, metering devices, hydraulic systems, force (load) measuring instruments, and strain-measuring devices shall be calibrated by a testing agency acceptable to the Engineer at intervals not to exceed 12 months and following repairs, modification, or relocation of the equipment. Calibration certificates shall be provided when requested by the Engineer. 4-1.9 Construction Materials Dispute Resolution (Soils, Rock Materials, Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials, Masonry Materials, Bituminous Materials, Rock Products, and Modified Asphalts). In the interest of safety and public value, whenever credible evidence arises to contradict the test values of materials, the Agency and the Contractor will initiate an immediate and cooperative investigation. Test values of materials are results of the materials' tests, as defined by these Specifications or by the special provisions, required to accept the Work. Credible evidence is process observations or test values gathered using industry accepted practices. A contradiction exists whenever test values or process observations of the same or similar materials are diverse enough such that the work acceptance or performance m& Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 68 of 104 becomes suspect. The investigation shall allow access to all test results, procedures, and facilities relevant to the disputed work and consider all available information and, when necessary, gather new and additional information in an attempt to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. If the cooperative investigation reaches any resolution mechanism acceptable to both the Agency and the Contractor, the contradiction shall be considered resolved and the cooperative investigation concluded. Whenever the cooperative investigation is unable to reach resolution, the investigation may then either conclude without resolution or continue by written notification of one party to the other requesting the implementation of a resolution process by committee. The continuance of the investigation shall be contingent upon recipient's agreement and acknowledged in writing within 3 calendar days after receiving a request. Without acknowledgement, the investigation shall conclude without resolution. The committee shall consist of three State of California Registered Civil Engineers. Within 7 calendar days after the written request notification, the Agency and the Contractor will each select one engineer. Within 14 calendar days of the written request notification, the two selected engineers will select a third engineer. The goal in selection of the third member is to complement the professional experience of the first two engineers. Should the two engineers fail to select the third engineer, the Agency and the Contractor shall each propose 2 engineers to be the third member within 21 calendar days after the written request notification. The first two engineers previously selected shall then select one of the four proposed engineers in a blind draw. The committee shall be a continuance of the cooperative investigation and will re-consider all available information and if necessary gather new and additional information to determine the validity, the cause, and if necessary, the remedy to the contradiction. The committee will focus upon the performance adequacy of the material(s) using standard engineering principles and practices and to ensure public value, the committee may provide engineering recommendations as necessary. Unless otherwise agreed, the committee will have 30 calendar days from its formation to complete their review and submit their findings. The final resolution of the committee shall be by majority opinion, in writing, stamped and signed. Should the final resolution not be unanimous, the dissenter may attach a written, stamped, and signed minority opinion. Once started, the resolution process by committee shall continue to full conclusion unless: 1. Within 7 days of the formation of the committee, the Agency and the Contractor reach an acceptable resolution mechanism; or 2. Within 14 days of the formation of the committee, the initiating party withdraws its written notification and agrees to bear all investigative related costs thus far incurred; or 3. At any point by the mutual agreement of the Agency and the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed, the Contractor shall bear and maintain a record for all the investigative costs until resolution. Should the investigation discover assignable causes for the con- tradiction, the assignable party, the Agency or the Contractor, shall bear all costs asso- ciated with the investigation. Should assignable causes for the contradiction extended to both parties, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation substantiate a contradiction without assign- able cause, the investigation will assign costs cooperatively with each party or when necessary, equally. Should the investigation be unable to substantiate a contradiction, the initiator of the investigation shall bear all investigative costs. All claim notification requirements of the contract pertaining to the contradiction shall be suspended until the investigation is concluded. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 69 of 104 4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in Section 6-7.2, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency's boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. SECTION 5 - UTILITIES 5-1 LOCATION. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. Where underground main distribution conduits such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, telephone, or cable television are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. As provided in Section 4216 of the California Government Code, at least 2 working days prior to commencing any excavation, the Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) and obtain an inquiry identification number. The California Department of Transportation is not required by Section 4216 to become a member of the regional notification center. The Contractor shall contact it for location of its subsurface installations. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work. 5-2 PROTECTION. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in Section 3-2.2.3 or 3-3. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 70 of 104 The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located as noted in Section 5-1. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: 1. Furnish and install a 2 inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or 2. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2 inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or 3. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 5-3 REMOVAL. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as "abandoned" or "to be abandoned in place". Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such removals. 5-4 RELOCATION. When feasible, the owners responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 301-1.6, 2006 Edition, and supplements thereto -Utilities which are relocated in order to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such relocation. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid for in accordance with Section 3-2. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such work shall be included in the Bid for the items of work necessitating such work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid for in accordance with provisions of Section 3-3. Payment will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected thereby. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. Am¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 71 of 104 In conformance with Section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer's approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor's convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 5-5 DELAYS. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its construction schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. Said notification shall be included as a part of the construction schedule required in Section 6-1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the construction schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with Section 5-1. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing work correctly shown on the Plans. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. If the Contractor sustains loss due to delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by Section 5-1, which could not have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant, there shall be paid to the Contractor such amount as the Engineer may find to be fair and reasonable compensation for such part of the Contractor's actual loss as was unavoidable and the Contractor may be granted an extension of time. 5-6 COOPERATION. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 72 of 104 SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS, AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Except as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall begin work within 14 calendar days after receipt of the "Notice to Proceed". 6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor's management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor's responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor's attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the preconstruction meeting. 6-1.1.1 Baseline Construction Schedule Submittal. The Contractor shall submit the Baseline Construction Schedule per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3. The submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and shall be on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. 6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 6-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 6-1.2.2 Tabular Listing. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. m¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 73 of 104 6-1.2.4 Schedule Software. The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 2000 compatible "Suretrak" program by Primavera or "Project" program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency a CD-ROM data disk with all network information contained thereon, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 2000 system. The Agency will use a "Suretrak", "Project" or equal software program for review of the Contractor's schedule. 6-1.2.5 Schedule Activities. Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 working day nor longer than 15 working days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 25 and 100 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. The number of activities will be sufficient, in the judgment of the Engineer, to communicate the Contractor's plan for project execution, to accurately describe the project work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity's description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 6-1.2.6 Float. Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 6-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities. Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity's construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 6-1.2.8 Late Completion. A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a project duration longer than the specified contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Section 6-4. 6-1.2.9 Early Completion. The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor's plan to support and maintain the project for the entire contractual time span of the project. Should the Contractor propose a project duration shorter than contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor's proposal of a project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency's acceptance of a shortened duration project will be confirmed through the execution of a contract change order revising the project duration and implementing all contractual requirements including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. 6-1.2.10 Engineer's Review. The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer's determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer's determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within thirty (30) working days after the date of the preconstruction meeting shall be grounds for termination of the contract per Section 6-4. m Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.3961 1 Page 74 of 104 Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 working days. The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 working days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.2.10.1 through 6-1.2.10.3. 6-1.2.10.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will not receive payment for the schedule. 6-1.2.10.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments. 6-1.2.10.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" or "Accepted with Comments" by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required hereinbefore and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer. 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions. The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity's schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth working day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and will include each item and element of Sections 6-1.2 through 6-1.2.9 and 6-1.3.1 through 6-1.3.7. 6-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates. The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 6-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete. For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media. The schedule data disk shall be a CD-ROM, labeled with the project name and number, the Contractor's name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 "Schedule Software" and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. 6-1.3.4 List of Changes. A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 6-1.3.5 Change Orders. Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the change orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor's change orders. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 75 of 104 6-1.3.6 Bar Chart. Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path. 6-1.4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked "Accepted with Comments" or "Not Accepted" by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 working days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly updated construction schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly updated construction schedule marked "Not Accepted". 6-1.4.1 "Accepted." The Contractor may proceed with the project work. 6-1.4.2 "Accepted with Comments." The Contractor may proceed with the project work. The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments. 6-1.4.3 "Not Accepted." The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer's comments. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the contract under the provisions of Section 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked "Accepted" by the Engineer before the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required herein the Contractor may elect to proceed with the project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the project will be the Contractor's responsibility. 6-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates. Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold Liquidated Damages for the number of days late. Should a subsequent "Accepted" Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held Liquidated Damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately following the "Accepted" schedule. 6-1.6 Interim Revisions. Should the actual or projected progress of the work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 2-5.3 and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section "substantially different" means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of days of duration for the project. 6-1.7 Final Schedule Update. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a final schedule update when one hundred percent of the construction work is completed. The Contractor's Final Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The final schedule update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 76 of 104 and Revisions and 6-1. 4 Engineer's Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the final schedule update is required for completion of the project and release of any and all funds retained per Section 9-3.2. 6-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule. The Contractor's preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate payment will be made therefore. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK. To minimize public inconvenience and possible hazard and to restore park and other work areas to their original condition and state of usefulness as soon as practicable, the Contractor shall diligently prosecute the Work to completion. If the Engineer determines that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work to the proper extent, the Contractor shall, upon orders from the Engineer, immediately take steps to remedy the situation. All costs of prosecuting the Work as described herein shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Should the Contractor fail to take the necessary steps to fully accomplish said purposes, after orders of the Engineer, the Engineer may suspend the work in whole or part, until the Contractor takes said steps. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restore to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. If Work is suspended through no fault of the Agency, all expenses and losses incurred by the Contractor during such suspensions shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to properly provide for public safety, traffic, and protection of the Work during periods of suspension, the Agency may elect to do so, and deduct the cost thereof from monies due the Contractor. Such actions will not relieve the Contractor from liability. 6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes: foundation walls, footings, structural bracing for walls, concrete flooring, roofing and restorations of wood cupola, exterior stairs, and entry doors. All work shall be done in accordance with The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. Work under this contract shall also include minimal site grading and drainage improvements. 6-2.3 Project Meetings. The Engineer will establish the time and location of bi weekly Project Meetings. The Contractor's Representative shall attend each Project Meeting. The Project Representative shall be the individual determined under Section 7-6, "The Contractor's Representative". No separate payment for attendance of the Contractor, the Contractor's Representative or any other employee or subcontractor or subcontractor's employee at these meetings will be made. 6-3 SUSPENSION OF WORK. 6-3.1 General. The Work may be suspended in whole or in part when determined by the Engineer that the suspension is necessary in the interest of the Agency. The Contractor shall comply immediately with any written order of the Engineer. Such suspension shall be without liability to the Contractor on the part of the Agency except as otherwise specified in Section 6-6.3. 6-3.2 Archaeological and Paleontological Discoveries. If discovery is made of items of archaeological or paleontological interest, the Contractor shall immediately cease excavation in the area of discovery and shall not continue until ordered by the Engineer. When resumed, excavation operations within the area of discovery shall be as directed by the Engineer. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 77 of 104 Discoveries which may be encountered may include, but not be limited to, dwelling sites, stone implements or other artifacts, animal bones, human bones, and fossils. The Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time and compensation in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-6. 6-4 DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR. If the Contractor fails to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fails to maintain the Work schedule which will insure the Agency's interest, or, if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the Agency may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. The Contract may be canceled by the Agency without liability for damage, when in the Agency's opinion the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the Agency's consent. In the event of such cancellation, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity of the Work completed at the time of cancellation, less damages caused to the Agency by acts of the Contractor. The Contractor, in having tendered a Bid, shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims for damages because of cancellation of Contract for any such reason. If the Agency declares the Contract canceled for any of the above reasons, written notice to that effect shall be served upon the Surety. The Surety shall, within five (5) days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor. If the Surety assumes any part of the Work, it shall take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and shall be paid by the Agency for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default shall be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the Agency may exclude the Surety from the premises. The Agency may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by Agency forces, by letting the unfinished Work to another Contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work shall be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the Agency. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety shall pay to the Agency within 5 days after the completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this section shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Agency under law. 6-5 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT. The Board may terminate the Contract at its own discretion or when conditions encountered during the Work make it impossible or impracticable to proceed, or when the Agency is prevented from proceeding with the Contract by act of God, by law, or by official action of a public authority. 6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME. 6-6.1 General. If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in 6-6.3. Such unforeseen events may include: war, government regulations, labor disputes, strikes, fires, floods, adverse weather or elements necessitating cessation of Am¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 78 of 104 work, inability to obtain materials, labor or equipment, required extra work, or other specific events as may be further described in the Specifications. No extension of time will be granted for a delay caused by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof, the proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and the approved construction schedule. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused by events other than those mentioned above, the Engineer may deem an extension of time to be in the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays, except as provided in Section 6-6.3. If delays beyond the Contractor's control are caused solely by action or inaction by the Agency, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided in Section 6-6.2. 6-6.2 Extensions of Time. Extensions of time, when granted, will be based upon the effect of delays to the Work. They will not be granted for noncontrolling delays to minor portions of the Work unless it can be shown that such delays did or will delay the progress of the Work. 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible. Such actual costs will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency will not be liable for damages which the Contractor could have avoided by any reasonable means, such as judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. The determination of what damages the Contractor could have avoided will be made by the Engineer. 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-7.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time set forth in the Contract. The Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within such time as set forth in the Contract for such portion. Unless otherwise specified, the time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in working days. The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion within 180 working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to Proceed. 6-7.2 Working Day. A working day is any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: 1. Saturday, 2. Sunday, oRevised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 79 of 104 3. any day designated as a holiday by the Agency, 4. any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor associa- tion, 5. any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1, 6. any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting. The Engineer will make a daily determination of each working day to be charged against the Contract time. These determinations will be discussed and the Contractor will be furnished a periodic statement showing allowable number of working days of Contract time, as adjusted, at the beginning of the reporting period. The statement will also indicate the number of working days charged during the reporting period and the number of working days of Contract time remaining. If the Contractor does not agree with the statement, it shall file a written protest within 15 days after receipt, setting forth the facts of the protest. Otherwise, the statement will be deemed to have been accepted. 6-8 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY. The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon receipt of the Contractor's written assertion that the Work has been completed. The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all, or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Agency. Upon such certification by the Engineer the Agency may accept the completed Work. Upon the Agency's acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of the Work. All work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as a warranty bond for the one year warranty period. The Contractor shall replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties shall be liable for the cost thereof. 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion of Work, as adjusted in accordance with Section 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld monies due it, the sum of Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 80 of 104 $1,500 per day. Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor if such delay occurs. Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $900 per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages. 6-10 USE OF IMPROVEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION. The Agency reserves the right to take over and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance. The Contractor will be notified in writing in advance of such action. Such action by the Agency will relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury or damage to said completed portions of the improvement resulting from use by public traffic or from the action of the elements or from any other cause, except Contractor operations or negligence. The Contractor will not be required to reclean such portions of the improvement before field acceptance, except for cleanup made necessary by its operations. Nothing in this section shall be construed as relieving the Contractor from full responsibility for correcting defective work or materials. In the event the Agency exercises its right to place into service and utilize all or part of any completed facility or appurtenance, the Agency will assume the responsibility and liability for injury to persons or property resulting from the utilization of the facility or appurtenance so placed into service, except for any such injury to persons or property caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor, Subcontractor, their officers, employees, or agents. SECTION 7 - RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7-1 CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 7-2 LABOR. 7-2.1 General. Only competent workers shall be employed on the Work. Any person employed who is found to be incompetent, intemperate, troublesome, disorderly, or otherwise objectionable, or who fails or refuses to perform work properly and acceptably, shall be immediately removed from the Work by the Contractor and not be reemployed on the Work. 7-2.2 Laws. The Contractor, its agents, and employees shall be bound by and comply with applicable provisions of the Labor Code and Federal, State, and local laws related to labor. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and nondiscrimination because of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. 7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Insurance shall be required as specified in section 10 of the Public Works Contract. The cost of this insurance shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Amf Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 81 of 104 7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. Before execution of the Contract by the Board, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer the following signed certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' com- pensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provi- sions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before com- mencing the performance of the work of this contract." The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for, and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract, complete Workers' Compensation Insurance, and shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The Agency, its officers, or employees, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure of the Contractor to comply with this paragraph. All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the requirement for workers' compensation insurance. 7-5 PERMITS. Except as specified herein the Contractor will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor all City of Carlsbad encroachment, right-of-way, grading and other permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights-of-way. Contractor shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, those permits required for night work, overload, blasting, and demolition. For private contracts, the Contractor shall obtain all permits incidental to the Work or made necessary by its operations, and pay all costs incurred by the permit requirements. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the work. 7-5.1 Resource Agency Permits. Resource agency permits are not a requirement of work for this project. 7-6 THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE. Before starting work, the Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have complete authority to act for it. An alternative representative may be designated as well. The representative or alternate shall be present at the Work site whenever work is in progress or whenever actions of the elements necessitate its presence to take measures necessary to protect the Work, persons, or property. Any order or communication given to this representative shall be deemed delivered to the Contractor. A joint venture shall designate only one representative and alternate. In the absence of the Contractor or its representative, instructions or directions may be given by the Engineer to the superintendent or person in charge of the specific work to which the order applies. Such order shall be complied with promptly and referred to the Contractor or its representative. In order to communicate with the Agency, the Contractor's representative, superintendent, or person in charge of specific work shall be able to speak, read, and write the English language. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 82 of 104 7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining the nature and extent of any simultaneous, collateral, and essential work by others. The Agency, its workers and contractors and others, shall have the right to operate within or adjacent to the Work site during the performance of such work. The Agency, the Contractor, and each of such workers, contractors and others, shall coordinate their operations and cooperate to minimize interference. The Contractor shall include in its Bid all costs involved as a result of coordinating its work with others, the Contractor will not be entitled to additional compensation from the Agency for damages resulting from such simultaneous, collateral, and essential work. If necessary to avoid or minimize such damage or delay, the Contractor shall redeploy its work force to other parts of the Work. Should the Contractor be delayed by the Agency, and such delay could not have been reasonably foreseen or prevented by the Contractor, the Engineer will determine the extent of the delay, the effect on the project, and any extension of time. 7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE. 7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. When required by the Plans or Specifications, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self- loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each working day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor's Bid. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately and the area cleaned. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the site as soon as practicable after stripping. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer's cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. Cleanup and dust control required herein shall also be executed on weekends and other non-working days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her m¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 83 of 104 sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.2 Air Pollution Control. The Contractor shall not discharge smoke, dust, or any other air contaminants into the atmosphere in such quantity as will violate the regulations of any legally constituted authority. 7-8.3 Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time, and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees therefore. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefore. 7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution to protect channels, storm drains, and bodies of water from pollution. It shall conduct and schedule operations so as to minimize or avoid muddying and silting of said channels, drains, and waters. Water pollution control work shall consist of constructing those facilities which may be required to provide prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. The Contractor shall comply with the California State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) Order Number 99-08-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit Number CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements (WDR's) for Discharges of Storm water runoff associated with Construction Activity (General Permit) and subsequent adopted modifications and with all requirements of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Monitoring Plans for this project in accordance with these regulations. 7-8.6.1 To obtain coverage under general permit of Order Number 99-08-DWQ the landowner, which is typically the City, must file a Notice of Intent (NOI) with the SWRCB. A model Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) will not be a requirement for this project, however, BMP's for water pollution prevention will be required and a copy of these can be obtained from the Project Manager for use in implementing BMP's for the project. All costs for preparing and implementing the Storm Water Pollution Prevention BMP's shall be included as part of the contract price bid. See Appendix C for Storm Water Compliance Form,Tier 1 Construction SWPPP,E-29. 7-8.7 Drainage Control. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, or other acceptable material will be permitted when necessary. Such dams shall be removed from the site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 84 of 104 7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 7-9 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the park site which are not designated for removal (e.g., curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, walls, signs, utility installations, pavement, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of its operations. When a portion of a sprinkler system within the site must be removed, the remaining lines shall be capped. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension. Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from damage or injury. If damaged or removed due to Contractor's operations, they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original condition and location as is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be reseeded and covered with suitable mulch. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to owner to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, sprinklers, and other improvements, within the park which are designated for removal and would be destroyed because of the Work. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. 7-10.1 Park Access. Park will remain open to the public during the construction for this project. Arrangements must be made with the Inspector for access to begin work before park opens to public in the morning. All equipment and tools shall not be a nusisance or hazard to the general public and the area shall receive temporary chain link fencing with green screen fabric to protect the project site from other ongoing park operations. 7-10.4.3 Special Hazardous Substances and Processes. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the Work. A Material Safety Data Sheet as described in Section 5194 of the California Code of Regulations shall be requested by the Contractor from the manufacturer of any hazardous products used. Material usage shall be accomplished with strict adherence to California Division of Industrial Safety requirements and all manufacturer warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer if a specified product cannot be used under safe conditions. A•K Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 85 of 104 7-10.4.4 Confined Spaces. (a) Confined Space Entry Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for implementing, administering and maintaining a confined space entry program (CSEP) in accordance with Sections 5156, 5157 and 5158, Title 8, CCR. Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit its comprehensive CSEP to the Engineer. The CSEP shall address all potential physical and environmental hazards and contain procedures for safe entry into confined spaces, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Training of personnel 2. Controlled access to the space 3. Ventilation of the space 4. Special hazards consideration 5. Personal protective equipment The Contractor's submittal shall include the names of its personnel, including subcontractor personnel, assigned to the project who will have CSEP responsibilities, their CSEP training, and their specific assignment and responsibility in carrying out the CSEP. (b) Permit-Required Confined Spaces. Entry into permit-required confined spaces as defined in Section 5157, Title 8, CCR may be required as a part of the Work. All manholes, tanks, vaults, pipelines, excavations, or other enclosed or partially enclosed spaces shall be considered permit-required confined spaces until the pre-entry procedures demonstrate otherwise. The Contractor shall implement a permit space program prior to performing any work in a permit- required confined space. A copy of the permit shall be available at all times for review by Contractor and Agency personnel at the Work site. (c) Payment. Payment for implementing, administering, and providing all equipment and personnel to perform the CSEP shall be included in the bid items for which the CSEP is required. 10.4.5 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. 7-11 PATENT FEES OR ROYALTIES. The Contractor shall absorb in its Bid the patent fees or royalties on any patented article or process furnished or used in the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from any legal action that may be brought for infringement of patents. 7-12 ADVERTISING. The names, addresses and specialties of Contractors, Subcontractors, architects, or engineers may be displayed on removable signs. The size and location shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. Commercial advertising matter shall not be attached to or painted on the surfaces of buildings, fences, canopies, or barricades. 7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of State and National laws and County and Municipal ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 86 of 104 those employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affect the conduct of the Work. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with such laws, ordinances, and regulations. Municipal ordinances that affect this work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of the contract. 7-14 ANTITRUST CLAIMS. Section 7103.5 of the Public Contract Code provides: "In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the contractor or subcontractor offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec 15) or Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or subcontract. The assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the contractor, without further acknowledgment of the parties." SECTION 8 - FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 GENERAL. Facilities for Agency personnel does not apply to this contract. SECTION 9 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK. 9-1.1 General. Unless otherwise specified, quantities of work shall be determined from measurements or dimensions in horizontal planes. However, linear quantities of pipe, piling, fencing and timber shall be considered as being the true length measured along longitudinal axis. Unless otherwise provided in Specifications, volumetric quantities shall be the product of the mean area of vertical or horizontal sections and the intervening horizontal or vertical dimension. The planimeter shall be considered an instrument of precision adapted to measurement of all areas. 9-1.2 Methods of Measurement. Materials and items of work which are to be paid for on basis of measurement shall be measured in accordance with methods stipulated in the particular sections involved. 9-1.3 Certified Weights. When payment is to be made on the basis of weight, the weighing shall be done on certified platform scales or, when approved by the Engineer, on a completely automated weighing and recording system. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with duplicate licensed weighmaster's certificates showing actual net weights. The Agency will accept the certificates as evidence of weights delivered. 9-1.4 Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 9-2 LUMP SUM WORK. Items for which quantities are indicated "Lump Sum", "L.S.", or "Job", shall be paid for at the price indicated in the Bid. Such payment shall be full compensation for the items of work and all work appurtenant thereto. •K Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 87 of 104 When required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within 15 days after award of Contract, a detailed schedule in triplicate, to be used only as a basis for determining progress payments on a lump sum contract or designated lump sum bid item. This schedule shall equal the lump sum bid and shall be in such form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy the Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. 9-3 PAYMENT 9-3.1 General. The quantities listed in the Bid schedule will not govern final payment. Payment to the Contractor will be made only for actual quantities of Contract items constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Upon completion of construction, if the actual quantities show either an increase or decrease from the quantities given in the Bid schedule, the Contract Unit Prices will prevail subject to the provisions of Section 3-2.2.1. The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall be full compensation for the items of work and all appurtenant work, including furnishing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals. Payment will not be made for materials wasted or disposed of in a manner not called for under the Contract. This includes rejected material not unloaded from vehicles, material rejected after it has been placed, and material placed outside of the Plan lines. No compensation will be allowed for disposing of rejected or excess material. Payment for work performed or materials furnished under an Assessment Act Contract will be made as provided in particular proceedings or legislative act under which such contract was awarded. Whenever any portion of the Work is performed by the Agency at the Contractor's request, the cost thereof shall be charged against the Contractor, and may be deducted from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Whenever immediate action is required to prevent injury, death, or property damage, and precautions which are the Contractor's responsibility have not been taken and are not reasonably expected to be taken, the Agency may, after reasonable attempt to notify the Contractor, cause such precautions to be taken and shall charge the cost thereof against the Contractor, or may deduct such cost from any amount due or becoming due from the Agency. Agency action or inaction under such circumstances shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor or its Surety from liability. Payment shall not relieve the Contractor from its obligations under the Contract; nor shall such payment be construed to be acceptance of any of the Work. Payment shall not be construed as the transfer of ownership of any equipment or materials to the Agency. Responsibility of ownership shall remain with the Contractor who shall be obligated to store any fully or partially completed work or structure for which payment has been made; or replace any materials or equipment required to be provided under the Contract which may be damaged, lost, stolen or otherwise degraded in any way prior to acceptance of the Work, except as provided in Section 6- 10. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion." If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor's failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment to the Contractor in accordance with applicable laws. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 88 of 104 At the expiration of 35 days from the date of acceptance of the Work by the Board, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. 9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. The Engineer will, after award of Contract, establish a closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments. The Contractor may request in writing that such monthly closure date be changed. The Engineer may approve such request when it is compatible with the Agency's payment procedure. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on, completed work and change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of these General Provisions. Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30) calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure. From each progress estimate, 10 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. After 50 percent of the Work has been completed and if progress on the Work is satisfactory, the deduction to be made from remaining progress estimates and from the final estimate may be limited to $500 or 10 percent of the first half of total Contract amount, whichever is greater. No progress payment made to the Contractor or its sureties will constitute a waiver of the liquidated damages under 6-9. As provided in Section 22300 of the California Public Contract Code, the Contractor may substitute securities for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make ^^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 89 of 104 written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all contract bid items and change order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 3-5, Disputed Work. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 9-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including Sections 3-4 Changed Conditions, 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the claims. Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute. 9-3.3 Delivered Materials. When provided for in the Specifications, and subject to the limitation and conditions therein, the cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the work will not be included in the progress estimate. 9-3.4 Mobilization. When a bid item is included in the Proposal form for mobilization and subject to the conditions and limitations in the Specifications, the costs of work in advance of construction operations and not directly attributable to any specific bid item will be included in the progress estimate. When no such bid item is provided, payment for such costs will be considered to be included in the other items of work. A*K Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 90 of 104 9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will be included in the various items of work and no other payment will be made. m¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 91 of 104 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO "GREEN BOOK" STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS 200-1 ROCK PRODUCTS Add the following section: 200-1.2.2 Permeable Material. Permeable material shall consist of hard, durable, clean sand, gravel, or crushed stone, and shall be free from organic material, clay balls, or other deleterious substances. Class 1 and Class 2 permeable material shall have a Durability Index of not less than 40. Class 2 Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. Class 1 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200- 1.2.2(A). Class 2 permeable material shall conform to the requirements in this section and Table 200-1.2.2(8). When permeable material is required and the class or kind is not specified, Class 1 permeable material shall be used. The alternative gradings within Class 1 permeable material are identified by types. Unless otherwise shown on the plans the Contractor will be permitted to furnish and place any one of the types provided for this class. The percentage composition by mass of permeable material in place shall conform to the gradings in Tables 200-1.2.2(A) and 200-1.2.2(6). TABLE 200-1.2.2(A) CLASS 1 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes 50-mm (2") 37.5-mm(11/2") 19-mm(3/4") 12.5-mm (V) 9.5-mm (3/8") 4.75-mm (No. 4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 75-um (no. 200) Percen Type A — — 100 95-100 70-100 0-55 0-10 0-3 tage Passing TypeB 100 95-100 50-100 — 15-55 0-25 0-5 0-3 TABLE 200-1.2.2(6) CLASS 2 PERMEABLE MATERIAL Sieve Sizes 25-mm(1") 19-mm(3/4") 9.5-mm (3/8") 4.75-mm (No. 4) 2.36-mm (No. 8) 600-um (No. 30) 300-um (No. 50) 75-um (no. 200) Percentage Passing 100 90-100 40-100 25-40 18-33 5-15 0-7 0-3 A Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 92 of 104 SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS 201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Delete this section & replace with the following CSI Section found in Part 4: Section 03300 201-3 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND JOINT SEALANTS. Add the following: 201-3.4 Type "A" Sealant (Two-Part Polyurethane Sealant). Add the following: All finished concrete surfaces shall have a %" continuous expansion joint at locations indicated on the plans and notes and shall be located either parallel to perpendicular to the curb line. When not otherwise indicated, all expansion joints located adjacent to colored concrete shall be sealant Type "A" and colored to match the color of the concrete surface. Contractor shall provide joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. Contractor shall submit product data from the manufacturer of each joint sealant product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application. Contractor shall also submit samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. Samples shall be submitted to Engineer. Submit complete schedule of type (and location where type is to be used) of each sealant. Contractor shall engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Joint sealants shall be multi-component polyurethane sealant. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard, non-modified, 2-or-more-part, polyurethane-based, elastomeric sealant; complying with either ASTM-C-920-87, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, or FS TT-S 0227E Class A, non-sag, Type II. Acceptable Products: "Sonneborn NPH"; Sonneborn Building Products Division; "Scofield Lithoseal Trafficalk 3-G", L.M. Scofield Company; or equivalent, as approved by the Engineer. Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Plastic foam joint fillers shall be preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam either open-cell polyurethane foam or closed-cell polyethylene foam, subject to approval of sealant manufacturer, for cold-applied sealants only. Polystyrene foam is not acceptable. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 93 of 104 SECTION 204 - LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES 204-1 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD Delete this section and replace with the following CSI Sections found in Part 4: Section 06100 and Section 06201. SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS Delete this section and replace with the following CSI Section found in Part 4: Section 07620 SECTION 207 - PIPE Add the following section: 207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE. Add the following section: 207-25.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 mm (0.005") overall thickness, with no less than a 35 gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers shall be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-25(A) and 207-25 (B). TABLE 207-25.1 (A) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE PROPERTIES Property Thickness Tensile strength Elongation Printability Flexibility Inks Message repeat Foil Top layer Bottom layer Adhesives Bond strength Colors Method ASTM D2103 ASTM D882 ASTM D882-88 ASTM D2578 ASTM D67 1-81 Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Manufacturing specifications Boiling H2O at 100 degrees Celsius APWA Code Value 01 14 mm (0.0056") 4500g/cm (25 Ibs/inch) (5,500 PSI) <50 percent at break >50 dynes/square centimeter Pliable hand Heat-set Mylex Every 500 mm(20") Dead soft/annealed Virgin PET Virgin LDPE >30 percent, solid 1.5#/R Five hours without peel See Table 207-25.1 (B) Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 94 of 104 TABLE 207-25.1(6) DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS Color Red Yellow Orange Blue Green Brown Purple Utility Marked Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems. Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam. Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television. Water systems. Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable. Force mains. Reclaimed water lines. Add the following section: 207-25.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the requirements of each of the following agency/association publications. A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety. USAS code for pressure piping B31.8, paragraph 192.321 (e). B. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Damage to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1. C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid petroleum pipelines - APR RP 1109. D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide Specification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PBS 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page 501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1. E. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC, National Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards. SECTION 213 - ENGINEERING FABRICS 213-2.1 General. Table 213-2.1 (A) Table 213-2.1 (A) 213-2GEOTEXTILES. Add the following: Geotextile types shall be used for the applications listed in GEOTEXTILE APPLICATIONS Application of Geotextile Separation of Soil and Subsurface Aggregate Drain Remediation and Separation of Soil Reinforcement of Soil Drainage at the Interface of Soil Structures Drainage at the Interface of Soil and Structures Plant Protection Covering Erosion Control Fence with 14 AWG - 150 mm x 150 mm (6"x6") Wire and 3 m (10') Post Spacing Erosion Control Fence with 1.8m (6') Post Spacing and No Wire Fencing Type Designation 180N 270WS 270WS N/A N/A 90N 90WS 200WS Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 95 of 104 Add the following section: 213-3 EROSION CONTROL SPECIALTIES. Add the following section: 213-3 Gravel bags. Gravel bags for the use of temporary erosion control shall be burlap type, filled with no less than 23kg (50 Ibs) of 19 mm (3/4") crushed rock and securely tied closed. Plastic bags are not acceptable. A•^ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 96 of 104 SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION PART 3, CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING. 300-1.1 General, add the following to the third paragraph: During surface clearing operations, the Contractor shall not cover or bury any plant growth or other objectionable materials. If the Contractor cannot successfully separate the plant growth from the surface soil and advertently or inadvertently mixes organic or other objectionable materials with the soil, the soil so contaminated shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. All costs, if any, associated with removing the soil mixed with organic or other objectionable materials and importing soil to replace said contaminated soil shall be borne by the Contractor and no additional payment therefore shall be made to the Contractor. 300-1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials, add the following: Also included in clearing and grubbing shall be removal and disposal of existing aggregate base, concrete, and other existing features which interfere with the work. Whether or not such items are shown on the plans they shall be removed as a part of clearing and grubbing. 300-1.4 Payment, modify as follows: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be included in the contract lump sum price bid. Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with properly compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid. 300-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. 300-2.1 General, add the following: Unclassified excavation shall include removal and stockpile of suitable material, recompaction, mixing, grading for mitigation work, trenching and backfilling of storm drains, sewers, other utilities, disposal of unsuitable materials not included in the bid item for clearing and grubbing, all cut and fill including removal and recompaction of unsuitable soil, salvaging clean excavated material and filling areas to the required grades and cross section. Unclassified excavation shall be utilized onsite to make all fills shown on the plans. Unclassified excavation shall also include scarification and moisture adjustment and compaction of the top 300 mm (11) of the subgrade in the roadway prism in cut areas to 95 percent relative compaction, wetland mitigation grading and attendant work, export of remaining excess material to a disposal site or spoil area acquired by the Contractor and pumping and disposal of storm and ground water. 300-2.2.1 General, add the following: Alluvial and colluvial removal and recompaction shall consist of excavating, blending and recompacting loose soils in areas that are designated to receive fills. The existing loose soils shall be removed by the Contractor until a firm unyielding Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 97 of 104 surface is exposed. If the excavated material contains 4%, or more, water than the optimum moisture content the Contractor shall blend the wet soil with soils having a lower moisture content and/or spread the excavated material in a manner that enables the material to dry to optimum moisture content. 300-2.2.1 General, add the following to the first paragraph: Such direction may include, but is not limited to, directing the Contractor to blend, adjust moisture content of, rework, and place unsuitable soils at specific locations or elevations on the site. Add the following section: 300-2.2.3 Compressible Soil. Compressible soils such as existing uncontrolled or unacceptable fill, alluvium, and colluvium may exist within portions of the Project site. Where required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove such compressible soils from areas to receive fill or from areas upon which surface improvements are to be placed. The removal and disposal of such compressible soils shall be paid for at the Contract Unit Price for unclassified excavation unless it is considered otherwise unsuitable by the Engineer in which case it may be paid for in accordance with section 300-2.2.1. 300-2.5 Slopes, add the following: after the first sentence of the first paragraph: A slope shall be defined as any area steeper than three horizontal to one vertical. 300-2.6 Surplus Material, add the following: The Contractor shall haul and dispose of all surplus material from the project. The Contractor shall utilize highway legal haul trucks for this export of material from the project site and to a site secured by the Contractor. No earth moving equipment or special construction equipment, as defined in section 565 of the California Vehicle Code, will be allowed for hauling material on public streets. 300-2.9 Payment, add the following: Payment for work performed under sections 300-2.2.1, 300-2.2.2, 300-2.2.3 and 300-2.2.4, when the Engineer determines that the soils are unsuitable, shall be made for the actual labor, materials and equipment used to accomplish the work as per section 3-3 EXTRA WORK of the specifications. 300-2.9 Payment substitute the following: Only the quantity of unclassified excavation measured shall be paid for. No excavated material which is re-excavated will be paid for. For progress payments, the quantity of unclassified excavation shall be estimated by the Engineer. The Engineer's calculations shall be considered the definitive determinant for quantities for final payment. All topographic surveying and calculations necessary to quantify payment quantities for Unclassified Excavation shall be performed by the Engineer. 300-2.9 Payment. substitute the following: Payment for all unclassified excavation will be made at the Contract Lump Sum price bid for unclassified excavation and shall include compensation for excavation, sloping, rounding tops and ends of excavation, matching existing graded slopes, loading, exporting and disposing of surplus material and unsuitable material shown on the plans or specified herein to be removed, stockpiling, hauling to designated sites, placing and compacting, mixing, grading of mitigation site, salvaging clean and suitable material and filling areas to the required grades and cross sections. Unclassified fill, slope rounding, all work incidental to Section 300-4.8 and construction of transitions will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore. When required by the plans or specifications or where directed by the Engineer, the excavation and stockpiling of selected material will be paid for at the Contract Lump Sum price for unclassified excavation. Removing such selected material from the stockpile and placing it in its final position will also be paid for at the Contract Lump Sump Price for unclassified excavation Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 98 of 104 and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. Add the following section: 300-2.10 Grading Tolerance. The Contractor shall finish excavated areas other than slopes and subgrade below structures, and sidewalk areas within 30 mm (0.1') of the grades shown on the plans. Subgrade tolerances shall conform to the requirements of section 301-1.4 SSPWC. 300-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 300-3.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall excavate to the lines and levels required and/or shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall provide all shoring, bracing, cribbing, pumping, and planking required. The Contractor shall excavate and maintain the bottom of all trenches in a condition that is level, firm, clean and free from all debris or foreign matter. Excavations shall be kept free from water at all times. The Contractor shall remove any unsuitable material encountered below grade as directed by the Engineer 300-3.6 Payment, add the following: Dewatering shall be paid for as an incidental to structure excavation and backfill, and no additional compensation will be made therefore. 300-4.6 Application of Water, add the following: The Contractor shall place all fill soil at a moisture content no less than one (1) percent below optimum moisture as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. 300-4.7 Compaction, add the following: The Contractor shall compact all fill soils placed within the top 1 m (3') of roadway subgrade to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction. On all areas to receive planting, the top 150 mm (6") shall be compacted to 85%, +2% -5%, to allow for plant growth. 300-4.8 Slopes, add the following: Feathering of fill over the tops of slopes will not be permitted. The Contractor shall compact the faces of fill slopes with a sheep's foot roller at vertical intervals no greater than 600 mm (2') or shall be built and cut back to finish grade. In addition, if not over built and cut back, the face of the slope shall be track walked upon completion. 300-4.9 Measurement and Payment, delete and substitute the following: Unclassified fill, grading, shaping, compacting or consolidating, slope rounding, construction of transitions and all work included in and incidental to Section 300-4, "Unclassified Fill" will be paid for as a part of unclassified excavation, and no additional payment will be made therefore. 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL. Modify as follows: 300-9 GEOTEXTILES FOR EROSION CONTROL AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL. Add the following section: 300-9.2 General. The Contractor shall provide erosion control and water pollution control conforming to the requirements shown on the plans, as specified herein, and as elsewhere required by the Contract Documents. Erosion control and water pollution control shall include the work specified herein, and such additional measures, as may be directed by the Engineer, to meet Best Management Practices, as defined herein, and to properly control erosion and storm water damage of the limits of work and construction impacts upon areas receiving drainage flows from within the limits of work. m¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 99 of 104 Add the following section: 300-9.2.1 Grading Controls. The Contractor shall protect all areas that have been graded and/or cleared and grubbed as well as areas that have not been graded and/or cleared and grubbed within the limits of work from erosion. The Contractor shall provide temporary earth berms, gravel bags, silt fences, stabilized construction entrances and similar measures, coordinated with its construction procedures, as necessary and as shown on the plans to control on site and off site erosion during the construction period. The Contractor will be required to protect areas which have been cleared and grubbed prior to excavation or embankment operations, and which are subject to runoff during the duration of the contract. The criteria used to determine the appropriate erosion control measures shall be the "Best Management Practices", hereinafter BMP, defined and described in the, "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", January 2006 as published by the California Stormwater Quality Association. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the "Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook, Construction", January 2003on the project site and shall conduct its operations in conformity to said Handbook. Temporary erosion control measures provided by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a) Embankment areas, while being brought up to grade and during periods of completion prior to final roadbed construction, shall be graded so as to direct runoff into impoundment areas within the limits of work where such runoff shall have pollutants removed by BMP methods . b) The Contractor shall provide protection by BMP measures to eliminate erosion and the siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to: temporary down drains, either in the form of pipes or paved ditches with protected outfall berms; graded berms around areas to eliminate erosion of embankment slopes by surface runoff; confined ponding areas to desilt runoff; and to desilt runoff. c) Excavation areas, while being brought to grade, shall be protected from erosion and the resulting siltation of downstream facilities and adjacent areas by the use of BMP measures. These measures shall include, but shall not be limited to, methods shown on the plans and described herein. Add the following section: 300-9.2.2 Payment. Full compensation for performing erosion control and water pollution control, conforming to the operational requirements herein, of the BMP and conforming to the requirements of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, including the latest amendments thereto, which is not a part of the planned permanent work or included as a separate bid item shall be considered as included in the contract price bid for unclassified excavation, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. 300-13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN Add the following section: 300-13.1 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. As part of the storm water pollution prevention work, the Contractor shall prepare and submit Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, hereafter referred to as the "SWPPP,". The SWPPP shall conform to the requirements as outlined in Appendix B-Storm Water Compliance Forms for Tier 1 Construction SWPP. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 100 of 104 300-13.1.1 SWPPP Document Within 15 calendar days after the execution of the contract, the Contractor shall submit 3 copies of BMP measures to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 2-5.3.3 of these Special Provisions. If revisions are required, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the SWPPP within 15 days of receipt of the Engineer's comments and shall allow 5 days for the Engineer to review the revisions. Upon the Engineer's acceptance of the SWPPP, 3 additional copies of the SWPPP, incorporating the required changes, shall be submitted to the Engineer. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Engineer may conditionally approve the SWPPP while minor revisions are being completed. The objectives of the SWPPP shall be to identify pollution sources that may adversely affect the quality of storm water discharges associated with the project and to identify, construct, implement and maintain storm water pollution prevention measures, hereafter referred to as control measures, to reduce to the extent feasible pollutants in storm water discharges from the construction site both during and after construction is completed under this contract. The SWPPP shall incorporate control measures in the following categories: 1. Soil stabilization practices; 2. Sediment control practices; 3. Wind erosion control practices; and 4. Non-storm water management and waste management and disposal control practices. Specific objectives and minimum requirements for each category of control measures are contained in the Handbook. The Contractor shall designate a Water Pollution Control Manager who will have the responsibilities outlined in the SWPPP. The SWPPP shall include, all items as identified on the Storm Water Compliance Form. Tier 1 Construction SWPP. E-29 and attached herein as Appendix B. The Contractor shall amend the SWPPP, graphically and in narrative form, whenever there is a change in construction activities or operations which may affect the discharge of significant quantities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems, or when deemed necessary by the Engineer. The SWPPP shall also be amended if it is in violation of any condition of the Permit, or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollutants in storm water discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised operations, including those in areas not shown in the initially accepted SWPPP, which are required on the project to control water pollution effectively. Amendments to the SWPPP shall be submitted for review and acceptance by the Engineer in the same manner specified for the initially accepted SWPPP. Accepted amendments shall be dated and logged in the SWPPP. Upon acceptance of the amendment, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised operations. The Contractor shall keep a copy of the accepted SWPPP and accepted amendments at the project site. The SWPPP shall be made available upon request of a representative of the Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or local storm water management agency. Requests by the public shall be directed to the Engineer. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 101 of 104 By June 15 of each year, the Contractor shall submit an annual certification to the Engineer stating compliance with the requirements governing the Permit. If the project is in non- compliance at any time, the Contractor shall make a written report to the Engineer within 15 days of identification of non-compliance. Add the following section: 300-13-1.2 Availability of SWPPP template. A Storm Water Compliance Form, Tier 1 Construction SWPPP is attached herin as Appendix C. The Contractor shall review the template and upon award of contract provide all necessary plans and information as necessary to reflect the Contractor's operations. Add the following section: 300-13.1.3 Payment. Preparation, implementation and management of a SWPPP shall be considered incidental to the items of work and no additional payment will be made therefore. Add the following section: 300-13.1.4 SWPPP Implementation. Upon acceptance of the SWPPP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting and maintaining the control measures included in the SWPPP and any amendments thereto and for removing and disposing of temporary control measures. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or specified in these supplemental provisions, the Contractor's responsibility for SWPPP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work ordered in accordance with Section 6-3, "Suspension of Work". Requirements for installation, construction, inspection, maintenance, removal and disposal of control measures are specified in the "Handbook" and these supplemental provisions. Soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures, including minimum requirements, shall be provided throughout the winter season, defined as between October 1 and April 30. Implementation of soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures for soil-disturbed areas of the project site shall be completed, except as provided for below, no later than 20 days prior to the beginning of the winter season or upon start of applicable construction activities for projects which begin either during or within 20 days of the winter season. The Contractor shall implement, year-round and throughout the duration of the project, control measures included in the SWPPP for sediment tracking, wind erosion, non-storm water management and waste management and disposal. The Engineer may order the suspension of construction operations, at the Contractor's cost, which create water pollution if the Contractor fails to conform to the requirements of this section as determined by the Engineer. Add the following section: 300-13.1.5 Maintenance. To ensure the proper implementation and functioning of control measures, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the control measures identified in the SWPPP. The Contractor shall identify corrective actions and time frames to address any damaged measures or reinitiate any measures that have been discontinued. The construction site inspection checklist provided in the "Handbook" shall be used to ensure that the necessary measures are being properly implemented, and to ensure that the control m¥ Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 102 of 104 measures are functioning adequately. The Contractor shall submit one copy of each site inspection record to the Engineer, within two days of the inspection. During the winter season, inspections of the construction site shall be conducted by the Contractor to identify deficient measures, as follows: 1. When the five-day rain probability forecast exceeds forty percent (40%). 2. After any precipitation which causes runoff capable of carrying sediment from the construction site; 3. At 24 hour intervals during extended precipitation events; and 4. Routinely, at a minimum of once every week. If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of an identified control measure, the deficiency shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately, or by a later date and time if requested by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer in writing, but not later than the onset of subsequent precipitation events. The correction of deficiencies shall be at no additional cost to the City. SECTION 301 - TREATED SOIL, SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND PLACEMENT OF BASE MATERIALS 301-1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION. 301-1.2 Preparation of Subgrade. Modify the second and third paragraphs as follows: Change each instance reading "150mm (6 inches)" to "300 mm (12")". 301-1.3 Relative Compaction. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor shall compact the upper 300 mm (12") of subgrade beneath areas to be paved, have base or subbase material placed on them, or curb, gutter, curb and gutter, alley pavement, driveway or sidewalk constructed over them to no less than 95 percent maximum dry density as determined by ASTM test D-1557-91. 301-1.7 Payment. Modify the first paragraph as follows: Payment for subgrade preparation shall be included in the contract bid price for which the subgrade is prepared and shall include all labor, materials; including water, operations and equipment to scarify, adjust moisture, compact or recompact the subgrade, both in cut areas and in fill areas, and no further compensation will be allowed. ther devices approved by the Engineer. Subsequent plates shall be butted to each other. Fine graded asphalt concrete shall be compacted to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 300 mm (12") taper to cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, the dowel holes in the pavement section shall be completely filled with elastomeric sealant material. At the Contractor's option, the methods required for Method 1 may be used. If the Contractor so elects, all requirements of Method 1 shall be used. The Contractor shall maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps and maintain and restore the street surface during and after their use. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 103 of 104 SECTION 303 - CONCRETE & MASONRY CONSTRUCTION This Section has been replaced with CSI Formatted Section 03300, Part 4 of the Contract Specifications. SECTION 306 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION 306-5 ABANDONMENT OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES. Add the following: Unless otherwise noted on plans, the Contractor shall remove all existing abandoned pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, and pipelines and conduits of any type, or use, that are abandoned during the course of the work and shall replace said pipelines and conduits with property compacted soils. Payment for removal and disposal of abandoned utilities shall be included in the lump-sum bid and no additional payment will be made. SECTION 310 - PAINTING 310-5 PAINTING VARIOUS SURFACES. This Section has been replaced with CSI Formatted Section 09900, Painting, 09931,Wood stains and Transparent Finishes and Section 09960 of the Part 4, CSI Formatted Contract Specifications. Revised 6/10/09 Contract No.39611 Page 104 of 104 PART 4 CSI FORMATED SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 01322 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Preconstruction photographs. 2. Periodic construction photographs. 3. Final Completion construction photographs. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Selective Demolition" for photographic documentation before selective demolition operations commence. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same label information as corresponding set of photographs. B. Construction Photographs: Submit two prints of each photographic taken at each monthly progress meeting. 1. Format: 4x6 inch minimum smooth-surface matte prints on single-weight commercial-grade photographic paper, enclosed back to back in clear plastic sleeves that are punched for standard 3-ring binder. 2. Identification: On back or front of each print, provide an applied label or rubber-stamped impression with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of photographer. c. Date photograph was taken if not date stamped by camera. d. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01322 Section 01322 - Page 2 Photographic Documentation e. Unique sequential identifier. 3. Digital Images: Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files with each submittal of prints on CD-ROM. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken. Submit images that have same aspect ratio as the sensor, uncropped. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Photographer Qualifications: An individual who is capable of taking clear & readable photos. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with photographer and provide auxiliary services requested, including access to Project site and use of temporary facilities, including temporary lighting required to produce clear, well-lit photographs without obscuring shadows. 1.6 USAGE RIGHTS A. Obtain and transfer copyright usage rights from photographer to Owner for unlimited reproduction of photographic documentation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA A. Digital Images: Provide images in uncompressed TIFF format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 8 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out-of- focus areas will not be accepted. 1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies each photographic location. Section 01322 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01322 - Page 3 Photographic Documentation B. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software. 1. Date and Time: Include date and time in filename for each image. 2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images on CD-ROM in the field office at Project site, available at all times for reference. Identify images same as for those submitted to Architect. C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting any construction, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Owner or Architect. 1. Flag construction limits before taking construction photographs. 2. Take a minimum of eight photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before starting the Work. 3. Take a minimum of eight photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start of construction. 4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent structures, pavements, and improvements. D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take a minimum of ten photographs weekly with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. E. Directed Construction Photographs: From time to time, Owner or Architect will instruct photographer about number and frequency of photographs and general directions on vantage points. Select actual vantage points and take photographs to show the status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken. F. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take a minimum of eight color photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as Project Record Documents. Architect will direct photographer for desired vantage points. 1. Do not include date stamp. END OF SECTION 01322 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01322 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires the Designer's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require the Designer's approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. The Owner reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Submittals Schedule: Six copies of each submittal must be transmitted to the Owner within 15 days of Notice to Proceed. C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on the Designer's receipt of submittal. 1. Initial Review: Allow 20 working days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Owner will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Allow 15 working days for processing each resubmittal. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01330 Section 01330 - Page 2 Submittal Procedures 4. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by the Owner. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Contractor. d. Name and address of subcontractor. e. Name and address of supplier. f. Name of manufacturer. g. Unique sequential identifier, including revision number, h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, j. Other necessary identification. E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify in a manner acceptable to the Owner any deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. F. Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless the Designer observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. 1. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action taken and will be returned. G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Number each submittal sequentially and date each submittal. The Owner's representative will return submittals, without review, from sources other than Contractor. 1. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Transmittal Form: Use form approved by the Owner's representative. H. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by the Owner in connection with construction. Section 01330 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01330 - Page 3 Submittal Procedures PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit six copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. The Owner's representative will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. e. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. f. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. C. Shop Drawings: Submit Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. f. Templates and patterns. g. Schedules. h. Notation of coordination requirements. i. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01330 Section 01330 - Page 4 Submittal Procedures D. Samples: Submit physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Submit three full sets of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. The Owner's representative will return submittal with options selected. 2. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Submit three (3) sets of Samples. The Owner will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. 3. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Submit Samples to match the Owner's sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side. 4. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 5. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. E. Product Schedule or List: Submit a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. F. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in General Conditions. 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. Section 01330 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01330 - Page 5 Submittal Procedures 1. Number of Copies: Submit six (6) copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. The Owner's representative will return two (2) copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. B. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. C. Welding Certificates: Submit written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. D. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project. E. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. F. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements. G. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements. H. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. I. Field Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements. J. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01330 Section 01330 - Page 6 Submittal Procedures K. Research/Evaluation Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. L. Maintenance Data: Submit written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. M. Design Data: Submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. N. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. O. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit written information documenting factory- authorized service representative's tests and inspections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to the Architect. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 DESIGNER'S ACTION A. General: The Designer will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: The Designer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. The Designer will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken: Section 01330 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01330 - Page 7 Submittal Procedures C. Informational Submittals: The Designer will review each submittal and will return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. The Owner's representative will forward each submittal to appropriate party. END OF SECTION 01330 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01330 SECTION 01351 SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR HISTORIC TREATMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes special procedures for historic treatment on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Storage and protection of existing historic materials. 2. Temporary protection of historic materials during construction. 3. Historic treatment procedures. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for preconstruction photographs taken before historic treatment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. "Preservation": To apply measures necessary to sustain the existing form, integrity, and materials of a historic property. Work may include preliminary measures to protect and stabilize the property. B. "Restoration": To accurately depict the form, features, and character of a property as it appeared at a particular period of time by means of the removal of features from other periods in its history and the reconstruction of missing features from the restoration period. C. "Reconstruction": To reproduce in the exact form and detail a building, structure, or artifact as it appeared at a specific period in time. D. "Stabilize": To apply measures designed to reestablish a weather-resistant enclosure and the structural reinforcement of an item or portion of the building while maintaining the essential form as it exists at present. E. "Protect and Maintain": To remove deteriorating corrosion, reapply protective coatings, and install protective measures such as temporary guards; to provide the least degree of intervention. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01351 Section 01351 - Page 2 Special Procedures for Historic Treatment F. "Repair": To stabilize, consolidate, or conserve; to retain existing materials and features while employing as little new material as possible. Repair includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials. Within restoration, repair also includes limited replacement in kind, rehabilitation, and reconstruction, with compatible substitute materials for deteriorated or missing parts of features when there are surviving prototypes. G. "Replace": To duplicate and replace entire features with new material in kind. H. "Remove": To detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. I. "Remove and Salvage": To detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse. J. "Remove and Reinstall": To detach items from existing construction, repair and clean them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. K. "Material in Kind": Material that matches existing materials, as much as possible, in species, cut, color, grain, and finish. 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. The following codes, standards, laws, regulations, specifications and manuals are applicable to this section and when referenced mean the latest adopted edition, amendment or revision of such referenced code in effect as of the date of these Contract Documents. 1. 2007 California Historical Building Code (SHBC), Part 8, Title 24 CCR. 2. Secretary of the Interior's Standards for the Treatment of Historic Properties. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For historic treatment specialists and supervisory personnel. Include list of completed projects with the scope of work and budget for each. B. Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by historic treatment operations. Submit before work begins. C. Record Documents: Include modifications to manufacturer's written instructions and procedures, as documented in the historic treatment preconstruction conference and as the Work progresses. Section 01351 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01351 - Page 3 Special Procedures for Historic Treatment 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work shall comply with "The Secretary of the Interior's Standards for Historic Preservation Projects". B. Aggressive or destructive cleaning methods and materials (e.g. sandblasting and waterblasting) are not allowed. C. Qualifications: Pre-qualifying criteria for the Contractor's sub-contracting labor in regards to restoration and replication of historic features are: 1. Shall demonstrate five (5) years experience in the type and quality of work shown for the specific specialty for which they are listed as sub-contracting labor. Pre-qualification submissions must include a list of completed projects and dated catalogue pages or drawings indicating length of experience. 2. Demonstrate expertise in the use of techniques, materials and finishes similar to the techniques, materials, and finishes of this building. 1.7 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF HISTORIC MATERIALS A. Removed and Reinstalled Historic Materials: 1. Clean salvaged historic items. 2. Pack items after cleaning. Identify contents of packing. 3. Store items on-site designated by Owner. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Do not dispose of items removed from existing construction without prior consent of Owner. 6. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. B. Storage and Protection: When removed from their existing location, store historic materials within a weathertight enclosure where they are protected from wetting by rain, or ground water, and temperature variations. Secure stored materials to protect from theft. 1. Identify removed items with an inconspicuous mark indicating their original location. 1.8 PROJECT-SITE CONDITIONS A. Exterior Cleaning and Repairing: 1. Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01351 Section 01351 - Page 4 Special Procedures for Historic Treatment a. Wet Weather: Do not attempt repairs during rainy or foggy weather. Do not apply primer, paint, putty, or epoxy when the relative humidity is above 80 percent. Do not remove elements of structures when rain is forecast or in progress. b. Do not perform exterior wet work when the air temperature is below 40 deg F. c. Do not begin cleaning, patching, or repairing when there is any likelihood of frost or freezing. d. Do not begin cleaning when either the air or the surface temperature is below 45 deg F unless approved means are provided for maintaining a 45 deg F temperature of the air and materials during, and for 48 hours subsequent to, cleaning. 2. Perform cleaning and rinsing of the exterior only during daylight hours. B. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to historic treatment area. Conduct historic treatment so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Owner's operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RESTORATION MATERIALS GENERAL A. Use only those restoration materials recommended by the conservation materials manufacturer and/or restoration materials appropriate to conservation practices on surfaces to be restored. B. Use restoration materials only on surfaces for which they are recommended by the restoration material manufacturer or appropriate conservation practices. C. Inspect and confirm that all materials used in the restoration process are in compliance with federal, state and local codes and government regulations. D. Lumber: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry." 2.2 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturer's have products for use in feature restoration and are knowledgeable in the restoration of materials found in this project. They are an available source for reference to alternate products, methods and standards. The Contractor and its conservator are responsible for the selection of the final products to be used. All proposed products shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. 1. SureKlean, ProSoCo Inc. or approved equal 2. ABATRON Inc. or approved equal or approved equal Section 01351 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01351 - Page 5 Special Procedures for Historic Treatment 2.3 MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise noted, materials used in restoration shall conform to Standard Conservation Practices and Archival Preservation Standards as specified herein. The selection of specific materials shall be dependent upon the condition of the features and the results of tests and sampling conducted by the Contractor at the work site. B. The conservation standard concept of reversibility shall be employed where appropriate to the desired project outcome and shall be waived in those specific instances where adherence to the standard prevents restoration of the historic appearance of the feature. In these instances submit notice of deviation from the standard to the Architect for approval with a description of the alternative practice and reason for its use. C. Consolidant and Fill/Patch Products 1. Wood: a. Wood Epox: Abatron b. Woodcast: Abatron c. Or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for precautions and effects of products and procedures on adjacent building materials, components, and vegetation. B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when work begins and during its progress. C. Temporary Protection of Historic Materials during Construction: 1. Protect existing materials during installation of temporary protections and construction. Do not deface or remove existing materials. 2. Attachments of temporary protection to existing construction shall be approved by Architect prior to installation. D. Protect landscape work adjacent to or within work areas as follows: 1. Provide barriers to protect tree trunks. 2. Bind spreading shrubs. 3. Use coverings that allow plants to breathe and remove coverings at the end of each day. Do not cover plant material with a waterproof membrane for more than 8 hours at a time. 4. Set scaffolding and ladder legs away from plants. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01351 Section 01351 - Page 6 Special Procedures for Historic Treatment 3.2 HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES A. The principal aim of preservation work is to halt the process of deterioration and stabilize the item's condition, unless otherwise indicated. Repair is required where specifically indicated. The following procedures shall be followed: 1. Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather than replace. 2. Use reversible processes wherever possible. 3. Use traditional replacement materials and techniques. New work shall be distinguishable to the trained eye, on close inspection, from old work. 4. Record the work before the procedure with preconstruction photos and during the work with periodic construction photos. Photographic documentation is specified in Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation." B. Prohibit smoking by personnel performing work. C. Obtain Architect's review and written approval in the form of a Constructive Change Directive or Supplemental Instruction before making changes or additions to construction or removing historic materials. D. Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether due to environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing; or due to structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion. 1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect. E. Where missing features are indicated to be repaired or replaced, provide features whose designs are based on accurate duplications rather than on conjectural designs, subject to the approval of Architect. F. Where Work requires existing features to be removed, cleaned, and reused, perform these operations without damage to the material itself, to adjacent materials, or to the substrate. G. Identify new or replacement materials and features with inconspicuous, permanent marks to distinguish them from original materials. Record the legend of identification marks and the locations of these marks on Record Drawings. H. When cleaning, match samples of existing materials that have been cleaned and identified for acceptable cleaning levels. Avoid overcleaning to prevent damage to existing materials during cleaning. END OF SECTION 01351 Section 01351 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 01732 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of structure. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation" for preconstruction photographs taken before selective demolition operations. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered during selective demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to Owner. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01732 Section 01732 - Page 2 Selective Demolition 1. Coordinate with Owner, who will establish special procedures for removal and salvage. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For demolition firm. B. Inventory: After selective demolition is complete, submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. C. Predemolition Photographs: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. Comply with Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work begins. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. B. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. Section 01732 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01732 - Page 3 Selective Demolition PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. E. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings and preconstruction photographs. 1. Comply with requirements specified in Division 1 Section "Photographic Documentation." 2. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction. F. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES A. Existing Services: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01732 Section 01732 - Page 4 Selective Demolition 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 5. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 6. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on framing. B. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse 2. Pack items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. 3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA- approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. Section 01732 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01732 - Page 5 Selective Demolition 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of structure by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 01732 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 01732 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: 1. Footings. 2. Slabs-on-grade. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 Section 03300 - Page 2 Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer. E. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5. 2. AC1117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." F. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. B. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. Section 03300 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 - Page 3 Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1 or better. b. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. c. Structural 1, B-B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. D. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber- reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 Section 03300 - Page 4 Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, galvanized. C. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496. D. Epoxy-Coated Wire: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A, Type 1 coated, deformed- steel wire, with less than 2 percent damaged coating in each 12-inch wire length. 2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating; compatible with epoxy coating on reinforcement and complying with ASTM A 775/A 775M. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II or V, gray. B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. 2.6 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Granular Fill: Clean mixture of crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448, Size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve. Section 03300 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 - Page 5 Cast-in-Place Concrete 2.7 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. B. Water: Potable. 2.8 RELATED MATERIALS A. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240. B. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. C. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Types I and II, non-load bearing, IV and V load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Footings and Slabs-on-Grade: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 2500 psi at 28 days. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 Section 03300 - Page 6 Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Slump Limit: 5 inches. 2.11 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of AC1117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting- type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. Section 03300 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 - Page 7 Cast-in-Place Concrete H. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. I. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. J. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. K. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 Section 03300 - Page 8 Cast-in-Place Concrete 3.4 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Granular Course: Cover vapor retarder with granular fill, moisten, and compact with mechanical equipment to elevation tolerances of plus 0 inch or minus 3/4 inch. 3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy-coated steel reinforcement. 3.6 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 2. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 3. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT Section 03300 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 - Page 9 Cast-in-Place Concrete A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. E. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. F. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 Section 03300 - Page 10 Cast-in-Place Concrete provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.8 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.9 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish. C. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.10 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing. Section 03300 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 - Page 11 Cast-in-Place Concrete B. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 3.11 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. END OF SECTION 03300 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 03300 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood framing. 2. Miscellaneous lumber for attachment and support of other work. 3. Wood blocking and nailers. 4. Wood furring and grounds. 5. Sheathing. 6. Epoxy anchors. 7. Preservation treatment. 8. Wood consolidant. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Finish Carpentry" for nonstructural carpentry items exposed to view and not specified in another Section. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Prepare and submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01330. B. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified by minimum allowable unit stress, submit: 1. Statement of species and grade selected for each application. C. Product Data: Manufacturer's printed product information indicating compliance with specified requirements including: 1. Epoxy Anchors. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06100 Section 06100 - Page 2 Rough Carpentry 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect wood products against moisture and dimensional changes. Support stacks at several uniformly spaced points to prevent deformation. Store stacks raised above ground. Cover to protect from rain. Select and arrange cover to allow air circulation under and all around stacks to prevent condensation. Maintain and restore displaced coverings. Remove from the site any wood products that have been subjected to moisture or that do not comply with the specified moisture and requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements. 2.2 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Size: Provide nominal sizes indicated, complying with NBS PS 20 except where actual sizes are specifically required. B. Refer to the Structural General Notes for species and grade. 2.3 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2, except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiln-dry material after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. Section 06100 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06100 - Page 3 Rough Carpentry 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece, or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 2. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 3. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.4 EPOXY ANCHOR MATERIALS A. Epoxy anchors: Anchors shall be Covert CIA adhesive anchors. Install and test in accordance with ICC ES ESR 1702 Report. Alternate anchors may be approved by the Architect and the Structural Engineer and installed in accordance with the appropriate ES Report. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASMEB18.6.1. E. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. (ASME B18.2.3.8M). G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6; with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. 2.6 WOOD CONSOLIDANT MATERIALS A. Wood Preservative: Liquid Wood: Clear liquid wood consolidant; Manufactured byAbatron, Inc. B. Wood Filler: Wood Epox, Adhesive putty; Manufactured byAbatron, Inc. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06100 Section 06100 - Page 4 Rough Carpentry C. Manufacturer: Abatron, Inc. 5501 - 95th Avenue Kenosha, Wl 53144 Telephone: (800) 445-1754 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Building Paper: Asphalt-saturated organic felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), unperforated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Arrange work to use full length pieces except where length would exceed commercially available length. Discard pieces with defects that would lower the required strength or appearance of the work. B. Cut and fit members accurately. C. Fasten carpentry in accordance with applicable codes and recognized standards. D. Where exposed, countersink nails, screws and bolts and fill flush with suitable wood filler. E. Use fasteners of appropriate type and length. Predrill members when necessary to avoid splitting wood. F. All new lumber used in the project to be date stamp with month and year of installation. All stamp marks not to be exposed to public view. All wood pieces to be stamped no matter how small. 3.2 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY A. Provide miscellaneous blocking, nailers, grounds, and framing as shown and as required for support of facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. Cut and shape to the required size. Provide in locations required by other work. B. Use countersunk fasteners appropriate to applied loading. All new fasteners to be countersunk and filled with wood plug (matching grain direction). No new fasteners to be exposed to view. Structural Drawings indicate location and size of structural fasteners only and do not imply the architectural finish. C. Install permanent grounds for concrete and masonry where required. Section 06100 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06100 - Page 5 Rough Carpentry 3.3 WOOD FRAMING, GENERAL A. Comply with sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated. Where not specifically indicated, comply with applicable codes and NFPA "Manual for Wood Frame Construction." Splice members only where specifically indicated or approved. B. Space fasteners as indicated. Where not specifically indicated, comply with applicable codes and the "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of NFPA "Manual for Wood Frame Construction" and "National Design Specification for Wood Construction." END OF SECTION 06100 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06100 SECTION 06201 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Lumber siding. 2. Exterior stairs and railings. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view and for structural wood decking and framing exposed to view. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority. 2. RIS: Redwood Inspection Service. 3. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 4. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Samples for Verification: 1. For each species and cut of lumber and panel products, with 1/2 of exposed surface finished; 50 sq. in. for lumber and 8 by 10 inches for panels. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 Section 06201 - Page 2 Finish Carpentry A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed and at least one coat of specified finish can be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness. 1. For exterior ornamental wood columns, comply with manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency indicating grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. 2. For exposed lumber or items indicated to receive a whitewash finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency. 2.2 LUMBER SIDING A. Provide kiln-dried lumber siding complying with DOC PS 20. B. Species and Grade: Clear VG Douglas-fir. 2.3 STAIRS AND RAILINGS Section 06201 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 - Page 3 Finish Carpentry A. Stairs: 1. Treads: 1-1/2-inch thick, kiln-dried, pressure-preservative-treated stepping with half-round or rounded edge nosing. a. Species and Grade: Douglas fir, C & Btr VG (Vertical Grain) stepping; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. B. Railings: Clear, kiln-dried, solid; railing stock of pattern and size indicated. C. Balusters: Clear, kiln-dried, solid, Douglas-fir, of pattern and size indicated. D. Newel Posts: Clear, kiln-dried, Douglas fir, of pattern and size indicated. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws, in sufficient length to penetrate not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into wood substrate. 1. For face-fastening siding, provide ringed-shank siding nails unless hot-dip galvanized nails are used. B. Wood Glue: Waterproof resorcinol glue recommended by manufacturer for exterior carpentry use. C. Flashing: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing materials installed in exterior finish carpentry. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 Section 06201 - Page 4 Finish Carpentry B. Prime lumber to be painted, including both faces and edges. Cut to required lengths and prime ends. Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Exterior Painting." 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. 1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. B. Install exterior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 1. Scribe and cut exterior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining exterior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation. 3. Install stairs with no more than 3/16-inch variation between adjacent treads and risers and with no more than 3/8-inch variation between largest and smallest treads and risers within each flight. 4. Coordinate exterior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate exterior finish carpentry. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Replace exterior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Exterior finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean exterior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during construction. Section 06201 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 - Page 5 Finish Carpentry B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 06201 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 SECTION 06201 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Lumber siding. 2. Exterior stairs and railings. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Divisions Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view and for structural wood decking and framing exposed to view. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority. 2. RIS: Redwood Inspection Service. 3. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 4. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Samples for Verification: 1. For each species and cut of lumber and panel products, with 1/2 of exposed surface finished; 50 sq. in. for lumber and 8 by 10 inches for panels. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 Section 06201 - Page 2 Finish Carpentry A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed and at least one coat of specified finish can be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness. 1. For exterior ornamental wood columns, comply with manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. 1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency indicating grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. 2. For exposed lumber or items indicated to receive a whitewash finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency. 2.2 LUMBER SIDING A. Provide kiln-dried lumber siding complying with DOC PS 20. B. Species and Grade: Clear VG Douglas-fir. 2.3 STAIRS AND RAILINGS Section 06201 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 - Page 3 Finish Carpentry A. Stairs: 1. Treads: 1-1/2-inch thick, kiln-dried, pressure-preservative-treated stepping with half-round or rounded edge nosing. a. Species and Grade: Douglas fir, C & Btr VG (Vertical Grain) stepping; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. B. Railings: Clear, kiln-dried, solid; railing stock of pattern and size indicated. C. Balusters: Clear, kiln-dried, solid, Douglas-fir, of pattern and size indicated. D. Newel Posts: Clear, kiln-dried, Douglas fir, of pattern and size indicated. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws, in sufficient length to penetrate not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into wood substrate. 1. For face-fastening siding, provide ringed-shank siding nails unless hot-dip galvanized nails are used. B. Wood Glue: Waterproof resorcinol glue recommended by manufacturer for exterior carpentry use. C. Flashing: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing materials installed in exterior finish carpentry. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. B. Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 Section 06201 - Page 4 Finish Carpentry B. Prime lumber to be painted, including both faces and edges. Cut to required lengths and prime ends. Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Exterior Painting." 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. 1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. B. Install exterior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 1. Scribe and cut exterior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining exterior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation. 3. Install stairs with no more than 3/16-inch variation between adjacent treads and risers and with no more than 3/8-inch variation between largest and smallest treads and risers within each flight. 4. Coordinate exterior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate exterior finish carpentry. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Replace exterior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Exterior finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean exterior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during construction. Section 06201 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 - Page 5 Finish Carpentry B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 06201 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 06201 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Foam-plastic board insulation. 2. Glass-fiber blanket insulation. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. B. Protect foam-plastic board insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight except to necessary extent for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam-plastic board materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Quickly complete installation and concealment of foam-plastic board insulation in each area of construction. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07210 Section 07210 - Page 2 Building Insulation PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, of type and minimum compressive strength indicated below, with maximum flame-spread and smoke- developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Owens Corning, Foamular 250. 2. Type IV, 25 psi. B. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates without damaging insulation and substrates. 2.2 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Owens Corning. B. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. C. Sustainability Requirements: Provide glass-fiber blanket insulation as follows: 1. Free of Formaldehyde: Insulation manufactured with 100 percent acrylic binders and no formaldehyde. 2. Low Emitting: Insulation tested according to ASTM D 5116 and shown to emit less than 0.05-ppm formaldehyde. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. Section 07210 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07210 - Page 3 Building Insulation C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Foam-Plastic Board Insulation: Seal joints between units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Glass-Fiber or Mineral-Wool Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. 4. Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic spaces at vented eaves. 5. For wood-framed construction, install blankets according to ASTM C 1320 and as follows: a. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, secure insulation by inset, stapling flanges to sides of framing members. b. With faced blankets having stapling flanges, lap blanket flange over flange of adjacent blanket to maintain continuity of vapor retarder once finish material is installed over it. END OF SECTION 07210 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07210 SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formed Products: a. Formed roof drainage sheet metal fabrications. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies as indicated shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. B. Fabricate and install roof edge flashing capable of resisting the following forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49: 1. Wind Zone 1: For velocity pressures of 21 to 30 Ibf/sq. ft.: 60-lbf/sq. ft. perimeter uplift force, 90-lbf/sq. ft. corner uplift force, and 30-lbf/sq. ft. outward force. C. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allows for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg, material surfaces. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07620 Section 07620 - Page 2 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans, elevations, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. Include the following: 1. Identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 2. Details for forming sheet metal flashing and trim, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 3. Details for joining, supporting, and securing sheet metal flashing and trim, including layout of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 4. Details of termination points and assemblies, including fixed points. 5. Details of expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction. 6. Details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, and counterflashings as applicable. 7. Details of special conditions. 8. Details of connections to adjoining work. 9. Detail formed flashing and trim at a scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. B. Copper Sheet Metal Standard: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture Handbook." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. Section 07620 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07620 - Page 3 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to the extent necessary for the period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METALS A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, cold-rolled copper sheet, HOO or H01 temper. 1. Non-Patinated Exposed Finish: Mill. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self- locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex- washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Copper Sheet: Copper, hardware bronze or Series 300 stainless steel. C. Solder: 1. For Copper: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07620 Section 07620 - Page 4 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim D. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; low modulus; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement. G. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam-cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. H. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187. I. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item indicated. Fabricate items at the shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces exposed to view. B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. Section 07620 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07620 - Page 5 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing." D. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant. E. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. H. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. I. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. 2.4 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections. Furnish flat-stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion joints, expansion- joint covers, gutter bead reinforcing bars, and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters. 1. Gutter Style: SMACNA designation A. 2. Expansion Joints: Lap type. 3. Accessories: Wire ball downspout strainer. 4. Gutters with Girth up to 15 Inches: Fabricate from the following materials: a. Copper: 16 oz./sq. ft.. B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors. 1. Downspout Style: SMACNA figure designation B. 2. Fabricate from the following materials: Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07620 Section 07620 - Page 6 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim a. Copper: 16oz./sq. ft. with bottom 4 feet to be 24oz./sq. ft.. 3. Fabricated Hanger Style: SMACNA figure designation 1-35G. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. B. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. 5. Install sealant tape where indicated. 6. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. 7. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. Section 07620 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07620 - Page 7 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by SMACNA. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. D. Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate wood sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws. E. Seal joints as shown and as required for watertight construction. 1. Where sealant-filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." F. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches, except reduce pre-tinning where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work. 1. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 2. Copper Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated copper sheets using solder for copper. 3.3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system. B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07620 Section 07620 - Page 8 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim eave or fascia to firmly anchored gutter brackets spaced not more than 36 inches apart. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts. 1. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter. 2. Loosely lock straps to front gutter bead and anchor to roof deck. 3. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous eave or apron flashing. 4. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated, but not exceeding, 50 feet apart. Install expansion-joint caps. 5. Install continuous gutter screens on gutters with noncorrosive fasteners, removable for cleaning gutters. C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. 1. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between. 2. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. 3. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system indicated. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines as indicated and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. B. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerances specified in MCA's "Guide Specification for Residential Metal Roofing." 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder. C. Clean off excess sealants. D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. Section 07620 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07620 - Page 9 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim E. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07620 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 07620 SECTION 08212 CUSTOM WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Custom wood doors. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 9 Section "Wood Stains and Transparent Finishes" for field finishing doors. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. Include details of construction and glazing. B. Shop Drawings: For custom wood doors. Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data, including those for stiles, rails, panels, and moldings; and other pertinent data including the following: 1. Locations and dimensions of mortises and holes for hardware. C. Samples for Verification: Corner sections of doors, approximately 8 by 10 inches, with door faces and edgings representing typical range of color and grain for each species of solid lumber required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain custom wood doors from single manufacturer. B. Source Limitations: Obtain custom wood doors from same fabricator as work in Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork." Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08212 Section 08212 - Page 2 Custom Wood Doors C. Safety Glass: Provide products complying with testing requirements in 16CFR1201, for Category II materials, unless those of Category I are expressly indicated and permitted. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of quality standard referenced in Part 2. B. Package doors individually in opaque plastic bags or cardboard cartons. C. Mark each door on top and bottom edge with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that fail in materials or workmanship, or have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. 1. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time from date of Substantial Completion: a. Interior and Exterior Doors: Two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Use only materials that comply with referenced standards and other requirements specified. Section 08212* Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08212 - Page 3 Custom Wood Doors 1. Assemble exterior doors, including components, with wet-use adhesives complying with ASTM D 5572 for finger joints and with ASTM D 5751 for joints other than finger joints. 2.2 CUSTOM WOOD DOORS A. Custom Wood Doors: Custom doors complying with Wl's "Manual of Millwork," and with other requirements specified. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Alpine Windowerks Inc. b. Blue Ox Millworks. c. Extraordinary Doors. 2. Designs: Indicated by Drawings. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by the Architect, except with the Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 3. Grade: Premium. 4. Finish: Transparent. 5. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: Vertical grain Douglas Fir. 6. Provide Wl-Certified Compliance Certificate indicating that doors comply with requirements of grades specified. 2.3 CUSTOM DOOR FABRICATION A. Fabricate wood doors in sizes indicated for field fitting. B. Custom Doors: Factory treat exterior doors after fabrication with water-repellent preservative to comply with WDMA I.S.4. Flash top of outswinging doors with manufacturer's standard metal flashing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and substrates, with Installer present, for suitable conditions where wood stile and rail doors will be installed. 1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08212 Section 08212 - Page 4 Custom Wood Doors B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." B. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, Wl's "Manual of Millwork," and other requirements specified. C. Field-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. END OF SECTION 08212 Section 08212 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply of this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Door Hardware, including electric hardware. 2. Storefront and entrance door hardware. 3. Padlocks. 4. Cylinders for doors fabricated with locking hardware. 5. Key cabinets. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry: Finish Hardware Installation. 2. Section 08212 - Custom Wood Doors. C. Specific Omissions: Hardware for the following is specified or indicated elsewhere. 1. Signs, except where scheduled. 2. Toilet accessories, including grab bars. 3. Installation. 4. Rough hardware. 5. Folding partitions, except cylinders where detailed. 1.3 REFERENCES: A. Use date of standard in effect as of Bid date. B. American National Standards Institute - ANS1156.18 - Materials and Finishes. C. ANSI A117.1 - Specifications for making buildings and facilities usable by physically handicapped people. D. ADA - Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 Section 08710 - Page 2 Door Hardware E. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association F. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute G. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association 1. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows 2. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code 3. NFPA 105 - Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies 4. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies H. UL - Underwriters Laboratories 1. UL1OC - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies (Positive Pressure) 2. UL 305 - Panic Hardware I. WHI - Warnock Hersey Incorporated J. State of California Building Code K. SDI - Steel Door Institute L. WDI - Wood Door Institute M. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute 1.4 SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS A. SUBMITTALS: Submit six copies of schedule per Division 1. Organize vertically formatted schedule into "Hardware Sets" with index of doors and headings, indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include following information: 1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of hardware items. Use BHMA Finish codes per ANSI A156.18. 2. Name, part number and manufacturer of each item. 3. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 4. Location of hardware set coordinated with floor plans and door schedule. 5. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. 6. Mounting locations for hardware. 7. Door and frame sizes, materials and degrees of swing. 8. List of manufacturers used and their nearest representative with address and phone number. 9. Catalog cuts. 10. Manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for electronic hardware. 11. Date of jo bsite visit. B. Bid and submit manufacturer's updated/improved item if scheduled item is discontinued. Section 08710 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 - Page 3 Door Hardware C. Make substitution requests in accordance with Division 1. Include product data and indicate benefit to the Project. Furnish operating samples on request. D. Furnish as-built/as-installed schedule with closeout documents, including keying schedule, wiring/riser diagrams, manufacturers' installation, adjustment and maintenance information, and supplier's final inspection report. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Qualifications: 1. Hardware supplier: direct factory contract supplier who employs a certified architectural hardware consultant (AHC), available at reasonable times during course Work for project hardware consultation to Owner, Architect and Contractor. (1) Responsible for detailing, scheduling and ordering of finish hardware. B. Hardware: New, free of defects, blemishes and excessive play. Obtain each kind of hardware from one manufacturer. C. Exit Doors: Operable from inside with single motion without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. D. Fire-Rated Openings: In compliance with NFPA 80. Hardware UL10C/UBC-7-2 (positive pressure) compliant for given type/size opening and degree of label. Provide proper latching hardware, non-flaming door closers, approved-bearing hinges, plus resilient and required intumescent seals. Submit verification of positive pressure listing and label document from testing laboratory for door closers. Furnish openings complete. 1. Note: scheduled seals may exceed selected door manufacturer's requirements. See 2.6.E for clarification. E. Pre-lnstallation Meetings: Initiate and conduct with supplier, installer and related trades, coordinate materials and techniques, and sequence complex hardware items and systems installation. Convene at least one week prior to commencement of related work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Delivery: coordinate delivery to appropriate locations (shop or field). Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 Section 08710 - Page 4 Door Hardware 1. Permanent keys and cores: secured delivery direct to Owner's representative. B. Acceptance at Site: Items individually packaged in manufacturers' original containers, complete with proper fasteners and related pieces. Clearly mark packages to indicate contents, locations in hardware schedule and door numbers. C. Storage: Provide locked storage area for hardware, protect from moisture, sunlight, paint, chemicals, abusive materials and weather. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS: A. Where exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to finished shape or size of members requiring hardware, provide suitable types having as nearly as practical as the same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Architect's approval. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND COORDINATION: A. Coordinate with concrete. B. Reinforce walls. C. Coordinate finish floor materials and floor-mounted hardware. D. Furnish manufacturer templates to door and frame fabricators. E. Use hardware consultant to check Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for proper hardware installation. 1. Confirm that door manufacturers and frame manufacturer furnish necessary UBC-7-2 compliant seal packages. 1.9 WARRANTY: A. Part of respective manufacturers' regular terms of sale. Provide manufacturers' warranties: 1. Closers: Five years mechanical, two years electrical. 2. Exit Devices: Three years. 3. Hinges: Two years. 4. Other Hardware: Two years. Section 08710 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 - Page 5 Door Hardware 1.10 COMMISSIONING: A. Test door hardware operation with climate control system and stairwell pressurization system both at rest and while in full operation. 1.11 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS Environmental Concern for Packaging: Pack hardware shipped to the jobsite in biodegradable materials as paper or cardboard boxes. If non-biodegradable packing is utilized; as plastic, plastic bags, styrofoam; the Contractor will be responsible to dispose of the non-biodegradable packing to a license or authorized collector for recycling of the non-biodegradable packing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS: A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Provide units Listed manufacturers or equivalent products with equal function and features by one of the following: ITEM: MANUFACTURER: ACCEPTABLE SUB: Hinges (IVE) Ives Hager, Stanley Key System (SCH) Schlage Owner's Standard Locks (SCH) Schlage Owner's Standard Closers-Mechanical (LCN) LCN Owner's Standard Flush Bolts (IVE) Ives DCI, Hager Coordinators (IVE) Ives Hager, Trimco Silencers (IVE) Ives Hager, Trimco Push & Pull Plates (IVE) Ives Hager, Trimco, Monarch Kickplates (IVE) Ives Hager, Trimco Stops & Holders (IVE) Ives Hager, Trimco Overhead Stops (GLY) Glynn-Johnson None available Thresholds (NGP) National Guard Pemko, Zero Seals & Bottoms (NGP) National Guard Pemko, Zero Barn Door Hardware (RIC) Richard-Wilcox Owner's Standard B. Provide hardware items required to complete the work in accordance with these specifications and manufacturers' instructions. 1. Include items inadvertently omitted from this specification. Note these items in submittal for review. 2. Where scheduled item is now obsolete, bid and furnish manufacturers updated item at no additional cost to the project. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 Section 08710 - Page 6 Door Hardware 2.2 HANGING MEANS: A. Conventional Hinges: hinge open widths minimum, but of sufficient throw to permit maximum door swing. Steel or stainless steel pins and concealed bearings. 1. Three hinges per leaf to 7 feet. Add one for each additional 30 inches in height, or any fraction thereof. 2. Extra heavy weight hinges on doors over 3 foot, 5 inches in width. 3. Outswinging exterior doors: non-ferrous with non-removable (NRP) pins. 4. Non-ferrous material exteriors and at doors subject to corrosive atmospheric conditions. 5. Provide shims and shimming instructions for proper door adjustment. 6. Provide Ball Tips for Butt Hinges 2.3 A. Locksets. 1. Chassis: mortise lock design as scheduled with corrosion-resistant plated cold-rolled steel, through-bolted. 2. Lever Trim: accessible design, independent operation, spring-cage supported, minimum 2" clearance from lever mid-point to door face. Mortise locks to have escutcheon plates as designed. 3. Strikes: 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass with 1" deep box construction, lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing. a. Lock Series Mortise Lock, Schlage L9000, Omega-N Design. b. Lock Series Cylindrical Deadbolts, Schlage B, with indicator "Locked". 2.4 CLOSERS A. Surface Closers: 1. Full rack-and-pinion type cylinder with removable non-ferrous cover and cast iron body. Heat-treated pinion shaft, single piece forged piston, and steel spring. 2. ISO 2000 certified. Units stamped with date-of-manufacture code. 3. Steel plated wood screws at wood doors provided with closer blocking in door and frame. Non-sized, non-handed, and adjustable. Place closer inside building, stairs, and rooms. Section 08710 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 - Page 7 Door Hardware 4. Plates, brackets and special templating when needed for interface with particular header, door and wall conditions and neighboring hardware. 5. Opening pressure: Exterior doors 5 Ib., interior doors 5 Ib., labeled fire doors up to 15 Ib. 6. Separate adjusting valves for closing speed, latching speed and backcheck, fourth valve for delayed action where scheduled. 7. Non-flaming fluid will not fuel door or floor covering fires. Submit label information that closers have been certified to be installed on label openings, under the testing procedures of UL10C, and carry a label to comply with UBC7-2. 8. Finish: Plated cover and arms. 2.5 OTHER HARDWARE A. Overhead Stops: Bronze. Non-plastic mechanisms and finished metal end caps. B. Kick Plates: Four beveled edges, .050 inches minimum thickness, height and width as scheduled. Sheet-metal screws of bronze to match other hardware. C. Door Stops: Provide stops to protect walls, casework or other hardware. D. Seals: Finished to match adjacent frame color. Resilient seal material: solid high-grade neoprene. Ul_ label applied to seals on rated doors. Substitute products: certify that the products equal or exceed specified material's thickness and durability. Proposed substitutions: submit for approval. 1. Solid neoprene: MIL Spec. R6855-CL III, Grade 40. 2. Fire-rated Doors, Resilient Seals: UL10C/UBC-7-2 compliant. Coordinate with selected door manufacturers and selected frame manufacturer's requirements. Where rigid housed resilient seals are scheduled in this section and the selected door manufacturer only requires an adhesive mounted resilient seal, furnish rigid housed seal at minimum, or both the rigid housed seal and the adhesive applied seal if necessary to fulfill door manufacturer's requirement. Adhesive applied seal alone is deemed insufficient for this project where rigid housed seals are scheduled. 3. Fire-rated Doors, Intumescent Seals: Furnish fire-labeled opening assembly complete and in full compliance with UL10C/UBC-7-2. Furnished by selected door manufacturer, these seals vary in Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 Section 08710 - Page 8 Door Hardware requirement by door type and door manufacture. Adhesive applied intumescent strips are not acceptable. Careful coordination required. F Automatic door bottoms: low operating force units. Doors with automatic door bottoms plus head and jamb seals cannot require more than two pounds operating force to open when closer is disconnected. G. Thresholds: As scheduled and per details. Substitute products: certify that the products equal or exceed specified material's thickness. Proposed substitutions: submit for approval. H. Fasteners: Generally, exposed screws to be Phillips or Robertson drive. Flat head sleeve anchors (FHSL) may be slotted drive. Sheet metal and wood screws: full-thread. Sleeve nuts: full length to prevent door compression. Thresholds to be fasten with brass machine screws and metal anchors. J. Silencers: Interior hollow metal frames, 3 for single doors, 2 for pairs of doors. Leave no unfilled/uncovered pre-punched silencer holes. 2.8 FINISH: A. Generally BHMA 613, Dark Oil Rubbed Bronze. Door closers: factory painted cover and arms Dull Black. Dull Black Finish for Barn Door Hardware B. Aluminum items: match predominant adjacent material. Seals to coordinate with frame color. 2.9 KEYING REQUIREMENTS: A. Key Systems: Schlage Keying System. Key blanks available only from factory-direct sources, not available from after-market key blank manufacturers. Factory Grand Master Keying. Initiate and conduct meeting with Owner to determine the addition to the existing system keyway and structure, furnish Owner's written approval of the system. B. Construction keying: Cylinders are to be construction keyed. C. Locksets and cylinders: keyed at factory of lock manufacturer where permanent records are maintained. Meet and refer to the owner for specific keying instructions. D. Permanent keys and cores: secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner's representative. The owner will determine who installs the permanent cores and removes the construction cores. Section 08710 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 - Page 9 Door Hardware E. Provide a bitting List: Secured shipment direct from point of origination to Owner upon completion. F. Provide keys: Two Master Keys; two; four change keys per cylinder. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS: A. Factory trained, certified, and carries a factory-issued card certifying that person as a "Certified Installer". Alternative: can demonstrate suitably equivalent competence and experience. 3.2 PREPARATION: A. Ensure that walls and frames are square and plumb before hardware installation. B. Locate hardware per SDI-100 and applicable building, fire, life-safety, accessibility, and security codes. 1. Notify Architect of any code conflicts before ordering material. 2. Where new hardware is to be installed near existing doors/hardware scheduled to remain, match locations of existing hardware. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware per manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate for proper installation and operation. 1. Gaskets: install jamb-applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes, etc. Install sweeps across bottoms of doors before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots, trim astragals to tops of sweeps. 2. When hardware is to be attached to existing metal surface and insufficient reinforcement exists, use RivNuts, NutSerts or similar anchoring device for screws. B. Locate floor stops not more than 4 inches from the wall. C. Drill pilot holes for fasteners in wood doors and/or frames. D. Lubricate and adjust existing hardware scheduled to remain. Carefully remove and give to Owner items not scheduled for reuse. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 Section 08710 - Page 10 Door Hardware 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and check for proper operation and function. Replace units, which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. 1. Hardware damaged by improper installation or adjustment methods to be repaired or replaced to Owner's satisfaction. B. Inspection: Use hardware supplier. Include suppliers with closeout documents. C. Follow-up inspection: Installer to provide letter of agreement to Owner that approximately 6 months after substantial completion, installer will visit Project with representatives of the manufacturers of the locking devices and door closers to accomplish following: 1. Re-adjust hardware. 2. Evaluate maintenance procedures and recommend changes or additions, and instruct Owner's personnel. 3. Identify items that have deteriorated or failed. 4. Submit written report identifying problems and likely future problems. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION: A. Demonstrate electrical, electronic and pneumatic hardware systems, including adjustment and maintenance procedures. 3.6 PROTECTION/CLEANING: A. Cover installed hardware, protect from paint, cleaning agents, weathering, carts/barrows, etc. Remove covering materials and clean hardware just prior to substantial completion. B. Clean adjacent wall, frame and door surfaces soiled from installation/reinstallation process. 3.7 SCHEDULE OF FINISH HARDWARE A. See door schedule in drawings for hardware set assignments. B. Manufacturers and their abbreviations used in this schedule: GLY Glynn-Johnson IVE H. B. Ives LCN LCN Closers NGP National Guard Product Section 08710 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 - Page 11 Door Hardware RIC Richard-Wilcox SCH Schlage Lock Company SPECWORKS # 100584-B7LE3BCYF Heading 001 1 SGL DOOR 100C EXTERIOR / MULTI-PROPOSE AREA 100 10'0" x 13'0" x VARIES x XWDD x XWDF x NON-RTD Opening Remark: EXISTING SLIDING BARN DOOR Each Assembly to have: EXISTING BARN DOOR HARDWARE TO REMAIN 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM E609DKB CUT FOR SURFACE BOLT-MTD EXT SIDE DKB NGP SWEEP 1 EA HEAD SEAL H623DKB-MTD TO FRAME HEAD DKB NGP 2 EA JAMB SEALS H623DKB-MTD TO JAMBS DKB NGP Heading 002 1 SGL DOOR 100D-1 EXTERIOR/MULTI-PURPOSE AREA 100 3'0" x TO" x 1-3/4" x WD x WDF x NON-RTD Opening Remark: INSIDE LEAF Each Assembly to have: 3 EA HINGE 5BB1SH 4.5X4.5 640 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK L9457P 660 613 SCH 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 4041 -PUSH SIDE TOP JAMB MOUNT BLK LCN 1 EA MOUNTING PLATE 4040-18G BLK LCN 1 EA OVERHEAD HOLDER 814H BLK GLY 1 SET SEAL 601A HEAD AND JAMBS DKB NGP 1 EA DOOR SWEEP/DRIP 618 628 NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 613SIAMS&A DKB NGP Heading 003 1 SGL DOOR 100D-2 EXTERIOR/MULTI-PURPOSE AREA100 5'3" x 8'1" x VARIES x XWDD x XWDF x NON-RTD Opening Remark: EXISTING LOWER SWING LEAF Each Assembly to have: 1 EA DEADBOLT B663P W/INDICATOR I/S "LOCKED" 613 SCH 1 EA WALL STOP & WS40 613 IVE HOLDER EXISTING HARDWARE TO REMAIN REMOVE EXISTING SLIDE DOOR LATCH W/ PADLOCK AND LIFT DOOR LATCH Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 Section 08710 - Page 12 Door Hardware 6 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA EA Heading 004 1 PR DOOR 101B EXTERIOR/LOBBY 101 6'0" x 6'8" x 1-3/4" x WD x WF x NON-RTD Opening Remark: NEW SWINGING PAIR OF DOORS Each Assembly to have: HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP MANUAL FLUSH BOLT FB457 DUST PROOF STRIKE DP1 MORTISE DEADBOLT DOOR PULL PUSH PLATE ASTRAGAL SURFACE CLOSER OVERHEAD HOLDER DOOR BOTTOM JAMB SEALS HEAD SEAL THRESHOLD L462P 8112-5 8200 3.5" X 15" 1392SP 4041 PULL SIDE MOUNT 704H 601A 601A 706A 613SIAMS&A 640 613 613 613 613 613 BLK BLK BLK DKB DKB DKB DKB IVE IVE IVE SCH IVE IVE NGP LCN GLY NGP NGP NGP NGP Heading 005 1 SGL DOOR 104A LOBBY 101 / MECHANICAL 104 3'0" x 7'0" x 1-3/4" x WD x WF x NON-RTD Each Assembly to have: 3 EA HINGE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK 1 EA KICK PLATE 1 EA WALL STOP 3 EA SILENCER 5BB1 4.5X4.5 NRP L9080P 660 840010"X2"LDW WS407CCV SR65 640 IVE 613 SCH 613 IVE 613 IVE GRY IVE Heading 006 1 SGL DOOR 103A LOBBY 101 / UNISEX RESTROOM 103 3'0" x 7'0" x 1 -3/4" x WD x WF x NON-RTD Each Assembly to have: 3 EA HINGE 1 EA PRIVACY LOCK 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA KICK PLATE 3 EA SILENCER 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 640 IVE L9496P 660 L583-363 W/ INDICATOR "OCCUPIED" 613 SCH 4041 SCUSH BLK LCN 840010"X2"LDW 613 IVE SR65 GRY IVE Heading 007 1 SGL DOOR 200A LOBBY 101 / STORAGE 200 3'0" x 7'0" x 1 -3/4" x WD x WF x NON-RTD Each Assembly to have: 3 EA HINGE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER 1 EA KICK PLATE 1 EA DRIP CAP 2 EA JAMB SEALS 1 EA HEAD SEAL 5BB1 4.5X4.5 NRP L9480P 660 4041 SCUSH 840010"X2"LDW 16A 601A 706A 613 IVE 613 SCH BLK LCN 613 IVE DKB NGP DKB NGP DKB NGP Section 08710 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 - Page 13 Door Hardware 1 EA THRESHOLD 425E SIA MS&AW/VINYL FOOT SEAL DKB NGP Heading 008 1 PR DOOR 101B-SLIDING EXTERIOR/LOBBY 101 9'11" x 8'0" x VARIES x XWDD x XWDF x NON-RTD Opening Remark: SLIDING BARN DOORS Each Assembly to have: EXISTING BARN DOOR HARDWARE TO REMAIN Heading 009 1 PR DOOR 100E MULTI-PURPOSE AREA 100/LOBBY 101 10'0" x 7'0" x VARIES x WD x WF x NON-RTD Opening Remark: SLIDING BARN DOORS Each Assembly to have: EA HANGER 0232-00121-HANGER PER MFC RECOMMED BLK RIC 1 EA TRACK 0232-LENTH PER DRAWINGS-GALVANIZED BLK RIC 2 EA END STOP 0572-00001 BLK RIC 4 EA BUMPER SHOE 0572-00136 BLK RIC 2 EA GUIDE ROLLER 0647 - LENGTH PER DRAWINGS BLK RIC STRIPS 2 SET STAY ROLLER 0154 BLK RIC 4 EA PULL 0081-00001 BLK RIC END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 Door Schedule Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Mark 100C 100D-1 100D-2 100E 101B 101B-SLIDING 103A 104A 200A Arch Door No 100C 100D-1 100D-2 100E 101B 101B-SLIDING 103A 104A 200A HwSet D01 D02 303 009 004 008 006 005 007 Mode SQL SGL SQL 3R =R =>R SGL SGL SGL Width 10'0" S'O" 5'3" 10'0" S'O" 9'11" S'O" S'O" S'O" Height 13'0" 7'0" B'1" 7'0" B'8" 3'0" 7'0" 7'0" 7'0" Thick VARIES 1-3/4" VARIES VARIES I -3/4" VARIES 1-3/4" 1-3/4" 1-3/4" Door XWDD ND <WDD i/VD i/VD XWDD i/VD i/VD WD Frame XWDF WDF XWDF WF WF XWDF WF WF WF Rating MON-RTD MON-RTD MON-RTD ^ON-RTD MON-RTD MON-RTD MON-RTD VJON-RTD MON-RTD Outside Location EXTERIOR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR MULTI-PURPOSE AREA 100 EXTERIOR EXTERIOR .OBEY 101 -OBBY 101 -OBBY 101 Inside Location MULTI-PROPOSE AREA 100 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA 100 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA100 -OBBY 101 -OBBY 101 -OBBY 101 UNISEX RESTROOM 103 MECHANICAL 104 STORAGE 200 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 08710 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Wood. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 9 painting Sections for high-performance and special-use coatings. 2. Division 9 Section "Wood Stains and Transparent Finishes" for surface preparation and the application of wood stains and transparent finishes on interior wood substrates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09900 Section 09900 - Page 2 Painting A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Dunn-Edwards Corporation. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and that are listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. Section 09900 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09900 - Page 3 Painting 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. C. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Colors: Whitewash as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 PRIMERS/SEALERS A. Wood-Knot Sealer: Sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use in paint system indicated. 2.4 WOOD PRIMERS A. Primer, Latex for Exterior Wood: MPI #6. 2.5 WATER-BASED PAINTS Latex, Exterior Flat (Gloss Level 1): MPI #10. 2.6 WHITEWASH A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by the applicator, based on testing and field experience. EXECUTION 2.7 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Wood: 15 percent. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09900 Section 09900 - Page 4 Painting C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 2.8 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots. Before applying primer, apply coat of knot sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use in paint system indicated. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish- surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 2.9 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. Section 09900 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09900 - Page 5 Painting 3. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 4. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 2.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 2.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09900 Section 09900 - Page 6 Painting 2.12 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Wood Substrates: Including architectural woodwork, doors, wood siding. 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex for exterior wood, MPI #6. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior flat (Gloss Level 1), MPI #10. d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (Gloss Level 3-4), MPI #15. 2. Whitewash: a. Prime Coat: Whitewash. b. Topcoat: Whitewash to match existing coating. END OF SECTION 09900 Section 09900 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 09931 WOOD STAINS AND TRANSPARENT FINISHES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of wood finishes on the following substrates: 1. Exterior Substrates: a. Wood decks. 2. Interior Substrates: a. Exposed dimension lumber. b. Dressed lumber. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Section "Painting" for surface preparation and application of standard paint systems on substrates. 2. Division 9 painting Sections for special-use coatings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of finish system and in each color and gloss of finish indicated. 1. Submit Samples on representative samples of actual wood substrates, 8 inches square. 2. Label each Sample for location and application area. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09931 A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and finish systems indicated. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply finishes only when temperature of surfaces to be finished and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply exterior finishes in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cabot Incorporated, Samuel. 2. Sherwin-Williams Company (The) 3. Penofin by Performance Coatings Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each finish system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. Section 09931 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project 2. For each coat in a finish system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in finish system and on substrate indicated. B. Stain Colors: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 PRIMERS AND SEALERS A. Exterior Oil Wood Primer: MPI #7. B. Wood Preservative: MPI #37. 2.4 STAINS A. Stain for Wood Decks: MPI #33. B. Interior Wood Stain (Semitransparent): MPI #90. 2.5 OIL FINISH A. Brazilian Rosewood Oil: 1. VOC Content: E Range of E3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Maximum Moisture Content of Wood Substrates: 15 percent when measured with an electronic moisture meter. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes. 3. Begin finish application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 4. Beginning application of finish system constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrate and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09931 B. Remove plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already in place that are not to be finished. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and finishing. 1. After completing finishing operations, reinstall items that were removed; use workers skilled in the trades involved. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean and prepare surfaces to be finished according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Remove surface dirt, oil, or grease by washing with a detergent solution; rinse thoroughly with clean water and allow to dry. Remove grade stamps and pencil marks by sanding lightly. Remove loose wood fibers by brushing. 2. Remove mildew by scrubbing with a commercial wash formulated for mildew removal and as recommended by stain manufacturer. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply finishes according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for finish and substrate indicated. 2. Finish surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. B. Apply finishes to produce surface films without cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, brush marks, runs, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing finish application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered materials by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from finish application. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by the Owner, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced finished wood surfaces. Section 09931 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project 3.5 EXTERIOR WOOD-FINISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Wood Deck Substrates: 1. MPIEXT6.5D. a. Preservative Coat: Wood preservative. b. Two Stain Coats: Stain for wood decks. 3.6 INTERIOR WOOD-FINISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Wood substrates including wood trim, doors, siding, exposed framing and sheathing: 1. Danish Oil System: a. Prime Coat: Danish oil, MPI #92. b. Topcoat: Danish oil, MPI #92. END OF SECTION 09931 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09931 SECTION 09960 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and application of high-performance coating systems on the following substrates: 1. Interior Substrates: a. Gypsum board. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 9 painting Sections for special-use coatings and general field painting. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09960 Section 09960 - Page 2 High-Performance Coatings 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Dunn-Edwards Corporation. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles for the paint category indicated. 2.2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and are listed in "MPI Approved Products List." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each coating system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a coating system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in coating system and on substrate indicated. 3. Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in a coating system. C. VOC Content: Products shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. Section 09960 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09960 - Page 3 High-Performance Coatings 1. Flat Paints and Coatings: 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints and Coatings: 150 g/L. 3. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: 200 g/L. 4. Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: 250 g/L. 5. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: 340 g/L. 6. Pre-Treatment Wash Primers: 420 g/L. 7. Floor Coatings: 100 g/L. 8. Shellacs, Clear: 730 g/L. 9. Shellacs, Pigmented: 550 g/L. D. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 INTERIOR PRIMERS/SEALERS A. Primer Sealer, Latex, Interior: MPI #50. 2.4 EPOXY COATINGS A. Epoxy, Gloss: MPI #77. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: a. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. B. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. C. Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured. D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09960 Section 09960 - Page 4 High-Performance Coatings 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply high-performance coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated. 2. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, coat surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Coat back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not apply coatings over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks. Section 09960 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09960 - Page 5 High-Performance Coatings 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. 3.5 INTERIOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATING SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Epoxy System: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, MPI #50. b. Topcoat: Epoxy, gloss, MPI #77. END OF SECTION 09960 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 09960 SECTION 15010 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section supplements Division 1, General Requirements. B. Where contradictions occur between this Section and Division 1, and between contract specifications and drawings, the most stringent of the two shall apply. The Owner's Representative shall decide which is most stringent. C. Provisions of this Section shall also apply to all Division 15. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. The definitions of Division 1 and the General Conditions of the Specification also apply to the Division 15 contract. B. "Contract Documents" constitute the drawings, specifications, general conditions, project manuals, etc., prepared by engineer (or other design professional in association with Engineer) for contractor's bid or contractor's negotiations with the Owner. The Division 15 drawings and specifications prepared by the Engineer are not Construction Documents. C. "Construction Documents", "construction drawings", and similar terms for Division 15 work refer to installation diagrams, shop drawings and coordination drawings prepared by the contractor using the design intent indicated on the Engineer's contract documents. These specifications detail the contractor's responsibility for "Engineering by Contractor" and for preparation of construction documents. D. "(N)" indicates "new" equipment to be provided under this contract. E. "(E)" indicates "existing" equipment on site which may or may not need to be relocated as part of this work. F. "(R)" indicates existing equipment to be relocated as part of this work. G. "Furnish" means to "supply" and usually refers to an item of equipment. H. "Install" means to "set in place, connect and place in full operational order". I. "Provide" means to "furnish and install". Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 2 Basic Mechanical Requirements J. "Equal" or "Equivalent" means "meets the specifications of the referenced product or item in all significant aspects". Significant aspects shall be as determined by the Owner's Representative. K. "Work by other(s) divisions", "re: Division", and similar expressions means work to be performed under the contract documents, but not necessarily under the division or section of the work on which the note appears. It is the contractors' sole responsibility to coordinate the work of the contract between his/her suppliers, subcontractors and employees. If clarification is required, consult Owner's Representative before submitting bid. L. By inference, any reference to a "contractor" or "sub-contractor" means the entity, which has contracted with the Owner for the work of the Contract Documents. M. "Engineer" means the design professional firm, which has prepared these contract documents. All questions, submittals, etc. of this division shall be routed to the Engineer (through proper contractual channels). 1.3 COORDINATION WITHIN DIVISION 15 A. Contract Documents: 1. General: The Contract Documents are diagrammatic showing certain physical relationships, which must be established within Division 15 work and its interface with other work. Such establishment is the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. Drawings shall not be scaled for the purpose of establishing dimensions, clearances or material quantities. 2. Supplemental Instructions: The exact location for some items in this Specification may not be shown on the Drawings. The location of such items may be established by the Owner's Representative during the progress of the work. 3. Discrepancies: a. Examine Drawings and Specifications of all Divisions of the work. b. Report any discrepancies to the Owner's Representative and obtain written instructions before proceeding. c. Should there be a conflict within or between the Specifications or Drawings, the most stringent or higher quality requirements shall apply. d. Items called for either in the Specifications or on the Drawings shall be required as if called for in both. 4. Constructability: a. Examine Drawings and Specifications of all Divisions of the work. b. Report any issues to the Owner's Representative which may prevent installation of Division 15 work in accordance with the Contract Documents and the original construction contract. Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 - Page 3 Basic Mechanical Requirements B. Contractor shall be responsible for providing proper documentation of equipment product data and shop drawings to all entities providing service. This coordination shall include, but not be limited to the following: 1. Section 15990, TESTING-ADJUSTING-BALANCING, Contractors shall be provided with equipment product data and shop drawings as appropriate from other Division 15 and Division 16, contractors, and shall furnish the same information about control devices (such as valves, test wells, etc.) to the appropriate Division 15 contractor. C. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with Division 1, Section "Submittals" to scale of 1/4" = 1'-0" or larger, detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment (i.e. equipment rooms, and exterior equipment areas) and materials in relationship with other system, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are important to the efficient flow of the work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate all major piping (HVAC, Plumbing and Fire Protection), electrical equipment and conduits, structural, and architectural elements in these areas as well. 2. Sizes and locations of required concrete pads, piers, curbs, and bases. 3. Provide all necessary sections and elements for clarification. 4. Indicate all seismic restraint and support systems to be used for all mechanical equipment throughout the project. 5. Ductwork and piping transitions from rooftop units to shafts or horizontal ducts. 6. Failure to produce or submit coordination drawings does not dismiss the Contractor's responsibility for translating the design intent of the Contract Documents into Construction Drawings. D. CAD Drawings: For the purposes of facilitating the Contractor's shop drawings and record drawings, electronic AutoCAD drawings are available for purchase from M-E Engineers, Inc. The cost of individual files (sheets) is $50 each. E. Existing Conditions: 1. Before submitting proposals for this work, each Bidder shall be familiar with plans and specifications and shall have examined the premises and understood the conditions under which he/she will be obliged to operate in performing his/her contract. 2. No allowance will be made subsequently in this connection, on behalf of the Contractor, for any error through negligence on his/her part. 3. Drawings of existing conditions may be available, Contractor is strongly encouraged to obtain relevant drawings to assist in his/her performance of the contract. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 4 Basic Mechanical Requirements F. Utility Connections: 1. Coordinate the connection of mechanical system with utilities and services. 2. Comply with regulations of utility suppliers. 3. The contract documents indicate the available information on existing utilities and services, and on new services (if any) to be provided to the project by utility companies and agencies. 4. Notify the Owner's Representative immediately if discrepancies are found. 5. Coordinate mechanical utility interruptions one week in advance in writing with the Owner's Representative and the Utility Company. a. Plan work so that duration of the interruption is kept to a minimum. 1.4 COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS A. General: 1. Coordinate the Division 15 work with the progress of the work of the other trades. 2. Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. 3. Contractor is responsible for coordination of his/her work with Owner's facility staff engaged in building automation, commissioning of systems, fire alarm system, etc. B. Coordination with electrical work: Refer to Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS/16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. C. Cutting and Patching: Refer to Section 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. D. Chases, Inserts and Openings: 1. Provide measurements, drawings, and layouts so that opening, inserts and chases in new construction can be built and coordinated as construction progresses. 2. Check sizes and locations of openings provided. 3. Any cutting and patching made necessary by failure to provide measurements, drawings, and layouts at the proper time shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Support Dimensions: Provide dimensions and drawings so that concrete bases and other equipment supports to be provided under other Sections of the Specifications can be built at the proper time. 1.5 COORDINATION WITH EXISTING OCCUPIED AREAS A. Minimize disruptions to operation of existing mechanical systems in occupied areas. Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 - Page 5 Basic Mechanical Requirements B. Coordinate any required disruptions with the Owner's Representative, one week in advance, in writing. C. Provide temporary connections to prevent long disruptions. 1.6 DEMOLITION AND WORK IN EXISTING AREA A. Remove existing equipment and materials as required. B. Verify the size and location of all existing services and utility lines prior to connection. The drawings show diagrammatically the approximate location of utilities where information is available, but the drawings are not exact as to quantity, extent or location. Exercise extreme caution during all phases of the work to locate, identify and protect existing services and utilities. Record the location of, and repair damage as required to existing services and utilities which are encountered as a result of work under this contract. C. Do work in a manner which will not cause inconvenience or danger to the occupants of the building, nor interfere with the other occupants; activities. D. Make all necessary alterations and additions to connect the existing with the new work so that when the work is complete, it will be in satisfactory operable condition. Provide all cutting and patching including concrete saw cutting and core drilling as required. Obtain approval from the structural engineer prior to performing concrete saw cutting or core drilling operations. E. All equipment and materials removed shall be legally disposed of off-site, unless otherwise noted. F. In the event any work on fire protection systems which requires system shutdown, notify the Owner and obtain clearance before proceeding. Maintain fire protection during such operations by use of suitable portable equipment, hose system, or fire watches. 1.7 ENGINEERING BY CONTRACTOR A. The construction of this building requires the Contractor to design several systems or subsystems. All such designs shall be the complete responsibility of the Contractor. B. Systems or subsystems which require responsibility by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for review include, but are not limited to: 1. Equipment, ductwork and piping supports, not detailed in the drawings. 2. Pipe and duct hangers and anchors not specified in these documents, or catalogued by the manufacturer. 3. Vibration Isolation/Seismic Restraint. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 6 Basic Mechanical Requirements 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. General: 1. Regulatory Compliance: Work performed under this Division shall comply with the latest currently adopted editions of Codes and Regulations including, but not limited to those listed below. 2. Minimum Requirements: The requirements of the Drawings and Specifications are the minimum that will be allowed, unless such requirements are exceeded by applicable codes or Regulations, in which case the Code or Regulation requirement shall govern. 3. Code Changes: Should a code change occur between time of proposal and date of permit issue, and the Contractor has unnecessarily delayed the acquisition of permits, the contractor shall hold the Owner free from additional expense resulting from such Code change. B. Codes: Comply With the Currently Adopted (At Time of Contract Award) Following Codes: 1. City of Carlsbad Municipal Code, Ordinances and Regulations. 2. City of Carlsbad Fire Department Regulations and Requirements. 3. California Codes of Regulations, (CCR), Title 24, Latest Edition. 4. California Building Code (CBC), Latest Edition. 5. California Mechanical Code (CMC), Latest Edition. 6. California Plumbing Code (CPC), Latest Edition. 7. California Electric Code (CEC), Latest Edition. 8. California Fire Code (CFC), Latest Edition. 9. National Electric Code (NEC), Latest Edition. 10. California Energy Commission, Title 24. 11. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Regulations and Requirements (OSHA). 12. California Occupational Safety and Health Administration Regulations and Requirements (CAL-OSHA). C. Comply With the Latest Editions of Applicable Regulations and Standards, Including: 1. National Fire Protection Associations (NFPA). 2. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 4. American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM). 5. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 6. American Welding Society Code (AWSC). 7. American Water Works Association (AWWA). 8. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS). 9. National Bureau of Standards (NBS). 10. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI). 11. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA). Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 - Page 7 Basic Mechanical Requirements D. Requirements of Local Utility Companies: Comply with rules and regulations of local utility companies. Include in bid the cost of all valves, valve boxes, meter boxes, meters and such accessory equipment, which will be required for the project. E. Markings on Controllers: All mechanical equipment furnished with a controller/starter shall be marked with electrical data per NEC Section 430.8. F. Additional Regulations: Follow additional regulations which appear in individual Sections of these Specifications. G. Contradictions: Where codes are contradictory, follow the most stringent, unless otherwise indicated in Plans or Specifications. The Owner's Representative shall determine which is most stringent. H. Contract Documents Not in Compliance: 1. Where it is not noted that the Drawings and Specifications do not comply with the minimum requirements of the codes, either notify the Owner's Representative in writing during the Bidding Period of the revisions required to meet Code Requirements. After entering into contract, Contractor will be held to complete all work necessary to meet Code Requirements without additional expense to the Owner. 2. Follow Drawings and Specifications where they are superior to Code Requirements. I. Permits: 1. Contractor shall pay for and obtain all permits required by authorities and agencies having jurisdiction for the work in this Division. 2. Post permits as required. J. Inspections and Tests: 1. Arrange for all required inspections and tests. 2. Pay all charges. 3. Notify the Owner's Representative in writing 72 hours before tests. 4. Submit one copy for Owners record of permits. Licenses, inspection reports and test reports. 1.9 EQUIVALENTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. The applicable paragraphs for General Requirements, Division 1 apply herein. B. Basis for Design: The manufacturer's name and product listed on the drawings, or listed first of several names in these Specifications, is used as a basis for design to establish space requirements, a standard of quality and performance. C. Equivalents: Products of one or more other manufacturer's names listed in these Specifications following the words "or equivalent by" may be selected, Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 8 Basic Mechanical Requirements subject to paragraph below titled "Contractor's Responsibility for Equivalent and Substitutions." D. Other Options: 1. For products specified by naming only one manufacturer, refer to paragraph below under "Substitutions". 2. For products specified only by performance characteristics or reference standards, select any manufacturer meeting the requirements. E. Substitutions: Requests for acceptance of a product of manufacturer's name not listed in these specifications will be considered if any one of the following conditions is met: 1. The named product is not available because of strikes or discontinuance of manufacturer, and the proposed product is equivalent to the named product. 2. The proposed product is superior to the named product, in the opinion of the Owner's representative. 3. The proposed product is equivalent to the named product and its use will be to the advantage of the Owner, by the Owner receiving an equitable credit or cost savings. The Owner's Representative reserves the right to reject any substitution. 4. Submit proposed substitutions with bid along with alternate price, complete descriptive data and a comparison of the substitute manufacturer's product with specified product. Request for acceptance of a product of manufacturer's name not listed in these specifications, is subject to the paragraph titled "Contractor's Responsibility Equivalents and Substitutions". F. Contractor's Responsibility for Equivalents and Substitutions: 1. Items submitted as a substitution to the basis of design or listed general equivalents shall be identified as such and shall include a written request for substitution indicating the following: a. Contract price adjustment. b. Contract time adjustment. c. Item by item breakdown of differences between basis of design and substituted item. d. Operation, maintenance and energy cost difference. 2. Products of manufacturer must match the features, construction, performance and size of those selected for design. Standard catalogued may require certain modifications to meet specified requirements. 3. The responsibility for providing that specified requirements have been met remains with the manufacturer and contractor. Should the substituted item fail to perform in accordance with the Specifications, replace same with the originally specified item without extra cost to the contract. Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 - Page 9 Basic Mechanical Requirements 4. When requesting review of an equivalent or substituted product, submit a comparison chart listing features, construction, performance and sizes of named product versus equivalent or substituted product. 5. Submittals for review of an equivalent or substituted product will be reviewed for acceptability when all the above requirements have been met. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred by the Architect and Engineer for review of equivalency beyond initial review. 6. Coordinate the installation of the product with all trades. 7. Contractor shall be responsible for changes in electric wiring, materials and for all other additional costs of construction by all trades involved to accommodate the product to perform same as product used on the "Basis of Design". 8. Coordination of General Equivalents and Substitutions: Where Contract Documents permit selection from general equivalents, or where substitutions are authorized, coordinate clearance and other interface requirements with mechanical and other work. 9. Provide necessary additional items so that selected or substituted item operates equivalent to the Basis of Design and properly fits in the available space allocated for the Basis of Design. 10. Contractor is responsible for assuring that piping, conduit, duct, flue and other service locations for general equivalents or substitutions do not cause access, service or operational difficulties any greater than would be encountered with the Basis of Design. 11. Failure to comply with these requirements will result in immediate rejection of the request for substitution. 1.10 GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Division 1. B. Coordination and Sequencing: 1. Coordinate submittals 3 weeks (minimum) prior to expected order date so that work will not be delayed by submittals. 2. Do not submit product data, or allow its use on the project until compliance, with requirement of Contract Documents has been confirmed by Contractor. 3. Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise indicated, and is not a change order request. 4. Submitting contractor is responsible for routing reviewed submittals to all parties affected including but not limited to electrical, building automation and temperature control, and test and balance subcontractors. 5. Make submittals for group of similar products or materials such as valves, fixtures, pumps, air handling units, fans, insulation, etc., or area of work complete and at one time, not in piecemeal fashion. 6. Identify submittals with Architect's project name and number, with item designation as indicated on drawings, and referenced to applicable paragraphs of the specifications. Submit in brochure form. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 10 Basic Mechanical Requirements 7. Submittals of products needed at start of Project for its installation, or those requiring a long lead time for assembly or manufacturing, should be submitted before the others. C. Preparations of Submittals: 1. Refer to Division 1 requirements. 2. Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identify project, date, Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals. 3. Indicate any portions of work, which deviate from the Contract Documents. a. Explain the reasons for the deviations. b. Show how such deviations coordinate with interfacing portions of other work. 4. Show Contractor's executed review and approval marking. 5. Provide space for the Owner's Representative "Action" marking. 6. Submittals, which are received from sources other than through Contractor's office, will be returned "Without Action". 7. Submittals shall be presented in a neat and legible fashion and shall be returned "Without Action" if presented in any other fashion. D. Quantities: Unless otherwise indicated in Division 1, submit six (6) copies. 1. Refer to Division 1 requirements. 2. Multiple System Items: Where a required submittal relates to an operational item of equipment used in more than one system, increase the number of final copies as necessary to complete the Maintenance Manuals for each system. 3. General Distribution: a. Provide additional distribution of submittals (not included in foregoing copy submittal requirements) to Subcontractors, Suppliers, Fabricators, Installers, Governing Authorities and others as necessary for proper performance of the work. b. Include such additional copies in transmittal to Owner's Representative where required to receive "Action" marking before final distribution. 1) Show such distributions on transmittal forms. E. Response to Submittals: Where standard product data have been submitted, it is recognized: 1. That the Submitter has determined that the products fulfill the specified requirements. 2. That the submittal is for the Owner's Representative information only, but will be returned with appropriate action where observed to be not in compliance with the requirements. F. If more than two submittals (either for shop drawings, as-builts drawings, or test and balance reports) are made by the contractor due to the incompletion, non- Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 - Page 11 Basic Mechanical Requirements compliance, errors, omissions, etc. the Owner reserves the right to charge the contractor for subsequent reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the Contractor. 1.11 SPECIFIC CATEGORY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Where pre-printed data covers more than one distinct product, size, type, material, trim, accessory group or other variation, mark submitted copy with black ink to indicate which of the variations is to be provided. 2. Delete or mark-out significant portions of pre-printed data, which are not applicable. 3. Where operating ranges are shown, mark data to show portion of range required for project application. 4. For Each Product, Include the Following: a. Sizes. b. Weights. c. Speeds. d. Capacities. e. Piping and electrical connection sizes and locations. f. Statements of compliance with the required standards and regulations. g. Performance data. h. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Prepare mechanical shop drawings, except diagrams, to accurate scale. a. Show clearance dimensions at critical locations. b. Show dimensions of spaces required for operation and maintenance. c. Show interfaces with other, work, including structural support. C. Test Reports: 1. Submit test reports, which have been signed and dated by the firm performing the test. 2. Prepare test reports in the manner specified in the standard or regulation governing the test procedure (if any) as indicated. D. Required Equipment and Shop Drawing Submittals: 1. Provide a submittal schedule with bid. 2. Provide equipment submittals for each item of equipment specified or scheduled in the Contract Documents. 3. Submittal schedule shall show each item of equipment, applicable section of the Specifications where it is described, applicable drawing number and schedule name where it is scheduled, date of Contractor's proposed submittal to the Owner's Representative, required date to receive submittal from the Owner's Representative and schedule order date. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 12 Basic Mechanical Requirements 4. Provide a Mechanical Shop Drawing Schedule for submission to the Owner's Representative with the Submittal Schedule. Refer to Paragraph 1.03 - Coordination Within Division 15- above. 1.12 COMPATIBILITY A. General: Provide products, which are compatible with other products of the mechanical work, and with other work, requiring interface with the mechanical work. B. Power Characteristics: Where power characteristics are not stated in Section 15 Sections, refer to the Sections of Division 16 and the Electrical Drawings for the power characteristics of each power driven item of mechanical equipment. Coordinate available power with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment. Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for ordering equipment to meet the available power characteristics. If there is a conflict between Division 15 documents and Division 16 documents, provide a written notification to the Owner's Representative for direction. Do not order equipment prior to determining the proper electrical service. No contract cost adjustment will be allowed for equipment ordered in conflict with the available power characteristics. 1.13 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Drawings: 1. Record of Project Progress: Purchase from the Architect a complete set of reproducible contract drawings and maintain drawings available at the job site for inspection. Keep an accurate, legible and continuously updated record of installed locations and all project revisions other than revised drawings issued by the Architect, including source and date of authorization. Utilize only contract drawing symbols for recording the work. Drawing notations to be sufficiently clear in the representation of the work, for utilization by a CADD operator (drafts person) who is not necessarily familiar with the installed work. 2. Record of Installation: At the conclusion of the work, deliver one (1) set of blue prints of the progress drawings to the Owner's Representative for review. Following the review, Contractor shall have incorporated by a competent CADD operator all of the installed data represented on the project progress drawings. 3. include in Record Drawings the Following: a. Revisions, including sketches, bulletins, change orders, written addenda and directives, clarifications and responses generated by requests for information (RFIs), regardless of source of the revision. b. Location and configuration of equipment with related housekeeping pads. c. Physical routing of ductwork, exposed, and above ceilings with locations of fire dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, smoke Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 - Page 13 Basic Mechanical Requirements detectors, diffusers, registers, grilles, air terminal units, appurtenances, etc., plainly marked and identified. d. Location of room thermostats, humidistats and sensors. e. Physical routing of piping, underground, exposed, and above ceiling with locations of valves and accessories plainly marked and identified. f. Location of piping below building and on exterior, valves, manholes, appurtenances and stub outs dimensioned from buildings and permanent structures, both horizontally and vertically. g. Location of wall and ceiling access panels. B. Temperature Control Drawings: 1. Indicate As-Built Conditions of Work Under This Contract Including: a. Ladder wiring diagram. b. Schematic diagrams. c. One line system diagram. d. Schematic of equipment with control devices located and identified. e. Wiring or tubing termination diagrams. f. Floor plan indicating all device locations, panels, etc. g. Control sequences. C. Acceptance: As a condition for acceptance of the work, deliver two (2) sets of Auto CAD Latest Version CDs and one set of signed and dated reproducible drawings to the Owner's Representative and obtain a receipt. 1.14 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Refer to Division 1 requirements. B. Submission: 1. Submit three typed and bound copies of Operating and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals prior to scheduling systems demonstrations for the Owner's Representative, as specified in Division 1. 2. Bind each Maintenance Manual in one or more vinyl covered, 3-ring binders, with pockets for folded drawings. a. Mark the spine of each binder with system identification and volume number. C. Required Contents: 1. Manuals shall have index with tab dividers for each major equipment section to facilitate locating information on a specific piece of equipment. 2. Identify data within each section with drawing code numbers as they appear on Drawings and Specifications. Include as a minimum the following data: 3. Alphabetical list of system components, with the name, address and 24 hour telephone number of the company responsible for servicing each Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010- Page 14 Basic Mechanical Requirements item during the first year of operation. Include point of contact for company. a. Operating instructions for complete system including: 1) Emergency procedures for fire and failure of major equipment. 2) Major start, operation and shut down procedures. b. Maintenance Instructions for Each Piece of Equipment Including: 1) Equipment lists. 2) Proper lubricants and lubricating instructions for each piece of equipment. 3) Necessary cleaning, replacement and/or adjustment schedule. 4) Product data. 5) Installation instructions. 6) Parts list. 7) Temperature control diagrams and O&M information as specified above (as-built). c. Marked or changed prints locating concealed parts and variations from the original system design (as-built drawings). d. Balancing report. e. Valve schedule and associated piping schematics. See Section 15190, MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION. f. Copies of any extended equipment warranties which are greater than one year. 1.15 WARRANTIES A. The warranty period is one year after Date of Acceptance. 1. During this period, provide labor and materials as required to repair or replace defects in the mechanical system at no additional cost to the Owner. Provide certificate with O&M Manual submittal, which guarantees same-day service response to Owners call for all such warranty service. 2. Provide certificate for such items of equipment, which have warranties in excess of one year. Insert copies in O&M Manuals. 3. Provide extended manufacturers warranties to cover one full year from date of acceptance if standard warranty starts any time prior to that date. 4. Provide factory trained service personnel for all warranty work on the Building Automation and Automatic Temperature Control System. 5. At time of bid, submit additional costs for extended warranties for principal equipment (e.g. chillers, cooling towers, evaporative coolers, boilers, etc.). B. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. 1.16 SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS A. Deliver spare parts to the Owner's Representative and obtain receipts at the time operating instructions are given to the Owner's personnel. Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 - Page 15 Basic Mechanical Requirements B. Include the Following: 1. V-Belts: One complete set of each size. 2. Fuses: each type used for all equipment utilizing fuses. Quantity 10%, but not less than two. 3. Pilot Light Lamps: Each type used on the project. Quantity of 10% , but not less than two. 4. Special Tools: Furnish special tools required for assembly, adjustment, setting or maintenance of equipment if such tool is not readily available on the commercial tool market. 5. Maintenance Paint: Furnish one can of touch-up paint for each different factory finish, which is to be the final finished surface of the product. 6. Alternate Parts: Under the individual mechanical sections, there are listed spare parts to be furnished under a bid alternate. Should the alternate be accepted, such spare parts shall be similarly delivered to the Owner. 1.17 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE A. Acceptance shall be contingent upon completion of final review and correction of all deficiencies. Satisfactory completion of the operational tests, which shall demonstrate compliance with all performance criteria, and the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Request a Final Review Prior to System Acceptance After Completion of the Following: 1. Installation of all systems required by Contract Documents. 2. Submission and acceptance of service manuals. 3. Identification. 4. Cleaning. 5. Satisfactory operation of all systems for a period of one week. 1.18 MANDATORY GOVERNING PROVISION A. Omissions of words or phrases, such as "the Contractor shall", in conformity with", "shall be", "as noted on the Drawings", "according to the Drawings", "an", "the", and 'all" are intentional. B. Omitted words or phrases shall be supplied by inference. 1.19 OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT A. All equipment called out in the Specifications or shown on the Drawings as "Owner Furnished Equipment" shall be installed and connected under this contract. Provide rough-ins for all future connections indicated, unless otherwise specifically indicated on Drawings. 1.20 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Light, heat, power, etc. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 16 Basic Mechanical Requirements 1. Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary electricity, heat and other facilities as specified in Division 1. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the equipment in an as- new condition. Equipment will not be turned over to the Owner until it is brought up to as-new condition. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining acceptable indoor air quality in adjacent occupied spaces. B. Use of permanent building for temporary heating or cooling. 1. Permanent building equipment shall not be used without written permission from the Owner's Representative. If this equipment is used for temporary heating or cooling, it shall be adequately maintained per manufacturer's instructions and protected with filters, strainers, controls, relief, etc. The Contractor shall protect all equipment and systems as directed by the Owner's Representative. The warranty period shall not start until the equipment is turned over to the Owner for his/her use. The Contractor shall provide extended warranties for parts and labor for such equipment. Equipment shall not be turned over to the Owner until the temperature controls have been tested and accepted by the Owner's Representative. 1.21 SAFETY PROVISIONS A. Equipment Nameplates: Provide power-oriented mechanical equipment with a permanent nameplate attached by the manufacturer, indicating: 1. The manufacturer. 2. Product name. 3. Model number. 4. Serial number. 5. Speed. 6. Capacity. 7. Power characteristics. 8. Labels of testing, or inspecting agencies. 9. Other similar data. B. Where manufacturer affixed nameplate is not available, Contractor shall fabricate and attach nameplate. C. Guards: 1. Unless equivalent guards are provided integral with the equipment, enclose each belt drive (including sheaves) on both sides in a galvanized, one inch, mesh screen of No. 18 gauge steel wire or expanded metal, fastened to an approved, structural steel frame, securely fastened to the equipment or floor. 2. Provide tachometer holes at shaft centers. Unless equivalent guards are provided integral with the equipment, install a solid guard of No. 20 gauge galvanized steel over the coupling of each item of direct-driven equipment. Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 - Page 17 Basic Mechanical Requirements 3. Sides are not required on these guards except to ensure rigidity. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish, apply, install, connect, erect, clean, and condition manufactured materials and equipment as recommended in manufacturer's printed directions (maintained on job site during installation). B. Provide all attachment devices and materials necessary to secure materials together or to other materials. C. Make allowance for ample and normal expansion and contraction for all building components and piping systems that are subject to such. D. Install materials only when conditions of temperature, moisture, humidity and conditions of adjacent building components are conductive to achieving the best installation results. E. Erect, install and secure components in a structurally sound and appropriate manner. F. Where necessary, temporarily brace, shore, or otherwise support members until final connections are installed. G. Leave all temporary bracing, shoring, or other structural supports in place as long as practical for safety and to maintain proper alignment. H. Handle materials in a manner to prevent scratching, abrading, distortion, chipping, breaking, or other disfigurement. I. Conduct work in a manner to avoid injury or damage to previously placed work. J. Any work so impaired or damaged shall be replaced at no expense to Owner. K. Fabricate and install materials true to line, plumb and level. L. Leave finished surfaces smooth and flat, free from wrinkles, wraps, scratches, dents and other imperfections. M. Furnish materials in longest practical lengths and largest practical sizes to avoid all unnecessary jointing. N. Make all joints secure, tightly fitted, and as inconspicuous as possible by the best, accepted practice in joinery and fabrication. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 18 Basic Mechanical Requirements O. Consult the Owner's Representative for mounting height or position of any unit not specifically indicated or located on Drawings or specified in Specifications. P. Job mixed multi-component materials used in the work shall be mixed in such regulated and properly sized batches that material can be used before it begins to "set". Q. Mixing of a partially "set" batch with another batch of fresh materials will not be accepted and entire batch shall be discarded and removed from site. R. Clean all mixing tools and appliances that can be contaminated prior to mixing of fresh materials. S. In addition to the above, refer to each Section of the Specifications for additional installation requirements for the proper completion of all work. 3.2 COORDINATION OF MECHANICAL INSTALLATION A. Inspection and Preparation: 1. Examine the work interfacing with mechanical work, and the conditions under which the work will be preformed, and notify the Owner's Representative of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work at original contract price. 2. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Layout: 1. Layout the mechanical work in conformity with the Contract Drawings, Coordination Drawings and other Shop Drawings, product data and similar requirements so that the entire mechanical plant will perform as an integrated system, properly interfaced with other work recognizing that portions of the work are shown only in diagrammatic form. 2. 3. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, comply with the Owner's Representative decision on resolution of the conflict. 4. Take necessary field measurements to determine space and connection requirements. 5. Provide sizes and shapes of equipment so the final installation conforms to the intent of the Contract Documents. 6. Provide necessary fittings to create offsets as required to coordinate with building structure and other trades, even if fittings are not shown on the Contract Drawings. C. Integrate the mechanical work in ceiling spaces with the ceiling suspension system, light fixtures and other work, so that required performance of each will be achieved. Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010-Page 19 Basic Mechanical Requirements 3.3 A. B. E. PRODUCT INSTALLATION Manufacturer's instructions: 1. Except where more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with the product manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 2. Consult with manufacturer's technical representatives, who are recognized as technical experts, for specific instructions on special projects conditions. 3. If conflict exists, notify the Owner's in writing and obtain his instruction before proceeding with the work in question. Movement of Equipment: 1. Wherever possible, arrange for the movement and positioning of equipment so that enclosing partitions, walls and roofs will not be delayed or need to be removed. 2. Otherwise, advise Contractor of opening requirements to be maintained for the subsequent entry of equipment. C. Heavy Equipment: 1. Coordinate the movement of heavy items with shoring and bracing so that the building structure will not be overloaded during the movement and installation. 2. Where mechanical products to be installed on the existing roof are too heavy to be hand-carried, do not transport across the existing roof deck. Position by crane or other device so as to avoid overloading or otherwise damaging the roof deck. D. Clearances: 1. Install Piping and Ductwork: a. Straight and true. b. Aligned with other work. c. Close to walls and overhead structure (allowing for insulation). d. Concealed, where possible, in occupied spaces. e. Out-of-the-way with maximum passageway and headroom remaining in each space. 2. Do not obstruct windows, doors and other openings. 3. Give the right-of-way to piping systems required to slope for drainage (over other service lines and ductwork). Access: 1. Provide For Removal, Without Damage To Other Parts, Of: a. Coils. e. Filters b. Shafts. f. Strainers c. Fan wheels. g. Bearings d. Drives. h. Control components Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 20 Basic Mechanical Requirements And Other parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. 2. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting with minimum of interference with other work. 3. Provide unions where required. 4. Locate operating and control equipment and devices for easy access. 5. Provide access panels where equipment or devices are concealed by non- accessible finishes and similar work. See Section 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. 6. Ensure grease fittings for equipment are readily visible and accessible. Extend fittings when necessary. 3.4 PROTECTION OF WORK A. Provide protection against dust migration, rain, wind, storms, frost, or heat, so as to maintain all work, materials, apparatus and fixtures free from injury or damage. B. At end of each day's work, cover all new work likely to be damaged. C. Do not interrupt the integrity of the building security overnight. D. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. E. All pipe ends, valves, ducts and equipment left unconnected shall be capped, plugged or otherwise properly protected to prevent damage and the intrusion of foreign matter. F. Do not allow any fans in HVAC System to operate before the area served by the fan has been cleaned and vacuumed of all debris and dust which might enter the system. G. Any equipment, duct or piping systems found to have been damaged or contaminated above "MILL" or "SHOP" conditions shall be replaced or cleaned to the Owner's Representative satisfaction. H. Provide initial water seal fill for all waste P-traps, condensate traps, or similar traps. 3.5 PROTECTION OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS A. All temporary water connections shall be made with an approved back flow preventer. B. All hose bibs shall have as a minimum, a vacuum breaker, to prevent back flow. C. Direct connections to hydronic systems shall only be made through a reduced pressure back flow preventer. Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 - Page 21 Basic Mechanical Requirements 3.6 OBJECTIONABLE NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Mechanical equipment and piping system shall operate without objectionable noise and vibration, as determined by the judgment of the Owner's Representative. B. If objectionable noise and vibration should be produced, make necessary changes or additions required to produce satisfactory result without additional cost to the Owner. 3.7 CLOSING-IN OF UN-INSPECTED WORK A. Do not allow or cause any work to be covered up or enclosed until inspected, tested and approved. B. Should any work be enclosed or covered up before such inspection and test, Contractor shall, at his/her own expense, uncover work and after it has been inspected, tested and approved, make repairs with such materials as necessary to restore his/her work and that of other Divisions to original and proper condition. 3.8 CLEANING A. After installation is complete, clean all systems as indicated below. B. Ductwork, Piping and Equipment To Be Insulated: Clean exterior thoroughly to remove rust, plaster, cement and dirt before insulation is applied. C. Ductwork, Piping and Equipment Remain Un-insulated: Clean exterior thoroughly to remove rust, plaster, cement, dirt and other foreign substances. D. Ductwork, Piping and Equipment To Be Painted: Clean exterior to be exposed in completed structure. Remove rust, plaster, cement and dirt by wire brushing. Remove grease, oil and other foreign materials by wiping with clean rags and suitable solvents. E. During Progress of Work: Carefully clean up the premises and keep all portions of the building free of debris. F. Chrome Or Nickel Plated Work: Thoroughly polish. G. DAMAGE RESPONSIBILITY H. Contractor shall be responsible for damage to the grounds, buildings or equipment and the loss of refrigerants, fuels or gases, caused by leaks or breaks in pipes for equipment furnished or installed under this Division. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15010 Section 15010 - Page 22 Basic Mechanical Requirements 3.9 PRELIMINARY OPERATION A. The Owner's Representative reserves the right to operate portions of the mechanical system on a preliminary basis without voiding the guarantee or relieving the Contractor of his/her responsibilities. 3.10 OPERATIONAL TESTS A. Before operational tests are performed, demonstrate to the Owner's Representative that systems and components are complete and fully charged with operating fluid and lubricants. Systems shall be operable and capable of maintaining continuous uninterrupted operation during the operating and demonstration period. B. After systems have been completely installed, connections made, and tests completed, operate the systems continuously for a period of five working days during the hours of a normal working day. C. Control system shall be completely operable with settings properly calibrated and adjusted. D. Rotating equipment shall be in dynamic balance and alignment. E. Tests required in various sections herein shall be completed. F. Notify the Owner's Representative, in writing, two weeks in advance of this operational period. G. This operational test may be concurrent with instruction of the Owner's operating personnel. 3.11 COMPLIANCE TESTS A. Conduct tests for individual components, such as chiller, boiler, cooling tower, air handling unit, etc. of all portions of the installation as may be required by the various Sections of this Division to comply with the Contract Documents. Tests shall be made in the presence of the Owner's Representative. Costs of tests shall be borne by the Contractor. Contractor shall provide all instruments, equipment, labor and materials to complete the tests. These tests may be required at any time between the installation of the work and the end of the warranty period. Should these tests expose any defective materials, poor workmanship or variance with requirements of Contract Documents, Contractor shall make any changes necessary and remedy any defects at no cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION Section 15010 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section supplements Division 1, General Requirements. B. Where contradictions occur between this Section and Division 1, between contract specifications and drawings, the most stringent of the two shall apply. The Owner's Representative shall decide which is most stringent. C. Provisions of this Section shall also apply to all Division 15 work. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 and Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Uniformity: Material and equipment of same type or classification shall be the product of the same Manufacturer, wherever possible. B. Application: Do not install any material or equipment in an application not recommended by the Manufacturer. C. Weatherproof Equipment: Equipment installed outdoors shall be designed for this purpose or shall be housed in a weatherproof enclosure. Enclosure shall be sheet metal, ventilated or insulated as required with hinged access doors, hardware and lock. 2.2 FIRE STOPPING MATERIAL A. Manufacturers: 1. Design Basis: 3M. 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a. GE. b. Metalines. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15050 Section 15050 - Page 2 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods B. General Requirements: 1. Products to be used shall have been tested in accordance with ASTM E 814-88, and be listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. C. Bare Piping: 1. Model: FD 150, orCP-25. D. Insulated Piping: 1. Model: CP-25 or FS-195, Intumescent. 2. "No-sag" or "self-leveling" as required. E. Accessories: 1. Provide fasteners, restricting collars, backing materials, and protective coatings as required to comply with the UL system listing. 2.3 WATERPROOFING A. Wherever work must penetrate waterproofing, do so with care. Openings waterproofing shall be absolutely watertight in a manner acceptable to the Architect. B. Pipes through Roof: Refer to Architectural Detail for pipe flashing. C. Pipes through Waterproof Slabs or Walls: Use waterproof sleeves or "Link- Seal" gaskets. D. Ducts and Sheet Metal Vents through Roof: Flash and counterflash with locked and soldered No. 24 gauge galvanized steel sheet metal. Terminate top of counterflashing in a transverse duct seam. Extend base of flashing outward not less than 8" in all directions. E. In no case shall the effective height of flashing be less than 5". F. Heavily coat all roof penetrations with roofing mastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION Section 15050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15050 - Page 3 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods A. Erect equipment in a neat and workmanlike manner, properly aligned, leveled and adjusted for satisfactory operation. B. Install so that connecting and disconnecting of piping and accessories can readily be done, and so that all parts are readily accessible for inspection, service, and repair. C. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in compliance with California State Safety Orders Title 8. D. Locate equipment as required herein and as indicated on the Drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying with the Owner's Representative of any apparently improper installation. 3.2 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Refer to Division 1 of the Specifications. B. Provide measurements, drawings, and layouts to installers of other work so that required openings may be provided as construction progresses. C. All cutting and patching of Division 15 work such as ductwork, piping, etc. shall be included in Division 15. Cutting and patching of non-Division 15 work such as ceiling, wall, slab, etc. shall be coordinated with Division 1. D. Where possible, mark openings to be cut on existing construction. Otherwise, provide measurements, drawings, and layouts to the trade doing the cutting so that openings may be provided as construction progresses. E. Cutting Concrete: 1. Where authorized, cut openings through concrete for pipe penetration and similar services by core drilling or sawing. 2. Do not cut by hammer-driven chisel or drill. F. Cutting: 1. Cut openings in accordance with layouts, measurements or drawings of the installer of work requiring openings. Cut openings in concrete by core drilling or sawing; not by hammer-driven chisel or drill. 2. Coordinate the location of all openings with structural drawings. Report any discrepancies to Architect. Do not proceed with work until discrepancies have been resolved. 3. Do not endanger or damage other work through the procedures and processes of cutting to accommodate mechanical work. 4. Review the proposed cutting with the Installer of the work to be cut, and comply with his recommendations to minimize damage. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15050 Section 15050 - Page 4 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 5. Where necessary, engage the original Installer or other specialists to execute the cutting in the recommended manner. G. Patching: 1. Where patching is required to restore other work because of either cutting or other damage inflicted during the installation of mechanical work, engage experienced craftsmen to complete the patching of the other work. 2. Restore the other work in every respect, including the elimination of visual defects in exposed finishes. 3. All openings in fire rated construction shall be patched and sealed with U.L. approved sealant to maintain the fire integrity of the structure. H. Perform Cutting, and Patching Required To: 1. Uncover work to provide installation of ill-timed work. 2. Remove and replace defective work. 3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from Architect, uncover and restore work to provide Architect observation of concealed work. I. Painting: 1. Prepare all surfaces for painting by another Division. Ductwork and piping joints to be clear and free of dirt, grease or excess joint sealant, caulking or solders. 2. Comply with requirements of Painting Sections of this Specification. J. Structural Limitations: 1. Do not cut or drill into structural framing, walls, floors, decks, and other members intended to withstand stress, except with the Owner's Representative's written authorization. a. Provide lintels, columns, braces and other temporary and permanent supports made by cutting. b. Submit shop drawings of permanent supports. c. Do not penetrate legs of structural "T's" or any other location where pre-stressed structural chords are likely to be encountered when cutting or drilling. 3.3 DUCT ACCESS PANELS/DOORS A. Furnish Duct Access Panels/Doors At Locations Where Required for Access To: 1. Dampers (all dampers except manual volume dampers). 2. Control devices. 3. Flow measuring and balancing stations. Section 15050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15050 - Page 5 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 4. Any other device or equipment requiring maintenance, adjustment or service. B. Coordinate work of various Sections herein, to group dampers, etc., with the work of others to minimize the quantity of access doors. C. See Section 15910, DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES, for access door construction requirements. 3.4 WALL/CEILING ACCESS PANELS/DOORS A. Access Panels/Doors in plaster or gypsum board shall be furnished and installed under Division 9 at locations where required for access to: 1. Valves 2. Duct access panels/doors 3. Control devices 4. Flow measuring and balancing stations. 5. Air vents 6. Any other device or equipment requiring maintenance, adjustment or service. B. Coordinate work of various sections herein, to group valves, dampers, etc. with the work of others to minimize the quantity of access panels/doors. C. Wall/ceiling access panels/doors must be minimum 18" x 18" to allow access to valves, duct access doors, and any other items for servicing and minimum 30" x 30" to allow removal of any equipment with electric motors. 3.5 SLEEVES A. Provide sleeves for piping passing through walls, floors, and roofs. B. Set pipe sleeves and inserts in place before concrete is poured. Coordinate the placing of these items to avoid delaying concrete placing operations. C. Locate chases, shafts, and openings required for the installation of the mechanical work during framing of the structure. Do any additional cutting and boring required due to improperly located or omitted openings without additional cost to the Owner under the supervision of the Owner's Representative. For such additional floor openings, in lieu of pipe sleeves, apply 3M Fire Barrier Watertight Silicone Sealant 3000 WT. D. Coat surface of all sleeves in contact with concrete, masonry or soil with two coats of coal tar bitumastic paint. E. Provide Sleeves as Follows: Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15050 Section 15050 - Page 6 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Location Sleeve Length Interior Concrete or Concrete Schedule 10 or heavier, black steel pipe. Block Walls Interior Gypsum Walls Adjustable galvanized sheet metal with 2" lap along the longitudinal seam, wall flanges and plaster lip. 2" and smaller - 22 gauge, 3" through 6" - 20 gauge, 8" and larger - 18 gauge. Membrane Waterproof Floor Galvanized cast iron body with flashing and Roof Construction clamp, threaded for sleeve riser. (J.R. Smith 1760, Ancon, Zurn, Josam or equal.) Non-membrane Floor Construction Exterior Concrete or Concrete Block Walls Schedule 10 or heavier black steel pipe. Schedule 40 black steel pipe with a continuously welded water stop of 1/4" steel plate extending from outside of sleeve a minimum of 2" all around, hot dip galvanize after fabrication. Provide modular mechanical-type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links with bolts shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and sleeve. Thunderline Corporation "Link Seal" sealant assembly or equal by Metraflex "MetraSeal." F.Length of Sleeves as Follows: Location Floors Roofs Walls Section 15050 Sleeve Length Equal to depth of floor construction including finish. Extend minimum of 1" above finished floor level within partitions, mechanical rooms, pipe chases and finished areas. Equal to depth of roof construction including insulation. Schedule 40 black steel sleeves in concrete or concrete block walls equal to depth of construction. Extend sheet metal sleeves in gypsum walls 14" beyond both sides of the Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15050 - Page 7 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods wall assembly. Equal to depth of construction. 3.6 FIRE STOPPING A. Provide firestopping assemblies at all pipe, duct and conduit penetrations with construction and materials in conformance with accordance with the UL Building Materials/Fire Resistive Directory. Fill material shall be 3M, Dow Corning, Nelson Electric or equal, as approved by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. B. Coordinate required annular space with size of pipe and sleeve. C. Requirements for Specific Systems: 1. Cold Piping - Includes Condensate Drain, Domestic Water, Storm Water, and Refrigerant: Insulation and vapor barrier shall be continued through wall and firestopping for "insulated piping" shall be provided. 2. Hot Piping - to 250°F - Includes Domestic Hot Water, Steam 10-15 psig and Heating Hot Water: The Contractor has the option of continuing the insulation through the penetration and providing firestopping for "insulated piping", or stopping the insulation on either side of the penetration and using firestopping for "un-insulated piping". D. Smooth up rough edges around sleeve with plaster. E. Provide 1" wide chrome or nickel plated plates on all pipes exposed to view, passing through floors, walls, partitions, plaster furring, etc. Escutcheons sized to fit pipe and pipe covering and give a finished appearance. Escutcheons held in place by setscrews. 3.7 SUPPORTING STEEL A. Provide supporting steel not indicated on the Structural Drawings for piping and equipment requiring support. B. Submit shop drawings and structural calculations to the Owner's Representative for information and records. C. Submit California registered Structural Engineer calculations and shop drawings to the Owner's Representative for record and comment. D. Fabricate supports in accordance with AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for buildings to meet current Codes CBC. E. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15050 Section 15050 - Page 8 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods F. Paint supporting steel exposed to weather with one coat of primer paint in the shop after fabrication welding is complete. Paint completed field joints with one coat of matching primer. Apply finish protective top coat. 3.8 HOUSEKEEPING BASES A. Concrete bases for fans, pumps, tanks, etc., including anchor bolts and inserts, shall be provided in accordance with American Concrete Institute (ACI) and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards for housekeeping pads and equipment support bases. B. The concrete shall be placed in accordance with setting diagrams and sizes furnished by the equipment installer. C. Contractor is responsible for coordination with other trades for size and location of all concrete pads,-piers, curbs, and bases. 3.9 DRIP PANS A. Drip Pans: Where possible to route mechanical piping elsewhere, do not route in electrical or telecommunications rooms or directly above any electrical (or electronic) work. Where allowed by Code, provide drip pans under mechanical piping, sufficient to protect electrical work from dripping. 1. Locate pan immediately below piping, and extend a minimum of 6" on each side of piping and lengthwise 18" beyond equipment being protected. 2. Fabricate pans 2' deep of reinforced sheet metal with rolled edges and soldered or welded seams; 22 gauge galvanized steel. 3. Provide 3/4" copper drainage piping from pan to nearest floor drain or similar suitable point of discharge, and terminate pipe as an open-sight drainage connection. 4. Provide permanent support and anchorage to prevent displacement of drip pans. 5. Insulate bottom of pan as directed by the Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION Section 15050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 15060 REFRIGERANT PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide above ground refrigerant piping as indicated on the drawings and as specified, completed. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to Division 1 and Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Shop Drawing and Product Data: 1. Piping Schedule showing manufacturer, pipe weight, fitting type, and joint type for each piping system. 2. Piping layout shop drawing. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Refer to the Following Sections: 1. Other Division 15 sections after specific system requirements. 2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Refrigerant Piping (Above Ground): 1. Pipe: Type L hard drawing copper tube. 2. Fittings: Copper solder Joint fitting. Silvabrite, Bridgit or Stay-Safe 50. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Install pipe, tube, and fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanently-leakproof piping systems, capable of performing each indicated service without piping failure. 2. Install each run with a minimum of joints and couplings, but with adequate and accessible unions for disassembly, maintenance or replacement of valves and equipment. 3. Reduce sizes by use of reducing fittings. 4. Install piping without springing or forcing. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15060 Section 15060 - Page 2 Refrigerant Pipe and Pipe Fittings 5. Provide sufficient swing joints, anchors, expansion loops and devices necessary to permit free expansion and contraction without causing undue stresses. 6. Support piping, independently at equipment, so its weight will not be supported by the equipment. 7. Support piping to maintain a consistent slope as indicated on the drawings without sagging or pocketing of any kind. Where not otherwise indicated, all horizontal piping shall slope a minimum of 1/16 inch per foot to drain at system's low points. 8. Provide manual air vents at high points of all pumped piping systems. Provide drains at all low points. 9. Install horizontal piping parallel to building construction, make any changes in direction with fittings. B. Location: 1. Locate piping runs, except as otherwise indicated, both vertically and horizontally to allow for complete drainage of piping system (pitched to drain). a. Avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. b. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines. 2. Hold piping close to walls, overhead construction, columns and other structural and permanent-enclosure elements of the building. a. Limit clearance to 1.0" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of piping, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. b. Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1.0" clearance outside insulation. 3. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. a. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as otherwise indicated. C. Electrical Equipment Spaces: 1. Do not run piping through electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures. 2. In no case shall piping run directly above transformers, electrical panels or switchgear. D. Dielectric Unions: Install dielectric unions to prevent galvanic action between ferrous and non-ferrous piping. 1. Install in an accessible location and provide access doors where needed. Section 15060 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15060 - Page 3 Refrigerant Pipe and Pipe Fittings 3.2 COOPER TUBING JOINTS AND FITTINGS A. Unless otherwise noted, make all couplings, changes in direction, branch outlets, and transitions to other materials or joining methods with standard manufactured fittings. B. Do not expand or swage piping in lieu of proper solder fittings. C. Do not extrude or "pull" branch outlets with "tee-drill" type equipment. D. Do not use self-tapping type branch outlets. 1. See "Hot Taps" below. E. Use lead free solder. 3.3 CLEANING, FLUSHING, INSPECTING A. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems of superfluous materials, and prepare for application of specified coatings, if any. B. See specific pipe service for further requirements. 3.4 PIPING TESTS A. Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump, thermometer and gauges. B. Test piping system before insulation is installed wherever feasible and remove control devices before testing. C. Test each natural section of each piping system independently, but do not use piping system valves to isolate sections where test pressure exceeds valve pressure rating. D. Fill each section with nitrogen and pressurize for two hours at 150% of operating pressure, but not less than 25 psig for pressure piping. E. Test fails if leakage is observed, or if temperature compensated pressure drop exceeds 1 % of test pressure. F. Disassemble and re-install sections, which fail the test by using new materials to the extent required to overcome leakage. 1. Do not use chemicals, stop-leak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. 2. After testing and repair work has been completed, drain test water from piping systems. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15060 SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all mechanical insulation as indicated on the Drawings and as specified, complete. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 and Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Submit Manufacturer's Product Data on the Following: 1. Insulation. 2. Jackets, coatings and protective finishes. 3. Sealers, mastics and adhesives. 4. Fitting covers. 5. Inserts. 1.3 GENERAL A. Provide insulation tested on a composite basis (insulation, jacket, covering, sealer, mastic and adhesive) fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested by procedure ASTM E-84, NFPA 255, and UL 723 not exceeding: 1. Flame Spread: 25 or Less. 2. Smoke Developed: 50 or Less. B. Accessories such as adhesives, mastics, cements, tapes and fiberglass cloth for fittings shall have the same component rating as listed above. C. Insulation shall comply with FS-HH-1 -552, HH-1 -561, ASTM-C 547-67 and MIL- 1-22344B. D. Products to be installed in air plenums (ceiling return air, fan rooms, etc.) shall be faced material WITH NO FIBERGLASS EXPOSED TO THE AIR and shall comply with NFPA Standards 90A and 90B. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Deliver insulation products in factory containers bearing manufacturer's label showing fire hazard rating, density and thickness. 1.5 DEFINITIONS Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15250 Section 15250 - Page 2 Mechanical Insulation A. Exposed Location: Located in mechanical rooms or other areas exposed to view. B. Concealed Location: Located in pipe chases, furred spaces, attics, crawl spaces, above suspended ceilings, or other locations not exposed to view. 1.6 COMPLIANCE A. Comply with the latest edition of National Commercial and Industrial Insulation Standards. B. Comply with the latest edition of the California Energy Commission Title 24 requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Manufacturers: Owens-Corning, Johns Manville, CertainTeed, or Knauf. 2.2 PIPE INSULATION A. Materials: 1. Fiberglass Pipe Insulation: Schuller Micro-Lok heavy density pipe insulation with ASJ jacket. 2. Flexible Unicellular Pipe Insulation: Therma-cel By Nomaco or Armstrong "Armaflex". B. Thickness: (Thickness listed below is the minimum required. Provide thickness required by Local Building or Energy codes.) 1. Refrigerant Suction and Hot Gas Piping: a. All Sizes: 1/2" 2. Condensate Drain Piping: a. All Sizes: 1/2" (located inside the building only). C. Repairs to Existing Insulation: Match thickness of existing insulation. D. Application: Unless Otherwise Indicated, Use the Following: 1. Inside, Above Ground: Flexible Unicellular Pipe Insulation. 2. Exposed to View (Inside Building): Flexible Unicellular Pipe Insulation. 3. Outside, Exposed: Flexible Unicellular Pipe Insulation. 2.3 OUTDOOR PIPE INSULATION A. Cover all pipe insulation exposed to the weather with a UV-inhibitor paint. 2.4 DUCT INSULATION Section 15250 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15250 - Page 3 Mechanical Insulation A. Insulate with glass fiber blanket with 100% vapor barrier. B. Insulation Thickness: 1. Bare portions of sheet metal ducts, fittings and plenums conveying conditioned air, including above the ceiling, 2" thick. 2. Return air duct in ceiling space under roof, fan room and in exterior shaft which has one or more sides of the shaft wall exposed to the weather, 2" thick. 3. Outside air duct in conditioned space, including above the ceiling, inside shaft and enclosure, 2" thick. 4. Air chamber at linear diffuser which is not thermally insulated 2" thick. 5. Air terminal unit which are not thermally insulated, 2" thick. C. Material: Flexible insulation 1.5 Ib./cu. ft. density glass fiber with vapor barrier aluminum foil reinforced and laminated with fiberglass scrim (FSK). Minimum 6.3 installed R value. Johns Manville "Microlite." D. Application: 1. Wrap insulation firmly around duct and lap a minimum of 2" and secure with lagging adhesive. 2. Seal all joints with fire retardant lagging adhesive and 3" wide sealing tape adhered with lagging adhesive. 3. To prevent sagging of insulation on the underside of ducts, provide mechanical fasteners 18" on centers on ducts 24" or greater in width. Seal penetration of vapor barrier facing using sealing tape. 2.5 EXPOSED DRAINS, TRAPS AND DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLIES AT PLUMBING FIXTURES DESIGNATED FOR HANDICAPPED USE A. Fully molded, flexible molded finished insulation with P-trap assembly and two angle valve and water riser assemblies. Truebo Model No. 102 or equivalent by Bocar Products, Inc., McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc., ProWrap or TCI Products. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Verify acceptability of all materials, which are to be used in air plenums (above ceiling, etc.). Materials must meet all requirements of the Local Building Code and Authority having jurisdiction. 3.2 PIPE INSULATION A. Insulate the following: 1. Refrigerant Suction and Hot Gas Piping. 2. Condensate drain piping within the building. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15250 Section 15250 - Page 4 Mechanical Insulation B. Installation: 1. Install insulation on pipe system subsequent to testing and acceptance of tests. 2. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. 3. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full length units of insulation, with a single cut piece to complete the run. 4. Do not use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other. 5. Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. a. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure a complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. 6. Extend piping insulation without interruption through pipe clamps, hangers, walls, floors and similar piping penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.. 7. Install protective metal shields, inserts and saddles where needed to prevent compression of insulation. 8. Except as noted cover valves, flanges, fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. a. Install factory-molded, pre-cut or job-fabricated units (at Installer's option), except where a specific form or type is indicated. b. Do not cover: 1) Valve operators. 2) Threaded or solder joint strainers. 3) Balancing valves. 9. Mark location of unions and flanges covered by insulation with permanent paint or ink, or approved label. 10. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on insulation of cold pipes and storm drainage piping, and protect to prevent puncture or other damage. 11. Insulate between pipe and pipe saddles. Provide suitable saddles. 12. Seal Ends of Sections with Vapor Barrier Cement At: a. 21 ft. intervals. b. Valves and fittings. 13. Insulate new pipes and replace insulation on existing pipes to remain where insulation was removed or damaged by demolition or revisions. 14. Do not insulate basket access flange of flanged strainers. 15. Perform all work in a neat and workmanlike manner. Improper work will be cause for rejection. 3.3 DUCTWORK INSULATION A. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. B. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. Section 15250 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15250 - Page 5 Mechanical Insulation 1. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. C. Extend ductwork insulation without interruption through walls, floors, and similar ductwork penetrations, except where otherwise indicated. D. Except as otherwise indicated, do not insulate lined ducts. However, extend duct insulation 12" beyond start of lining where lined ductwork meets insulated ductwork. E. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on insulation of ducts carrying cold air, and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage. 3.4 PROTECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. Replace damaged insulation, which cannot be repaired satisfactorily, including units with vapor barrier damage and moisture saturation. B. Protection: The insulation installer shall advise the Contractor of the required protection for the insulation work during the remainder of the construction period, to avoid damage and deterioration. C. Any fiber insulation product which becomes wetted is to be removed from the job site and disposed of properly. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15250 SECTION 15410 PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide potable water and sanitary piping as indicated on the Drawings and as specified, complete. B. Furnish materials and perform labor required to complete this work for a complete and operable facility, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Plumbing fixtures, trim, carriers and accessories. 2. Sanitary drainage, waste and vent systems with piping, sewage ejectors, drains, and accessories. 3. Domestic and industrial cold water systems with booster pumps, piping, valves, fixtures, trim, controls and accessories. 4. Domestic hot water system with electric water heaters, circulating pumps, controls, piping, valves, alarms and accessories. 5. Seismic bracing of piping and equipment. 6. Rough-ins and final connections to equipment furnished under other sections. 7. Line and low voltage wiring, conduit and accessories as required for work under this section. 8. Identification of piping systems and equipment. 9. Shop drawings, wiring diagrams, equipment data, record drawings, and operating manuals. 10. Hangers, anchors, sleeves, chases, metal supports, channels, and vibration isolation, as required for work under this section. 11. Cleaning, patching, repairing, and painting as required for work under this section. 12. Permits and fees. 13. Testing, adjusting of completed work, inspections, and instruction. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to all applicable requirements specified under Section 15010, MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS and Section 15050, MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS. B. Conform to all applicable rules and regulations of local and state codes. C. Conform to all applicable electrical requirements specified under Division 16. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 Section 15410 - Page 2 Plumbing Piping 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Section 15060, PIPE AND PIPE FITTING. B. Section 15250, MECHANICAL INSULATION 1.4 STANDARDS Materials shall comply with the following standards: A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME/ANSI B16.22Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. 2. ANSI/ASME B40.1 Gauges - Pressure Indicating Dial Type - Elastic Element. 3. ASME/BPVC SEC VII D1 Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII Pressure Vessels, Division 1. B. American Society for Testing and Materials: 1. ASTMA-74 Cast iron: 2. ASTM A-888 Cast iron pipe fittings. 3. ASTM A 167 Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip 4. ASTM A 269 Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service 5. ASTM A 403/A 403M Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings. 6. ASTM B 43 Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes. 7. ASTM B-88/B-88A Seamless Copper Water Tube, Copper Pipe Type K, L, M: 8. ASTM B 280 Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service. 9. ASTMB306 DWV Piping. 10. ASTM C-564 Cast iron pipe couplings C. Copper Development Association: 1. CDA 404/0 Copper Development Association, "Copper Tube Handbook." D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.: 1. MSS SP-58 "Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacture." 2. MSS SP-69 "Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application." 3. MSS SP-89 "Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices." E. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association, Inc.: 1. SMACNAGFSR Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems. Section 15410 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 - Page 3 Plumbing Piping F. Underwriters Laboratory (UL) Applicable requirements and labeling. G. Manufacturers; Standards: In addition to the standards listed above, the laboratory gas and vacuum systems and their installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendations, instructions and specifications. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Refer to Section 01330, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES, for procedures. 2. The Following List Includes the Required Shop Drawings That Shall Be Submitted: a. Pressure reducing valves. b. Backflow preventers. c. Water hammer arresters. d. Plumbing fixtures, accessories and trim. e. Piping. f. Solvent. B. Shop Drawings: The laboratory piping contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings which thoroughly define the types and locations of piping, valves, wiring and related construction for each system specified, including Section 1.04. Details shall be adequate to illustrate that the components have been thoroughly coordinated and shall properly function as a complete system. Drawings shall clearly define components, materials, and clearances and shall show the intended layout and anchorage of all items of equipment and appurtenances, and relationships of the specified systems to other parts of the work including clearances for maintenance and operation. Shop drawings shall also include a complete description of seismic restraints and other precautions which may be necessary to the seismic zone within which the project occurs, as established by the governing codes. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standard Products: Materials and equipment comprising the laboratory gas, compressed air and vacuum systems shall be standard component products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the production of such systems. The systems provided shall be essentially similar to existing systems which have been in satisfactory service in the vicinity of the project site, for at least 2 years prior to bid opening. The systems shall be supported by a service organization that is, in the opinion of the Engineer, reasonably convenient to the site. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 Section 15410 - Page 4 Plumbing Piping 1.7 PIPING FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning: Provide water and drain connections. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Above ground inside buildings, size 3" and under. 1. Pipe: Copper tube, hard temper, Type L, ASTM B8B. 2. Fittings: Wrought copper, or cast bronze. 3. Solder: Shall be lead free. B. Underground: ASTM B-88 Type K seamless copper tubing, hard temper, cold drawn. Wrap pipe and fittings with 10 mil thick, extruded high density polyethylene tape over primer with 55% overwrap and encase in watertight, 8 mil thick, low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) plastic tube with overwrap per AWWA Standard C105. Wrap and secure joints of plastic tubes per manufacturers' recommendations to prevent any soil contact with piping. Coat all bare metal appurtenances such as bolts, rods, joint harnesses, etc. with two layers of wax tape. Provide clean sand backfill to a depth of 6" in all directions. C. Use approved fittings for connections between dissimilar pipe systems. 2.2 DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE STATION A. Manufacturer: Wilkins Model #600 or equal (no known equal). B. Seal: Renewable, stainless steel. C. Wye Strainer: Bronze. D. Diaphragm: High temperature resistant. 2.3 WATER HAMMER ARRESTER A. Manufacturers: Sioux Chief Model: 652-A through 657-F, Josam, Zurn, C. Smith or equal. B. Type: Piston. C. Compression chamber: Pre-charged seamless copper chamber. D. Material: Copper. E. Standards: PDIWH201. Section 15410 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 - Page 5 Plumbing Piping 2.4 VALVE BOX A. Manufacturers: 1. Design basis: Mueller (no known equal). B. Construction: 1. Body: Structural foam plastic. 2. Collar: Cast iron. 3. Cover: Cast iron with "water" or appropriate word cast in. 2.5 SANITARY SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND DRAIN PIPING A. Pipe and Fittings: 1. Above Ground, Sizes 1-1/2" and Smaller: Schedule 40, ASTM A-53, Grade A or B, galvanized steel pipe with ANSI B16.12 cast iron screwed drainage fittings or service weight, ASTM A-888, cast iron hubless soil pipe and fittings with heavy duty stainless steel no-hub couplings or Type DWV, ASTM B-306, seamless, hard temper, cold drawn copper tubing with ANSI B16.29/B16.23 copper solder sweat drainage fittings. (Exception: DWV copper tube and fittings not to be used on branch lines serving urinals, blood gas analyzers or film processors.) 2. Above Ground, Sizes 2" and Larger: Service weight, ASTM A-888, cast iron hubless soil pipe and fittings with heavy duty stainless steel no-hub couplings or Type DWV, ASTM B-306, seamless, hard temper, cold drawn copper tubing with ANSI B16.29/B16.23 copper solder sweat drainage fittings. (Exception: DWV copper tube and fittings not to be used on branch lines serving urinals, blood gas analyzers or film processors.) 3. Underground: Extra heavy weight, ASTM A-74, cast iron bell and spigot soil pipe and fittings with ASTM C-564 neoprene compression joints. Coat pipe and fittings with hot applied coal tar enamel and encase in water tight 8 mil thick, low-density polyethylene (LLDPE) plastic tube with overwrap per AWWA Standard C105. Wrap and secure joints of plastic tubes per manufacturers' recommendations to prevent any soil contact with piping. Coat all bare metal appurtenances such bolts, rods, joint harnesses, etc., with two layers of wax tape. Provide clean sand backfill to a depth of 6" in all directions. B. Vent Pipe Above Ground: 1. Sizes 1-1/2" and Smaller: Schedule 40, ASTM A-53, Grade A or B, galvanized steel pipe with ANSI B16.12 cast iron screwed drainage fittings or Type DWV, ASTM B-306, seamless, hard temper, cold drawn copper tubing with ANSI B16.29/B16.23 copper solder sweat drainage fittings. 2. Sizes 2" and Larger: Service weight, ASTM A-888, no-hub cast iron soil pipe and fittings with heavy duty stainless steel no-hub couplings or Type DWV, ASTM B-306, seamless, hard temper, cold drawn copper tubing with ANSI B16.29/B16.23 copper solder sweat drainage fittings. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 Section 15410 - Page 6 Plumbing Piping C. Condensate Indirect Drain: Type M, ASTM B-88, seamless hard temper, cold drawn copper tubing with ANSI B16.29 wrought copper solder sweat drainage fittings. D. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Hubless Couplings: Heavy duty, 24 gauge, Type 304 18-8 chromium nickel stainless steel shield and clamp assembly with ASTM C564 neoprene sealing sleeve torqued to a minimum of 100 inch/lbs. Coupling shall be Factory Mutual approved per Standard 1680, Class I as defined in OSHPD Code Application Notice File No. 5-311.9 and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Clamp-All "Hi-Torq 80", Anaco or equal. E. Joining for Copper DWV or Type M Tubing and Fittings: Silvabrite Bridgit, Stay-Safe 50 or equal lead free solder except joints in Type DWV copper tubing above critical areas to be Sil-fos as defined in OSHPD Code Application Notice File No. 5-311.9. F. Soil and vent exposed in finished spaces: DWV copper with DWV fittings. 2.6 HEAVY DUTY NO HUB COUPLINGS A. 1-1/2", 2", 3" and 4": 3" wide 304 stainless steel shield; (4) minimum stainless steel clamps; fixed and "floating" eyelet. B. 5" and over: 4" wide 304 stainless steel shield, with six (6) stainless steel clamps mounted in series. C. Torque to minimum 30 inch pounds per manufacturer's recommendation. D. Husky Series 4000 or equivalent by Clamp-All. 2.7 STORM PIPING A. Underground 1. Match Civil Engineering Specification. B. Aboveground 1. Provide cast iron boot. Adapter from conductor to cast iron boot by conductor supplier. 2.8 SOIL AND VENT PIPING PRODUCTS A. Use approved fittings for connections between dissimilar pipe systems. B. Manufacturers: 1. Design basis: JR Smith. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers: a. Josam b. Wade c. Zurn Section 15410 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 - Page 7 Plumbing Piping C. Cleanout plugs: 1. Material: Cast bronze or brass. 2. Type: Countersunk. 3. Threads: ANSIB2.1. D. Wall cleanout covers: 1. Manufacturer: JosamorZurn. 2. Type: Frameless, round, low profile plate. 3. Material: Stainless steel or chrome plated brass. 4. Attachment: Single exposed flush screw. 5. Finish: a. Non-painted surfaces: Bright polished. b. Surfaces to be Painted: Prime coat. E. Floor cleanouts: 1. Manufacturer: Josam, Zurn, or equal. 2. Body: Standard round Duco cast iron. 3. Attachment: Bronze screws. 4. Sleeve: Full thickness of floor slab. 5. Top: a. Where floor covering has rectangular pattern: Square. b. Other areas: Round. 6. Cover: a. For vinyl tile and similar floor coverings: Recessed to receive inset of floor material. b. For carpeted floor covering provide carpet cleanout marker. c. Other areas: Nickel bronze scoriated finish. F. Exterior cleanouts to grade: 1. Manufacturer: J.R. Smith or Zurn. 2. Material: Duco cast iron. 3. Ferrule: Caulk type. 4. Plug: Cast bronze countersunk type. G. Vandal-proof caps: 1. Model: 1741. 2. Material: Duco cast iron. 3. Attachment: Recessed alien set screw. 2.9 DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEMS A. Potable Water: 1. Sequence of Work: The lines and fixture shall be flushed thoroughly prior to chlorination to remove dirt, etc. Screens on faucets to be removed during injection and replaced after completion of disinfection. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 Section 15410 - Page 8 Plumbing Piping 2. Required: The entire system shall be flushed and sterilized in accordance with AWWA Publication TD2-1947. The system shall not be put into operation until test of water samples has been approved. 3. All portable systems shall be sterilized including: a. Domestic hot water piping and heaters. b. Cold water piping. B. General: Disinfect all water systems per AWWA Standard C651-92 and the following. C. Qualification, Performance Requirement, Supervision and Testing: Work performed and certified by an independent contractor, selected by this Contractor and approved by the Owner's representative. Work will not be acceptable if performed by the installing contractor of the plumbing and piping system or any subcontractor of the installing contractor. Perform disinfection under supervision of the Owner's representative. Give two days notice. Disinfection shall be subject to written approval upon receipt of satisfactory laboratory test results. D. Certification: Submit four certificates stating (1) system capacity, (2) disinfectant used, (3) time and rate applied, and (4) resultant residuals in parts per million at completion of work. E. Disinfecting Agent: Use chlorine solution of type approved for water system disinfection. F. Preparation: 1. Service Cock: Provide service cock or valve within 3' of supply main for introducing disinfecting agent into lines. 2. Flushing: Leave each fixture or outlet wide open after final pressure tests until flow shows only clear water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Testing: Test in accordance with the applicable Plumbing Code. B. Connections to equipment furnished under other sections: 1. Make final connections to all equipment shown on drawings as connected to supply and/or drain piping. 2. Furnish all devices necessary for final connection, including: a. Tail pieces. b. Stops. c. Supplies. d. Traps. Section 15410 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 - Page 9 Plumbing Piping C. Corrosion protection: 1. Provide isolation between concrete or mortar and any copper pipe. 2. All below grade piping shall be adequately protected from corrosion. D. Comply with Section 15140, PIPE SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS for pipe support requirements. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND PRODUCTS A. Install all horizontal water piping level and parallel to building construction (except piping noted to be drained down slope toward drain at 1" in 40 feet). Make any changes in direction with fittings, don't kink or bend. All vertical piping to be plumb. Provide dielectric isolation between uninsulated pipe and hangers. Provide plastic grommets when going through metal studs. Tape is not acceptable for dielectric isolation. B. Backflow preventer: 1. Provide backflow preventer requirements as follows: a. Reduced pressure at cooling towers, and make-up for hydronic systems. b. Vacuum breaker at all hose bibbs. c. Reduced pressure at water entry to the building. d. Double check on irrigation systems. e. Stainless steel reduced pressure on water lines to carbonated beverage dispensers. f. Reduced pressure at industrial cold water. C. Water hammer arresters: Install arresters as required per PDI Stds WH-201. At minimum any branch line connected to a flush valve shall have one arrester. Size and locate as per PDI Std. WH-201. Provide access panel at each location. D. Disinfection: 1. After installation of all fixtures served, fill all domestic water lines with a chlorine-water solution of 50 parts per million minimum. 2. Hold solution in pipe for at least 24 hours. 3. Open and close all valves 3 times during chlorination. 4. Waste chlorine solution from each outlet. 5. Measure solution at end. If not 10 ppm, repeat. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SOIL AND VENT PIPING A. Couplings: 1. Provide heavy duty couplings on the following: a. All no hub piping. 2. Provide standard duty couplings on the following: Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 Section 15410 - Page 10 Plumbing Piping a. Vent piping. 3. Coordinate vent terminations with HVAC Contractor to maintain clearance around equipment and a minimum of 15' clearance from outside air intakes. 4. Extend vent piping to elevation of adjacent roof well or screen wall top. B. Gaskets: Install gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the use of lubricants, cements, and other special installation requirements. C. Joint adapters: Make joints between cast iron pipe and other types of pipe with standard manufactured cast iron adapters and fittings. D. Cleaning piping: 1. Clear the interior of pipe of dirt and other superfluous material as the work progresses. 2. Place plugs in the end of uncompleted pipe at the end of the day or whenever work stops. E. Test plugs: 1. Provide test plugs in floor drains and roof drains at the time of installation. 2. Leave test plugs in place for the duration of construction until sewer or drainage system is complete. F. Vent flashing: 1. Provide 4 Ib. sheet lead (24" x 24" minimum). 2. Extend lead 5" above the vent and turned down into vent pipe. 3. Refer to Section 7600 for single ply roof system components. G. Vent location: Do not install vents within 2 ft. of roof edge, parapet, wall line, or an "on-the-roof structure". 3.4 TESTING A. Procedure: 1. Check all systems and assure compliance with the Drawings and specifications. Check pressure and temperature rating of all valves to assure compliance with design standard. 2. Check all safety valves for pressure settings. In the event adjustments and corrections are required to assure conformance with Drawings, they shall be made prior to proceeding with the testing activity. Do not exceed pressure ratings of installed equipment. 3. Test gages shall be installed and test medium source connections shall be made to convenient process connections. After completion of testing, the gages and source connection shall be removed and the specified process attachments replaced as shown on Drawings. Section 15410 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410-Page 11 Plumbing Piping 4. Prior to testing operation, all valves shall be opened and all pipelines shall be blown out to remove all foreign matter. Lines may be purged out by progressively opening and closing valves. 5. Test pressures shall be maintained until joints have been examined for leakage by means of leak test solution or other non-frothing solutions approved for this purpose. 6. Test all piping as noted below until there are no leaks or loss in pressure. Repair or replace defective piping until tests are approved at Contractor's expense. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Plumbing Piping Systems Leak Tests: 1. Potable Water Piping: a. General: After completion of the Work, but before final acceptance is made, Contractor shall run a test over a four-hour period of time to prove that the capacity and performance of all apparatus fittings and the system as a whole meets the requirements of the Specifications. b. Pressure Tests: Make pressure tests in the presence of the Owner's Representative. 1) Below-Grade Potable Water Service: After the pipe is laid, the joints completed, and the trench partially backfilled, leaving the joints exposed for examination, the newly laid piping or any valved section of piping shall, unless otherwise specified, be subjected for four (4) hours to a pressure of 200 psig pressure at the points of reading. All exposed pipe, joints, fittings, and valves shall be examined during the open trench test. Use a Bristol recording device, data disc to be given to Owner's Representative after successful completion of test. Joints showing visible leakage shall be made tight. Defective pipe, fittings, or valves that fail the pressure test, shall be retested at no additional cost to the Owner until the test results are approved by the Owner's Representative. 2) Cold and hot water services within the building shall be tested at 120 psi for a period of 4 hours. Any joints showing visible leakage shall be cut out and remade; peening of joints shall not be permitted. Sections of pipework containing remade joints shall be retested. Tests shall be carried out using Bristol recording device. Data disc shall be given to the Owner's Representative after successful completion of test. 2. Sanitary Drainage Piping: a. Make pressure tests in the presence of the Owner's Representative. b. All waste drainage piping, including branch bends and ferrule joints, shall be tested by closing all openings before any fixtures are set and filling the entire system with water, or by air pressure tests as specified below and approved by the Owner's Representative. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 Section 15410 - Page 12 Plumbing Piping c. All underground piping shall be tested hydraulically at a minimum static head of 10 feet. Leakage at any point in the system shall be cause for rejection. d. All aboveground piping shall be tested hydraulically by closing all openings in the piping system, except the highest opening above the roof, and by filling the system to the point of overflowing. In no case shall the pressure exerted on the system be less than 10 feet of head. Leakage at any joint shall be cause for rejection. If the leaking joint can be adjusted to stop leakage, the Owner's Representative, pending his approval of the type of adjustment, may accept the joint. If not accepted by the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall replace as approved at no additional cost to the Owner. e. When it is impractical to test hydraulically, air test may be substituted for hydraulic testing. Air shall be forced into the closed system at a uniform pressure to balance a column of mercury 10 inches in height or a pressure of 5 pounds per square inch. f. Under any of the previously described tests, the air or water pressure shall remain constant, after stabilization, for not less than fifteen (15) minutes without any further addition of air or water. B. Disinfection of Domestic Hot/Cold Water Systems: 1. General: All newly installed water systems and lines shall be disinfected by a Contractor-furnished commercial water line chlorinator. The commercial chlorinator shall also take water samples for bacteriological analysis. These samples shall be submitted to a California state licensed testing laboratory by the chlorinator. 2. Incurred Costs: All expenses that may result from the disinfection and testing of water systems and lines, and the taking and analysis of water samples shall be borne by Contractor. 3. Advance Notice: Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative in writing, at least 72 hours in advance of all disinfection and testing procedures. All disinfection and testing procedures shall occur in the presence of an EH&S representative. Notification shall include location, number of chlorinations and tests, day and time. 4. Labor and Materials: Contractor's chlorinator shall furnish labor, equipment, materials and transportation needed to correctly disinfect and test domestic and laboratory hot/cold water systems and fire lines and to take water samples for bacteriological analysis. This includes all items needed to facilitate the introduction of the disinfecting agent into the water systems/lines such as service cocks and valves. 5. Disinfecting Agents: Chlorine is approved for water system disinfection and may be used in gaseous or liquid form. Other types of disinfecting agents may be used only with the prior approval of the Owner's Representative. 6. Disinfecting Procedure: The disinfection of water systems and lines shall be in accordance with the requirements of Title 22, California Code of Section 15410 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 - Page 13 Plumbing Piping Regulations (CCR) and the American Water Works Association (AWWA) standards. The Disinfecting Procedure Shall Include the Following: a. Post signs on all water outlets of the system being disinfected reading "Water System Being Chlorinated - Do Not Drink" or a similar warning. b. With system full of water and under "main" pressure, open all faucets to permit simultaneous trickle flow. c. Introduce the disinfectant into the system until a test of the water at each outlet shows a free chlorine residual concentration of: 1) 25 Parts per Million (ppm): This chlorine concentration shall be held in the pipes for a 24 hour period. 2) 100 ppm: This chlorine concentration shall be held in the pipes for a 3 hour period. d. The test made of the water after the retention time shall indicate a chlorine residual concentration of not less than half of the original concentration. Repeat the disinfection procedure until this standard is attained. e. After satisfactory completion of the above test, flush out system until diethyl-p-phenylenediamine (DPD) tests at the water outlets reveal that the free chlorine residual is less than 0.5 ppm or equal to the flushing water chlorine residual. 7. Water Samples for Bacteriological Analysis: a. Water samples for bacteriological analysis, shall be collected by Contractor's chlorinator in sample bottles prepared as required by Title 22, CCR and AWWA standards. Samples shall be taken from a representative number of water outlets so as to ensure an accurate sampling of the water system/line. Water samples shall be taken in the presence of an EH&S representative (The Owner may also collect a sample). b. The water samples shall be delivered by Contractor's chlorinator in a timely manner to a California state approved water analysis laboratory. The samples must test negative for coliform organisms and less than 500 for a Standard Plate Count (HPLC). c. If the results are positive, the above steps 6(a) through 6(f) shall be repeated. Two consecutive negative tests must be obtained prior to using the water system. 8. Final Results: Submit a copy of the laboratory analysis to Owner's Representative and EH&S. If the analysis results do not meet the standards specified, the disinfecting procedure shall be repeated until the specified standards are met, at no additional cost to the Owner. The complete procedure may take up to 4 days if negative results are obtained. This procedure will be longer if the results are positive. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15410 Section 15410 - Page 14 Plumbing Piping 3.6 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Potable Water Piping: After piping is erected, flush all piping before sterilizing the potable water system. END OF SECTION Section 15410 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 15450 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Provide all plumbing equipment as shown on the Drawings, as specified, and as necessary for a complete system. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Refer to Section 01330, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES, for procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Electric Water Heater (EWH-1) 1. Description: Wall mounted, instantaneous, self-contained modular element assembly, flow actuated, built-in fail safe temperature control, glass reinforced "Noryl" heater body, Ni chrome element, replaceable cartridge insert, replaceable filter, flow control, UL listed. Heater shall be capable of functioning at 0.5 gpm to match lavatory aerator flowrate. 2. Manufacturer: Chronomite Laboratories, Inc., Eemax, Inc., Instant-Flow or equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Provide valves at each piece of equipment to provide isolation of the equipment from its connected system. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15450 SECTION 15785 SPLIT HEAT PUMP SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide split system heat pump outdoor section and indoor section, complete, as shown and specified per Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Refrigerant piping to the corresponding indoor unit. 2. Control wiring between indoor and outdoor unit. 3. Control. 4. Accessories. B. Other Applicable Sections: 1. Applicable portions of Division 1 and Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS and Section 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 STANDARDS A. Materials, equipment and installation shall comply with all applicable building laws and with published standards of: 1. ASHRAE 2. AMCA 3. ARI 4. U.L 5. SMACNA 1.3 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Procedure: Refer to Division 1. B. In addition to the requirements of Division 1 and of Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS, the submittal material shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Descriptive Data: a. Performance data. b. Published sound power levels based on actual test data. c. Finishes. d. Piping arrangement. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15785 Section 15785 - Page 2 Split Heat Pump System 2. Shop Drawings: a. Installation details. b. Wiring diagrams. PART 2 - PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Manufacturers shall be responsible for examining application of each type of unit to assure that each will operate properly in the intended application. B. Indoor and outdoor sections shall be of the same manufacturer. C. Performance shall be as scheduled. 2.2 ARI LISTING A. Combination of indoor and outdoor units shall be tested. "Approved Standard Ratings" shall be in accordance with Industry Standard 441-66. 2.3 BASIC UNIT A. Outdoor Unit: 1. The unit shall be designed and tested for use with R-410A (Puron) and shall be equipped with refrigerant line fittings which permit mechanical and sweat connection. 2. The total heating and cooling capacity shall not be less than specified for indoor unit. 3. Unit shall contain semi-hermetic compressor with crank case heater, automatically reversing oil pump, internal and external motor protection. Outdoor fan shall be propeller type direct drive with vertical discharge. B. Indoor Unit: Indoor unit shall be horizontal type and shall contain indoor evaporator coil refrigerant metering device, fan relay and drain pan. Fan shall be centrifugal type, belt driven and shall deliver air quantity at external static pressure as indicated on the schedule. C. Control and protection devices shall include high pressure thermostat, loss of charge pressure thermostat, crank case heater, suction line accumulator and pressure relief device. Motor compressor shall have both thermal and current sensitive overload devices. The indoor unit shall provide short cycle protection or safety lockout compressor protection. D. System shall include thermostat, outdoor thermostat, head pressure control, heat pump piping package, suspension package, indoor coil defrost, subbase, fan and drives, outdoor fan cycling thermostat. Section 15785 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15785 - Page 3 Split Heat Pump System PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Locate units as indicated on the Drawings. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying with the Owner's Representative if suitability is doubted and to notify the Owner's Representative before installation of any apparent improper installation. 3.2 TESTING AND START-UP A. Supervision of testing, charging and start-up shall be by a factory-trained representative of the manufacturer. 3.3 MOUNTING AND BRACING A. Outdoor unit shall be anchored to concrete or "Duragrid" housekeeping pad. B. Indoor unit shall be floor mounted. 3.4 PIPING A. Refrigerant Piping: Conform to Section 15060, REFRIGERANT PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15785 SECTION 15870 FANS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide fans with AMCA performance certification and label. B. Fan coatings and maximum operating temperature rating as scheduled on drawings or state herein and also consistant with manufacturer recommendation for the intended environment and operating duty. 1.2 MOTORS A. Do not increase or decrease motor horsepower from that specified without written approval from Architect/Engineer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 and Section 15010, basic mechanical requirements. B. Submit manufacturer's product data including: 1. Performance 2. Size 3. Type 4. Options provided 5. Fan curves 6. Supports and mounting PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CEILING EXHAUSTER A. Description: Dynamically balanced aluminum centrifugal impeller, rubber isolation, molded plastic grille. Bear UL and AMCA labels. Low profile and low sound. Integral backdraft damper. B. Manufacturer: Broan, Cook, Greenheck or Acme. C. Access: Access components through grille opening. Motor disconnect shall be internal and of the plug in type. D. Grille: Designer grille of white high impact polystyrene. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15870 Section 15870 - Page 2 Fans E. Accessories: Pitched roof cap, speed controller, hanging vibration isolator, bird- screen, flashing flange, backdraft damper. 2.2 GRAVITY VENTILATOR A. Description: Unit shall be a spun aluminum, roof mounted gravity ventilator. B. Manufacturer: Greenheck, Cook, or Acme. C. Construction: The unit shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. The spun aluminum structural components shall be constructed minimum 16 gauge marine alloy aluminum, bolted to a rigid aluminum support structure. The aluminum base shall have continuously welded curb cap corners for maximum leak protection. The spun aluminum baffle shall have a rolled bead for added strength. Birdscreen constructed of 1/>" mesh shall be mounted across the air opening. Unit shall bear an engraved aluminum nameplate and shall be shipped in ISTA certified transit tested packaging. D. Accessories: Motorized damper to interlock with air handling unit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Insure that fans are properly supported on vibration isolators. B. Insure that flexible duct connections are properly made. C. Check fan for improper balance. Have fan re-balanced if necessary. D. Check for proper rotation. E. Check for unusual noise or vibration and correct as necessary. 3.2 ACCESS A. Provide for proper access to all parts of fan needing inspection or service with access doors in ductwork. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install units level and plumb. B. Provide necessary auxiliary supporting steel. C. Mount motor and drives so belts run true. Section 15870 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15870 - Page 3 Fans D. Provide necessary lubrication. E. Provide flexible duct connections on inlet (except fan serving grease exhaust). 3.4 CURBS A. Provide necessary dimensions and details so roof opening can be provided at the proper time. B. Coordinate delivery of curb with roofing contractor so project is not delayed. C. Provide a weatherproof installation: 1. Seal all joints including, but not limited to: a. Unit and curb. b. Unit and ducts. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15870 SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 STANDARDS A. Comply with SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association) recommendations for fabrication, construction and details, and installation procedures, except as otherwise indicated. B. Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), except as otherwise indicated. C. Comply with the National Standards Manual of the American Air Balance Council (AABC) for testing of duct systems. D. Use of proprietary manufacturers' tables for selection of duct gauges is not acceptable (e.g. "Ductmate", TDC'). 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 and Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for: 1. Transition elbows. 2. Seal and reinforcing schedule for all ductwork fabrication types. 3. Turning vane and turning vane installation. 4. Ductwork layouts and fabrication drawings. 5. Detailed drawings of fume hood exhaust plenums including fan connections, supports and bracings. 6. Standards. 7. Hangers and Supports. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data on the following: 1. Duct lining. 2. Duct lining adhesive. 3. Sealants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. Ducts shall be constructed with G-90 or better galvanized steel (ASTM A 653) LFQ, chemical treat, unless otherwise noted. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15890 Section 15890 - Page 2 Ductwork 2.2 RECTANGULAR DUCT A. Construct rectangular ductwork to meet criteria defined in the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" 1995 Edition and latest CMC (where SMACNA and CMC requirements differ, 1995 SMACNA DCS requirements shall govern). All ductwork must comply with all local, state and federal code requirements. B. Where the standards allow the option of external reinforcing or internal tie rods, only the external reinforcing options shall be used. C. Pittsburgh lock shall be used on all longitudinal seams. All longitudinal seams will be sealed with mastic sealant. Snaplock is not acceptable. D. Ductmate, TDC or similar proprietary duct connection systems will not be accepted, except as a method of joinery. E. Fittings shall be constructed and reinforced as ductwork according to the longest span. F. Where space constraints do not permit installation of a long radius elbow, a short vaned radius elbow may be used. Short vane radius elbows shall comply with the latest SMACNA Standards for radius, number of splitter vanes, etc. 2.3 ROUND DUCT A. Round duct shall be galvanized steel, constructed in accordance with SMACNA "Duct Construction Standards (DCS), Metal and Flexible" and the latest CMC (where SMACNA and CMC requirements differ, 1995 SMACNA DCS requirements shall govern), except as noted. B. Minimum duct gauge shall be 24 gauge. C. All round ducts shall be spiral lock seam. Longitudinal seam duct is not acceptable. D. Round ductwork shall be spiral seam construction only. Gauges and fittings shall be in accordance with SMACNA Duct Construction Standards and the latest CMC (where SMACNA and CMC requirements differ, 1995 SMACNA DCS requirements shall govern), except as noted. 1. Joints 0"-20" diameter, interior slip coupling beaded at center, fastened to duct with screws and sealing compound applied continuously around joint before assembling and after fastening. 2. Joints 21 "-72" diameter, use 3 piece, gasketed, flanged joints consisting of 2 internal flanges (with integral mastic sealant) split to accommodate minor differences in duct diameter, and one external closure band designed to compress gasketing between internal flanges. Example: Ductmate Spiralmate or equal. Section 15890 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15890 - Page 3 Ductwork E. Fittings shall be continuously welded, standing seam, or spot welded and sealed. Metal thickness and reinforcing shall be equivalent to the requirements of largest span. 1. All elbows greater than 45" shall be the radius type, R=1.5 times duct diameter. 2. Elbows less than 12" shall be of die stamped construction. Elbows 12" or greater shall be 5-gore construction. 3. Diverging and converging flow fittings shall be constructed with no excess material projecting from the body into the branch tap entrance. All such fittings shall be 45° "shoe" entrance, wye plus elbow, or 45° lateral branch. Special fittings such as heel tapped elbows and bullhead tees may be used only where shown on drawings. Straight saddle taps shall not be used. 2.4 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK (2" W.C.CLASS CONSTRUCTION) A. Applicable to supply ductwork downstream of air terminal units, general and toilet exhaust systems, return air ductwork, outside air intake ductwork, and ductwork for fan-coil systems (except fan-coil unit system containing HEPA filters located in duct distribution system). B. Gauges, Reinforcement, Joints, Seams, Sealing, Fitting, Support and Other Details: Construct ducts per SMACNA DCS based on the total static pressure plus 1" of the corresponding fan (except supply air fan in air handling unit with system having air terminal units), as scheduled on the drawing. C. Sealing: In accordance with SMACNA DCS, Table 1.2. D. Ductwork used for transfer air purposes only can be constructed at 1" pressure class. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS A. General: Provide miscellaneous materials and products of the types and sizes indicated, and where not otherwise indicated, provide type and size required to comply with ductwork system requirements including proper connection of ductwork and equipment. B. Turning vanes shall be Harper double wall turning vanes fabricated from the same material (minimum 24 gauge) as the duct. Tab spacing shall be 2-1/8" o.c. Rail systems with non-standard tab spacings shall not be accepted. All tabs shall be used, do not skip tabs. Mounting rails shall have friction insert tabs which align the vanes automatically. Vanes shall be subjected to tensile loading and be capable of supporting 250 Ibs. C. Ductwork support materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15890 Section 15890 - Page 4 Ductwork D. Duct Sealant: 1. Manufacturers: a. Design basis: Design Polymerics Model DP1010 and DP 1020. b. Other acceptable manufacturers: United McGill (water based), Hardcast Model Irongrip 601, or Precision Model PA 3084. 2. Description: Non-hardening mastic elastic sealant. Sealant shall be UL 181 Listed. 3. Fire rating: Class I rating with flame spread/smoke development of less than 25/50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E-84 (UL 723, NFPA 90A and 90B). E. Duct tape sealing system: 1. Duct tape shall be of fabric reinforced type. UL 181B-FX. Use of plastic duct tape is prohibited. 2. Manufacturers: NASHUA 558CA or equal. 3. California Energy Commission approved. 4. Use of plastic duct tape is prohibited. F. Fiberglass ductboard is not accepted. 2.6 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT (STANDARD DUTY) A. Application: This product is to be used whenever making a flexible connection to supply air diffusers/registers and return air grilles, or as indicated on drawings. B. Description: Factory preinsulated, encapsulated spring steel helix and impervious, smooth, nonperforated interior vinyl liner, and an exterior reinforced laminated vapor barrier. Air friction drop not greater than 0.15" water gauge per 100'. C. Manufacturers: Casco CalFlex II, J.P. Lamborn (Genflex), or Thermaflex. D. Fittings: Provide conical or tapered duct connection at all round duct takeoffs from rectangular sheet metal duct. Straight tap connections not acceptable. Flexible duct sections with integral manual damper not acceptable, provide separate volume damper per Section 15910, DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES. E. Duct: Operating pressure of 6" positive and 1" negative water gauge, temperature range shall be 0 to 200°F. Underwriters' Laboratories listed and meet the requirements of NFPA 90A with flame spread of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or under. F. Insulation: 1-1/2" thick fiberglass with density of % pound per cubic foot, minimum R Value of 6.3. Section 15890 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15890 - Page 5 Ductwork G. Use of integral, factory volume damper accessory not acceptable. 2.7 AUXILLIARY STEEL A. General: Provide auxiliary structural steel members for supports, seismic restraints and vibration isolators for ducts and equipment. B. All structural steel systems to be designed in accordance with AISC Steel Handbook. C. All systems to be secured to building structure or footings in a method acceptable to and approved by the Project Structural Engineer. D. Steel Work: Fabricate neatly. Grind off excess burrs and welding spatter. Paint with rust inhibitive primer. Apply finish topcoat where exposed to weather. E. Coordinate requirements for steel supports in shafts and elsewhere such that other trades may utilize the same support system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK A. General: 1. Construct rectangular ductwork to meet all functional criteria defined in Section VII, of the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" 1995 Edition. This shall be subsequently referred to as the SMACNA Manual. All ductwork must comply with all local, state and federal code requirements. 2. See air handling unit and fan schedules for static pressure requirements. 3. Use 1.5 radius elbows where possible. Use square elbows with turning vanes otherwise. 4. Fabricate transition elbows turning vanes at correct angle so entering and leaving edges are parallel or tangent to air flow. 5. All branch duct take-offs shall use 45° laterals or 45° "pants-leg" type fittings/ 6. Verify all dimensions at the site, making all field measurements and shop drawings necessary for fabrication and erection of sheet metal work. Dimensions of duct shown on design drawings are net free areas. Make allowances for beams. Pipes or other obstructions in building construction and for work of other contractors. Check plans showing work of other trades and consult with architect in the event of any interference. 7. Fabricate ductwork in workmanlike manner with airtight joints, presenting smooth surfaces on inside, neatly finished on outside, construct with curves, bends, turning vanes to aid in easy flow of air. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15890 Section 15890 - Page 6 Ductwork 8. Construct, brace and support ducts and air plenum to prevent sagging and to minimize vibration when fans are operating. 9. Maintain rectangular cross section of ductwork unless otherwise shown. 10. Provide duct access doors for all fire dampers, control devices, smoke detectors and combination fire/smoke dampers. 11. Use of "spin-ins" not permitted. 12. Flexible duct not permitted in areas with exposed construction. 13. Use of plastic duct tape is prohibited. 14. All duct joints in designated exposed areas on the drawings to be clean and smooth and prepared for painting by others. 15. Reapply protective coating to galvanized ductwork and accessories which have been welded. Use of product such as "Coldgalv" is acceptable. 16. For ductwork serving areas of high humidity (showers, steam rooms, etc.) slope ductwork !4" per foot toward air inlet or outlet and install duct seam at top or side of the rectangular duct. 17. Use of screws in ductwork serving laundry vents is prohibited. 18. Cleanouts shall be provided in grease exhaust ducts at all low points, at each change of direction at 10' on centers in horizontal runs. Doors in ducts shall be hinged. 19. Drains shall be provided at low point of dishwasher exhaust riser, piped to an approved receptor. 20. The size of ductwork indicated on the drawings shall be net inside dimensions. B. Construction of rectangular galvanized steel ductwork: 1. Low pressure ductwork: Refer to 2001 CMC Chapter 6 and SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standard", 1995 Edition (DCS). Where CMC and SMACNA requirements differ, 1995 SMACNA DCS requirements shall govern. 2. Fittings and branch connections: Use 45° entry for rectangular and conical or bell mouth for round branch connections. Straight tap, flanged or spin-in fittings are not acceptable. Refer to SMACNA DCS, Figure 2-6. Transition fittings changing from rectangular to round made with transformation joint with minimum of 1 to 7 taper. Gauges to be 1 gauge heavier than connecting ductwork. C. Construction of round ductwork: 1. Material: Spiral galvanized steel as manufactured by United Sheet Metal or equivalent by Omni Duct, Oreco, Clas Glas, Plenums Plus. 2. Construction: Refer to CBC Chapter 6 and 1995 SMACNA DCS. Where CMC and SMACNA requirements differ, 1995 SMACNA DCS requirements shall govern. 3. Fittings and connections for spiral ducts: a. Use factory fabricated fittings as shown on drawings with radius of elbows and angle minimum of 1-1/2 times diameter of duct. Tee fittings of conical type or 45° lateral fitting. Refer to SMACNA DCS, Figures 3-4 and 3-5. Section 15890 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15890 - Page 7 Ductwork b. Joints between two ducts made with beaded sleeve joint with duct sealer applied to male end, mechanically fastened with sheet metal screws or pop rivets. Over joint and screw or rivet heads, apply coating of duct sealer. c. Duct and fitting joined by slipping the projecting collar of the fittings into the pipe. Insertion length minimum of 2". Apply duct sealer and mechanically fasten per paragraph above. d. Adjustable elbows permitted only in pressure class of 2" w.g. and less. Elbows to be 4 gore type with continuous duct sealant at each gore joint. Short radius acceptable for low pressure system. e. Fittings to be 1 gauge heavier than connecting ductwork. f. Elbows in medium pressure systems shall be stamped or adjustable with each zone continuously included. D. Bracing: Refer to 1995 SMACNA DCS, applicable tables and figures. Provide tie rod or angle at the ends where reinforcement requires on two sides for the medium pressure duct. E. Duct Supports: 1. Support horizontal ducts with trapeze type hanger with all-thread rod for exposed areas; concealed areas can utilize strap type hangers of schedule size and spacing per SMACNA DCS, Tables 4-1 and 4-2 but not more than 10' apart. Install hangers at each change in direction of duct. 2. Extend strap hangers down both sides of ducts, turn under bottom 2" minimum. Metal screw hangers to bottom of duct and to upper and lower sides of ducts at not more than 12" on center. 3. Provide angle hangers formed by extending vertical bracing and angles or by rods connecting to bottom angles if size of bracing angles conforms to hanger schedule. 4. Support vertical ducts at every floor with angles or channels riveted to ducts. Rest angles or channels on floor slab or structural steel members placed in opening, otherwise noted. 5. Construct hangers of galvanized steel. 6. Provide hangers for duct as recommended by SMACNA. 7. Power driven anchor not permitted unless approved by Project Structural Engineer and Architect. 8. Provide field applied primer finish to supports exposed to weather. 9. Provide duct sealant at all duct wall penetrations using product appropriate to duct pressure class. F. Manual Balancing Dampers: 1. Provide manual balancing dampers (not all dampers are shown on drawings) where required to facilitate air distribution and balance. Reference AABC "National Standards for Total System Balance, 2002 Edition", Figure 6.1 as guideline. 2. After final adjustment of system, lock quadrants and mark clearly showing damper position. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15890 Section 15890 - Page 8 Ductwork 3. Provide fluorescent colored plastic tape at dampers to facilitate identification by air balancer. G. Tapers: 1. Pitch sides of duct in a "diverging" airflow maximum of 20°. 2. Pitch sides of duct in a "converging" airflow maximum of 30°. H. Design elbows for minimum friction with inside radius not less than width of duct. Use square elbows with hollow double radius type duct turns where radius is less than duct width. For duct 18" and wider, use minimum 24 gauge vanes at 3-1/4" o.c. attach duct turns to duct securely with spot weld, screws, or rivets. Friction type attachment not acceptable. Tack welding of each turning vane to track required where elbows are within 20 feet of fan inlet or discharge. I. Test holes: Drill instrument test holes into ductwork for Pitot tube tests. Install hole covers attached to ductwork by sheet metal screws. Locate test holes at intake, return and discharge from each air handling unit. Ventlok No. 699. J. Flashing ducts through roof: Provide factory fabricated curb with rain collar soldered to duct for each duct penetrating through roof unless otherwise detailed on the drawings. 3.2 PROTECTION OF DUCTWORK A. Protection: 1. Store duct a minimum of 4" above ground or floor to avoid damage from weather or spills. 2. Cover all stored ducts to protect from moisture or debris. 3. Cover all ends of installed ductwork at the end of each workday or when dust and debris producing construction (such as fire proofing, drywall, sanding, or core drilling) is occurring. B. Ductwork contaminated or damaged above "shop" or "mill" conditions shall be cleaned, repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. 1. Ductliner pre-installed in stored duct which has become wet may be installed if first allowed to completely dry out. 2. Ductliner in installed ductwork which has become wet must be completely removed and replaced. 3. Torn ductliner may be repaired by coating with adhesive if damage is minor and isolated. Extensively damaged liner shall be replaced back to a straight cut joint. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean ductwork internally, of dust or debris, at the factory with all duct ends to be capped prior to shipping. The end caps shall stay intact until the section is Section 15890 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15890 - Page 9 Ductwork ready for installation. Owner's Representative shall routinely inspect installed duct section for cleanliness and compliance of this section, B. Clean external surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosion of metal, damage to insulation, or deterioration of paint. C. After duct systems have been installed, blow out all dirt, debris, and foreign matter from ductwork by using the system air handling unit or fan. During this blowout period, the air handling unit shall be placed under full economizer cycle with the return air exhausted 100%. Clean all diffusers, register, and grilles after the blowout period. D. Provide letter to state that all duct systems (interior and exterior) have been cleaned. E. The Owner's Representative shall inspect the cleanliness of all diffusers, register, and grilles, and interior and exterior (select several locations at each floor) of ductwork. For any devices and/or locations found unacceptable, the contractor shall provide additional cleaning at the failed devices and/or locations at no extra cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15890 SECTION 15910 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 STANDARDS A. Provide and install ductwork accessories complete for the air distribution system, as indicated on the drawings and as specified. B. Comply with SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association) recommendations for fabrication, construction and details, and installation procedures, except as otherwise indicated. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 and Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Submit manufacturer's product data on the following: 1. Manual volume dampers. 2. Automatic control dampers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Manual volume damper shall be provided at each branch duct for (1) supply air duct systems, (2) return air duct systems and (3) exhaust air duct systems, and where required for final air balance. At a minimum, provide damper at locations as shown in AABC "National Standards for Total System Balance", 2002 Edition Figure 6.1. B. Use 3/8" continuous square rod and 18 gauge galvanized stiffened blade for damper blade sizes (1) 18" wide by 18" high and smaller or (2) 12" diameter and smaller. C. Use 1/2" continuous square rod and 16 gauge galvanized stiffened blade for damper blade sizes 19" to 48" wide by 10" high. Maximum blade size shall be 48" by 10" high. Maximum diameter shall be 16". D. Maximum of Two Blades without a Frame: Over two blades, use a manufactured 16 gauge galvanized, stiffened, opposed blade damper in a 14 gauge galvanized steel frame. All hardware shall be galvanized except use brass trunions and bronze oilite bearing; Pacific Air Products Series 200; Pottorff series 400, or equal. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15910 Section 15910 - Page 2 Ductwork Accessories E. Quadrant shall be Durodyne Model 3/8" K-4/1/2" K-5 Quadline, Ventlock model 555 Ventline, or equal. F. Provide closed end bearing, Durodyne SB-338 (3/8")/SB-312 (1/2"), Ventlock Model 609, or equal. G. Cut slot in end of damper rod (Quadrant End) to indicate blade position. H. Provide galvanized sheet metal "hat section" on ducts with exterior insulation so that quadrant will be exposed. I. Each square rod shall be installed vertical or horizontal so that quadrant will be accessible for adjusting. J. Provide arm extension and remote damper controller where dampers are not readily accessible or located above in inaccessible ceilings. 2.2 AUTOMATIC CONTROL DAMPERS A. General: Automatic control dampers shall be standard products of a damper manufacturer. Damper design for 6000 fpm maximum system velocity and 6" wg maximum system pressure. Leakage shall not exceed 6 cfm per square foot at 5" of static pressure, tested in accordance with AMCA Standard 500, Figure 5.5. B. Basic Damper with seals of synthetic elastomer, compressible metal or combinations of both. 1. Application: Branch ducts for systems of less than 2" S.P. 2. Leakage: 17 cfm/s.f. maximum at 1" w.g. 3. Manufacturer: Ruskin CD 35. C. Low Leakage Damper: 1. Application:Systems of 2" to 4" S.P. 2. Leakage: 7 cfm/s.f. maximum at 1" w.g. 3. Manufacturer: Ruskin CD 36. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A. Install all dampers, including those furnished by Section 15950, BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEMS Contractor. 1. Caulk damper frames to ductwork. 2. Make sure dampers are free to operate properly. 3. Install parallel blade mixing dampers to two streams impinge on each other to facilitate mixing. Section 15910 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15910 - Page 3 Ductwork Accessories B. Provide protective sheet metal cover at top and 6" down each side of flexible duct connectors exposed to weather. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15910 SECTION 15935 AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide air inlet and outlet devices, complete, as shown, specified or required per Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Registers. 2. Grilles. B. Other Applicable Sections: Applicable portions of Division 1 and Sections 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS and 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, apply to the work of this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 and Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Submit catalog data including throw, sound, pressure drop and physical dimensions. 1.3 STANDARDS A. Provide products tested in accordance with ASHRAE 70-1991. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Description: Provide diffusers, registers, and grilles to match the performance and size requirements as scheduled on the Drawings. Provide required airflow, throw and spread without excessive drafts or noise in air conditioned and ventilated areas. Provide all accessories required to effect these conditions. Replace diffusers, registers, grilles or dampers causing excessive drafts or noise. Performance ratings certified per ADC. B. Construction: Aluminum or steel construction with white, baked enamel finish unless otherwise indicated. Submit finish color to the Owner's Representative for review and approval. C. Coordination: Coordinate air inlet and outlet devices finish color with the project architect, and frame and border style with ceiling and grid type. D. Painting: Paint flat black behind all diffusers, registers and grilles so that no metallic part will be visible from the exposed side. This shall include damper, Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15935 Section 15935 - Page 2 Air Inlets and Outlets grids, sheet metal ducts, boxes, slots, etc. Some diffusers, registers, and grilles will require field painting. Such devices shall be factory primed and made ready for field painting. Coordinate with Division 1 for painting requirements. E. Manufacturers: Titus, Price, or Anemostat. F. Provide grilles with air plenum as shown on contract drawing for side connection where there is not adequate space for top connection to diffusers and grilles. G. Provide grilles on an exposed T-bar ceiling with 24" x 24" filler panel so that it will fit in the T-bar grid. H. Grilles for installation on a flat gypsum board ceiling shall be provided with adaptor mounting frame where the diffusers and grilles can be placed on the frame, unless otherwise noted. I. Provide neck transition where required. 2.2 SIDEWALL REGISTERS A. Type DL, Drum Louver: 1. Sidewall register shall be drum louver type with drum constructed of heavy gauge extruded aluminum and shall rotate a minimum of 25° up and down from center line of the register. 1-1/4" wide outlet borders. Titus Model DL. 2.3 SIDEWALL GRILLES A. Type SR, Horizontal Face Bars: Sidewall grilles shall have steel horizontal face blades with 35° deflection angle parallel to the long dimension of the grille and a 1-1/4" wide border on all sides. The face blades shall be spaced on 3/4" centers. Titus Model 300 RS. B. Type RG: Horizontal Face Bars: Steel grilles shall have steel horizontal face blades with a proven curvature with a 45° fixed deflection angle parallel to the long dimension of the grille and a 1-1/4" wide border on all sides. The face blades shall be spaced on Vz centers. Titus Model 23RL. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Refer to architectural reflected ceiling plan for exact diffusers and grilles locations. B. All diffusers, registers, grilles, air plenums, etc., shall be fully coordinated to fit into the construction finish materials shown on the architectural drawings. Section 15935 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15935 - Page 3 Air Inlets and Outlets C. Acoustic tile adhesively applied to gypsum board or plaster. Diffusers, registers or grilles shall be furnished with overlapped margins. D. Lay-in T-bar Systems: Square or rectangular diffuser and grille edge trim shall be flush with the finished ceilings. Unit frames shall be sized to fit T-bar module or>2 module. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15935 SECTION 15950 BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEMS (NON-DDC) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Provide complete automatic control systems as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. The systems shall provide accurate and stable control using electric/electronic control devices for sensing and controlling major equipment. B. Include, but not limited to, the following major items: 1. All wiring and conduits for temperature controls. 2. Responsible for all electrical work associated with the control system. a. Perform all wiring in accordance with all local and national codes. b. Install all low voltage electrical control wiring. Color code all wiring, whether exposed or concealed. Run all wiring, whether exposed or concealed, in conduit in accordance with Division 16, General Requirements and Materials. c. Shop drawings, equipment data and materials. d. System start-up and Owner's instructions. 3. Conform to all applicable requirements specified under Section 15010, BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND MATERIALS. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General requirements of the submittals shall conform to Section 15100, BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND MATERIALS. B. Submit the following required shop drawings and data: 1. Diagrammatic layouts of the automatic control systems specified. a. Shop drawings of control system showing all devices, all interconnections between devices, and all connections to items provided by others. Provide a complete input/output (I/O) summary indicating input and output devices and their connection point. b. Diagrams shall show, in addition to the automatic control system installation, the major wiring included with the self-contained equipment and the motor control center circuitry, all of which interface with this system. Data shall be derived from and submitted with diagrams from the manufacturer. 1) A complete description of sequence of operation accompanying all drawings with same identification mark for each control element mentioned in the sequence description as shown on the control diagrams. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15950 Section 15950 - Page 2 Building Control Systems (Non-DDC) 2) System configuration diagram showing all panel and controller types and locations. c. Specification data sheets on each device. d. Approved submittals shall become part of the Project record documents. 1.3 CONTROL MANUAL AND DOCUMENTATION A. After completion of the Project, insert final approved shop drawings include the following information: 1. An Operator's Manual including detailed man-machine interface. 2. An Operator's Reference Table listing the addresses of all connected input points and output points. Show settings where applicable. 3. A Programmer's Manual including all information necessary to perform the programming functions. B. Provide reproducible drawings of each control diagram and equipment schedule reflecting the "as-built" condition. Drawings shall be the same size and format as the construction document drawings. 1.4 COMPLETION A. System Start-Up: Upon completion of the installation, start up the system and perform all necessary testing and calibration of each component in the entire system. Perform an acceptance test in the presence of the Owner's Representative. When the system performance is deemed satisfactory in whole or in part by the Owner's Representative, the part(s) of the system will be accepted. B. Owner's Instructions: At the completion of the work, factory representatives under direct employment of the Contractor shall provide minimum one 4-hour training course to the Owner's operating personnel who have responsibility for the operation of the systems. As a minimum, the course shall include system overview, operation of the system, function of each component, system operating procedure, programming and maintenance procedures. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Provide all wiring, conduit for low voltage wiring, and devices for the control systems. Extend power wiring for control devices from a power source provided under Division 16. B. Conform to Division 16 for electrical requirements for materials, equipment and interfacing. Section 15950 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15950 - Page 3 Building Control Systems (Non-DDC) C. Division 16 will provide power wiring to starters and wiring and connections to motors. D. Provide all field control wiring for major equipment including but not limited to split heat pump system, exhaust fans, and associated equipment, as specified in Division 15 - Mechanical. Coordinate with equipment manufacturers for specific requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Materials and equipment shall be the catalogued products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production and installation of automatic temperature control system and shall be manufacturer's latest standard design. B. Electronic equipment shall conform to the requirements of FCC Regulation, Part 15, Section 15, GOVERNING RADIO FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE and labeled. 1. Comply with UL 916 PAZX and 864 UDTZ and listed. 2.2 FIELD DEVICES A. Range for devices shall be selected for application. B. Where required by local code, actuators shall meet the requirements of UL 555S. C. Programmable thermostats: Programmable thermostats shall be furnished by the packaged air conditioning unit and split air conditioning system manufacturers. D. Line voltage thermostats: Shall have liquid temperature sensing element and high efficiency diaphragm and leverage. 40° to 90°F range, 120 volt, metal cover bimetal thermometer. E. Programmable time clocks: Each control channel shall be individually programmable. 2.3 WIRING A. Control circuit conductors which run in the same conduit as power circuit conductors shall have the same insulation level as power circuit conductors. Circuits operating at more than 100 volts shall in accordance with Division 16. circuits operating at less than 100 volts shall be defined as low voltage and shall be run in rigid or flexible conduit, metallic tubing, metal raceways or wire trays, armored cable, or multi-conductor cable. Use multi-conductor cable for concealed accessible locations only. Provide circuit and wiring protection as required by Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15950 Section 15950 - Page 4 Building Control Systems (Non-DDC) NFPA 70. Aluminum sheathed cable or aluminum conduit may be used but shall not be buried in concrete. Wiring in HVAC plenums shall be in conduit. Protect exposed wiring form abuse and damage. B. AC control wiring: Control wiring for 24V circuits shall be insulated copper 18 AWG minimum and shall be rated for 300 VAC service. C. Analog signal wiring for analog outputs shall be 19-8 AWG single or multiple twisted pair. Each cable shall be 100% shielded, and have 20 AWG drain sire. Exception is direct connect RTD wiring which shall be a single 18 AWG minimum twisted pair, 100% shielded, and have 20 AWG drain wire. Each wire shall have insulation rated to 300 VAC. Cables shall have an overall aluminum polyester or tinned copper, (cable shield type), overall 20 AWG tinned copper cable drain wire, and overall cable insulation rated 300 VAC. Install analog signal wiring in conduit separate from AC power circuits. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Refer to Section 15010, BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND MATERIALS. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. After completion of the installation, regulate and adjust all temperature sensors, motors, and other equipment, and place them in complete operating condition. Testing and adjusting of temperature control systems shall be verified with all testing, balancing, and adjusting specified. 3.3 SEQUENCES OF OPERATION A. Provide all automatic control work necessary to accomplish the sequences indicated on the Drawings. Some items of equipment are provided with integral control equipment. Verify degree and extent of integral control and coordinate with manufacturer to provide automatic control required in accordance with these sequences. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Install systems and materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and rough-in drawings, and details on Drawings. Install electrical components and use electrical products complying with requirements of applicable Division 16 sections of the Specifications. Mount controllers at convenient locations and heights. Section 15950 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15950 - Page 5 Building Control Systems (Non-DDC) B. Install control wiring without splices between terminal points, color-coded. Install in neat workmanlike manner, securely fastened. Install in accordance with National Electrical Code. C. Conduit shall be installed parallel to or at right angles to the building structure and shall be concealed in all finished spaces. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15950 SECTION 15990 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnish the services and coordination required for a completely balanced, tested and certified air systems including testing and pre-certification of "operating/clean" rooms at as-built condition. B. The work shall be accomplished by the services of a Contractor-furnished air- balance and testing (TAB) agency that specializes in the balancing and testing of heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems, to balance, adjust and test air moving equipment, duct mounted smoke detectors, air distribution systems, and water systems as specified. C. Coordinate with mechanical and control contractors and any third party testing agency for additional testing required for city acceptance of smoke control system. See Section 15950, BUILDING CONTROL SYSTEM. D. Coordinate all activities with the designated Commissioning agent and Owner's third party text/balance inspector. 1.2 TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE A. Performance Testing and/or Balancing of the Air Conditioning Include: 1. Fan systems. 2. Single duct systems using air terminal units. 3. Temperature control systems. 4. Report analysis and verification. 5. NOTE: Sections referred to herein are detailed in the current edition of The National Standards Manual of the Associated Air Balance Council. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency (General and Mechanical Systems): 1. All Work by this agency shall be done under direct supervision of a qualified balancing and testing professional certified by AABC. All instruments used by this agency shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. Testing procedure shall be as specified in PART 3 - EXECUTION, herein. The tests shall be conducted in the presence of Owner's Representative and Owner's Mechanical Inspector. 2. Total System Balance shall be performed by an independent, non- affiliated agency certified by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15990 Section 15990 - Page 2 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing which specializes in and whose business is dedicated to testing, adjusting and verification of the HVAC system performance. 3. The submittal of reports shall be timely upon completion of work. This work shall conform to AABC specifications referred to in the AABC National Standard and other criteria as set for the in this specification. 4. The Contractor shall select the Test and Balance Agency from a list of pre-qualified agencies. Pre-qualified agencies are listed below: American Air Balance Co., Inc. LA Air Balance Co., Inc 4721 E. Hunter Ave. 1848 W 11m Street, Suite N Anaheim, CA 92807 Upland, CA 91786 (714)693-3700 (909)931-1114 Winaire, Inc. 15641 Chemical Lane, Suite #A Huntington Beach, CA 92649 (714)901-2747 5. Qualification: The Air Test'and Balance Agency shall provide proof of having successfully completed at least five projects of similar size and scope and to comply with all standards as set forth by, and be a member of the "Associated Air Balance Council." 6. Furnish written proof that testing agency has not been called before the AABC Board or placed on probation at any time during the past five (5) years. B. In addition to testing requirements set forth herein, the Owner's Representative will randomly select and direct the Contractor to test 10% of the diffusers, grilles, air handling equipment or devices to confirm the system has been properly balanced in accordance with the contract documents. It is the Owner Representative's discretion that the system(s) and/or devices shall be rebalanced at no additional cost if the random testing indicates that the selected air devices or equipment do not meet the design airflows. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 and Section 15010, BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS. B. First Submittal: 1. Submit three (3) copies of documentation to confirm compliance with quality assurance provisions: a. Organization, supervisor and personnel training, and qualifications. b. Specimen copy of each of the report forms proposed for use. Forms shall be equivalent to those shown in the latest "National Standards for the Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems" of the AABC. Section 15990 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15990 - Page 3 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing c. General plan of testing procedures and sequences. C. Second Submittal: With the initial mechanical shop drawing and at least sixty (60) days prior to starting field work, submit three (3) copies of: 1. A set of report forms filled out as to the design flow values and the installed equipment pressure drops, and the required CFM for air terminals. 2. A complete list of instruments proposed to be used, organized in appropriate categories, with data sheets for each. Show: a. Manufacturer and model number. b. Description and use when needed to further identify the instrument. c. Size or capacity range. d. Latest calibration date. 3. A detailed description of the balancing and testing procedures. These procedures shall conform to AABC requirements and recommendations. 4. Owner's Representative will review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents, and will return one set marked to indicate: a. Discrepancies noted between data shown and Contract Documents. b. Additional or more accurate instruments required. c. Requests for re-calibration of specific instruments. d. Expansion or abbreviation of the test procedures and sequences. D. Third Submittal: The testing agency shall perform the tests described, compile the test data, and submit seven (7) copies of the complete test data to Contractor for forwarding to Owner's Representative for approval within (10) working days of completion. 1. Report shall contain, at minimum, the following: a. Project cover sheet. b. Project summary/general comments. c. Log data and reference records. d. Calibration certificates for all test equipment used on project including model and serial number. e. Drawings: The Air Balance Agency shall prepare a complete set of full scale drawings showing actual duct runs and outlet/inlet locations. Drawings shall be keyed to and furnished with the Air Balance Report. The mechanical design drawings are not acceptable for this purpose. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD latest version. f. AABC National Performance Guaranty. E. Submit Test and Balance Agency qualifications per Paragraph 1.03.A herein, within 30 days after notice to proceed. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15990 Section 15990 - Page 4 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. General: 1. Notify Owner's Representative when any test is ready to be performed. Owner's Representative is to be present for all tests including air balance. 2. Furnish all equipment required for testing including fittings for additional openings and all openings required inside and outside the building. 3. After the inspection has been approved, or portions thereof, certify in writing the time, date, name and title of the person approving the test. This shall also include the description and what portion of the system has been approved. The person making the inspection shall sign the certification. 4. A complete record shall be maintained of all testing that has been approved, and shall be made available at the Project site to all authorities concerned. 5. Upon completion of the work, all records and certifications approving testing requirements shall be submitted to Owner's Representative. 6. Defective work or material shall be replaced or repaired as necessary at no additional cost to Owner and the inspection and test repeated at Contractor's expenses. Repairs shall be made with new materials. No caulking of screwed joints or holes will be acceptable. 7. Isolate all equipment subject to damage from test pressure. Make no test against a service valve or meter. B. Timing of Tests: Two weeks before expected completion date, put all systems and equipment into operation and continue operation of same during each working day, but not less than five 8-hour periods, until demonstration of all adjusting, balancing and testing has been approved. C. Functional Tests: Any installed item not meeting the schedule or specified performance shall be removed and replaced with items whose performance is in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications at no additional cost to Owner. D. After all systems have been completely installed, connections made and tests completed, make arrangements with Owner's Representative to operate the systems for a period of ten (10) working days during the hours of a normal working day. E. Notify Owner's Representative in writing when the operational period may start and the time for this period shall be scheduled by mutual agreement. F. During this operation period, instruct Owner's operating personnel in accordance with written instructions of the Service Manual specified. G. Perform tests as specified and as requested by Owner's Representative to prove installation is in accordance with Contract requirements. Perform tests in Section 15990 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15990 - Page 5 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing presence of Owner's Representative, and furnish test equipment, facilities, and technical personnel required to perform tests. H. Coordination: Promptly report to Owner's Representative any deficiencies noted during performance of services. Contractor shall rectify these deficiencies, and any tests interrupted shall be re-done at no additional cost to Owner. I. Test Failures: Notify General Contractor to repair duct system if test pressure and leakage is not attained. Repairs and sealing to be done with sheet metal and sealant by Mechanical Contractor Division 15. 1.6 WORK BY MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTOR A. Preparation: Before any testing or balancing operations are started, the Mechanical Subcontractor shall adjust belts and sheaves, align parts, oil and grease bearings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, clean exterior surfaces of coil tubes and fins, flush interior of coil tubes until clean and check mixing damper operation to insure free operation and activation by correct thermostat. Install filters and startup equipment. B. Certification: Mechanical Subcontractor shall certify in writing that the system, as scheduled for balancing, is operational and complete. Completeness shall include not only the physical installation, but Mechanical Subcontractor's certification that prime movers, fans, pumps, refrigeration machines, boilers, etc., are installed in good working order, and full load performance has been preliminarily tested under certification of Mechanical Subcontractors. Before any testing and balancing is started, a complete report shall be sent to the Agency. Refer to Part 4 of this Section for Checklist forms to be completed by the Mechanical Subcontractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The Test and Balance Agency (TAB) shall be provided with: 1. Within thirty (30) days after agency selection: a. Construction drawings b. Equipment Specification c. Written contract 1) As Issued or Received: a) Change orders b) Equipment manufacturer's submittal data Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15990 Section 15990 - Page 6 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing c) Mechanical/Air Conditioning shop drawings d) Temperature control drawings e) Project Schedule f) Completely operable system 2. Before testing and balancing is started, the mechanical installer shall, adjust belts and sheaves, align all parts, oil and grease bearings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, clean exterior surfaces of coil tubes and fins, flush interior of coil tubes until clean and check damper operation to ensure free operation and activation by the correct thermostat. 3. Make all modifications to rectify discrepancies reported by the Balancing Contractor as indicating non-compliance with the Contract Documents. 4. The air system shall be adjusted to obtain the air volumes specified, but readjusted if required to obtain design temperature in each room. Make drive changes, install additional dampers, vanes, grille baffles, etc., as may be required on the job to achieve correct operation and design conditions. 3.2 BALANCING A. Air Systems: 1. Preparation of Duct System: a. All supply and return air duct dampers are set at full open position. b. All diffuser and sidewall registers are set at full open position. c. Outside air damper is set at minimum position. d. All controls checked and set for full cooling cycle. e. Branch line splitter dampers to open position. f. Set all extractors and distribution grids to wide-open position. 2. Preparation of Air Handler: a. Drill all probe holes for static pressure readings, pitot tube traverse readings and temperature readings. b. Check motor electrical current supply and rated-running amperage of fan motors. c. Check available adjustment tolerance. 3. Main Duct Proportioning: a. Make first complete air distribution run throughout entire system, recording first run statistics. b. Using pitot tube traverse in all main duct and branch duct supply and return, proportion all air in required amounts to the various main duct runs and branch runs. c. All fan systems with filters shall be balanced to the air flows as shown on the drawings based on the filter final pressure drop as shown on the equipment schedule. Apply an artificial pressure to match the filter final pressure drop. Balance the airflows to the quantities as Section 15990 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15990 - Page 7 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing shown on the drawings. Make readings and record on report. Remove the artifical pressure drop. d. Make second complete air distribution run throughout entire system for check on proper proportion of air. 4. Inlet and Outlet Proportioning: a. Using pitot tube traverse, set all main line dampers to deliver proper amount of CFM to all areas. b. Using pitot tube traverse, set all branch line dampers to deliver proper amount of CFM to diffusers and sidewall supply grilles in each zone. c. Read CFM at each outlet and adjust to meet requirements. d. Test and record all items as listed (Testing Procedure). 5. Testing Procedure for Air Systems: a. Test and adjust blower RPM to design requirements. b. Test and record motor full load amperes. c. Make pitot tube traverse of main supply ducts and obtain design CFM at fans where applicable. d. Test and record system static pressures, suction and discharge. e. Test and adjust system for design recirculated air CFM. f. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. g. Test and record entering air temperatures. (D.B. heating and cooling.) h. Test and record entering air temperatures. (W.B. cooling.) i. Test and record leaving air temperatures. (D.B. heating and cooling.) j. Test and record leaving air temperatures. (W.B. cooling.) k. Adjust all main supply and return air ducts to proper design CFM. I. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM supply and return. m. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille and register to within 10% of design requirements. Supply, return, and/or exhaust air quantity relationship shall be maintained as shown on drawings so that the room will maintain the proper air pressurization (positive, negative or equal), n. Each grille, diffuser and register shall be identified as to location and area, o. Size, type, and manufacturer of diffusers, grilles, registers, and all tested equipment shall be identified and listed. Manufacturer's ratings on all equipment shall be used to make required calculations, p. Readings and tests of diffusers, grilles and registers shall include required FPM velocity and test resultant velocity, required CFM and test resultant CFM after adjustments, q. In cooperation with control manufacturer's representative, setting adjustments of automatically operated dampers to operate as specified, indicated or noted, r. All diffusers and registers shall be adjusted to minimize drafts in all areas, s. As a part of the Work, the mechanical installer shall make all changes in the pulleys, belts, and dampers, or the addition of dampers required Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15990 Section 15990 - Page 8 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for correct balance, as recommended by the Air Balance Agency, at no additional cost to Owner. t. Provide static pressure profile for air handling units showing pressure drop of individual internal component sections (e.g., coil, filter, sound traps, inlet and discharge sections, etc.) 3.3 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish Typewritten Data for all Fans Tabulating: 1. Quantity of air in CFM at each air outlet or inlet. 2. Dry and wet bulb temperatures at each thermostat to the nearest 1/10 of 1 degree. 3. Outdoor dry and wet bulb temperatures, wind direction and velocity, and barometric pressure at the time tests are conducted. 4. RPM of fan or blower. 5. RPM of motor. 6. Ampere input of each motor (one reading on each leg if three (3) phase). 7. No load Amperage and brake horsepower calculations on all motors 1/2 horsepower or larger. 8. Static pressure in inches water gauge at inlet of fan or blower. 9. Duct traverse data. B. Furnish Typewritten Data for the Coils Tabulating: 1. Entering and leaving water temperature. 2. Quantity of air in CFM. 3. Face velocity in FPM. 4. Dry and wet bulb air temperature entering and leaving coil. 5. Capacity of coil in BTUH. 6. Quantity of water circulated through coil in GPM. 3.4 REPORT A. Provide a General Information Sheet Listing: 1. Instruments used and most recent calibration date. 2. Method of balancing. 3. Altitude correction. 4. Manufacturer's performance data for all air devices used. B. The Test and Balance Agency shall prepare and submit six (6) copies of the Test and Balance Analysis Report within ten (10) working days of completion. C. Report to Contain , at Minimum, the Following: 1. Project cover sheet. 2. Project summary/general comments. 3. Log, data and reference records. 4. Calibration certificates for all test equipment used on project including model and serial number. Section 15990 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15990 - Page 9 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing 5. Drawings. The Air Balance Agency shall prepare a complete set of full scale drawings showing actual duct runs and outlet/inlet locations. Drawings shall be keyed to and furnished with the Air Balance Report. The mechanical plans are not acceptable for this purpose. Drawings shall be in Auto Cad Latest Version or as approved by the Owner's Representative. 6. AABC National performance guaranty. 3.5 ACCEPTANCE TEST OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS A. Perform at least two (2) operational tests of the entire mechanical system. B. Give each element of the system an operating test of not less than 48 hours' duration to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Owner that the control system is functioning properly and that the system is capable of producing the required environmental conditions. During this test, operate the system entirely on automatic control and take periodic readings of the inside and outside wet and dry bulb temperatures. Obtain wet and dry bulb temperatures with a recording thermometer-hygrometer. Conduct tests with outside temperature and humidity conditions as near design conditions as practical. C. Notify Owner seven (7) days in advance of proposed tests. D. Record temperature and humidity at an exterior and interior location for each system as designated by the Engineer at least once every hour, for 48 hours during tests. E. Submit a Report Detailing the Following: 1. Instrument used: a. Most recent calibration date 2. Date of tests. 3. Description of test apparatus locations and methods. 4. Results of tests. 5. Any abnormal usage of the building or abnormal system characteristics observed during the course of the test. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 15990 Section 15990 - Page 10 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing PART 4 - FORMS 4.1 AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS CHECKLIST Yes No Is the ductwork intact? Are any endcaps missing? Are the access doors installed and secured tightly? Are there openings in the ductwork? Are any inlets or outlets missing? Is the ductwork, including the fan inlets and outlets, installed according to the drawings and specifications? Is the ductwork free of debris? Are all duct dampers, including fire and smoke dampers, installed and accessible? Are all air terminal units, reheat coils, etc. installed and accessible? Are the air terminal units operational? Does the return air have an unobstructed path from each conditioned space back to the unit? Are all doors, windows, ceilings, partitions, etc. installed? Are the outside walls sealed tightly? Are the filters clean? Are the specified filters installed? Is the filter frame properly installed and airtight? Are the coils clean and properly installed? Are the drive components installed? Are the sheaves properly aligned and tight on their shafts? Are the belts adjusted for the correct tension? Is the belt guard properly installed? Is the motor wired and energized? Is the proper starter and overload protection installed? Is the motor secured on its frame? Have the motor bearings been lubricated? Are all the automatic control dampers installed and operational? Are the fan volume controls operational? Are the fan housings, plenums, etc. installed according to the drawings and specifications and properly sealed? Are the flexible connections installed properly? Is the fan wheel aligned properly with proper clearance between and the housing? it Have the fan bearings been lubricated? Are the controls complete and operational? Are suitable traverse locations available? Section 15990 END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section supplements Division 1, General Requirements. B. Where contradictions occur between this Section and Division 1, the most stringent of the two shall apply. Architect shall decide which is most stringent. C. These Basic Requirements apply to entire Division 16, and to electrical work, material and equipment specified in other divisions. D. All referenced and related provisions of Division 15 shall also apply to the work of this section as if fully repeated herein. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work under this section consists of all labor, material, equipment, services, permits, fees and transportation necessary for, and/or reasonably incidental to, the construction and completion in working order of electrical work shown on the accompanying drawings and/or specified herein. B. Work Includes, But is Not Limited To the Following: 1. Building service conductors service switchboard to location of service disconnecting means as shown in accompanying drawings. 2. Coordination with the cable television service company to provide service to the facility. All work not provided by the service company required to render service to the facility. 3. Service conduit(s) from point of the cable television company services to the building telecom terminal/backboard. Required manholes, pullboxes. 4. Coordination with the telephone utility company to provide service to the facility. All work not provided by the utility company required to render service to the facility. 5. Service conduit(s) from point of telephone utility company services to the building telecom terminal/backboard. Required manholes, pullboxes. 6. Distribution systems for power and lighting. 7. Grounding system for service disconnect and equipment. 8. Interior lighting system including fixtures, lamps, supports, outlets, devices, plates, branch circuiting and control. 9. Exterior lighting system including fixtures, supports, outlet devices, plates, branch circuiting and control. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 Section 16050 - Page 2 Basic Electrical Requirements 10. Outlet system including outlets, devices, plates and branch circuiting. 11. Conduit and wiring system for heating, ventilating, air conditioning and plumbing, including connection, disconnect. Connection to air conditioning equipment furnished under Division 15. 12. Conduit and wiring for HVAC control where not furnished under mechanical section. 13. Conduit, wiring, outlets, devices and connections to electrical equipment furnished under other sections for a complete installation. Installation of controls furnished under other sections. 14. Telephone, signal and data raceway and cabling systems specified in separate sections. Equipment by Owner. 15. Code required access panels to electrical equipment in concealed locations. Locations coordinated with Architect. 16. Excavation and backfill. 17. Shop drawings, wiring diagrams, equipment data, record drawings, operating and maintenance manuals. 18. Hangers, anchors, sleeves, chases, core drilling, metal supports, channels, plywood backing, seismic bracing, as required for work under this section. 19. Cleaning, patching, repairing and touch up painting. 20. Permits and fees. 21. Testing, adjusting of completed work, inspections and instruction. 22. Temporary power and lighting. 23. Acceptance, storage, installation, conduit, wiring, outlets, junction boxes and/or disconnect switches, and final connection to electrical equipment shown as Owner Furnished, Contractor Installed (OFCI). 24. Conduit, wiring, outlets, junction boxes and/or disconnect switches, for electrical equipment shown as Owner Furnished, Owner Installed (OFOI); or Owner Furnished, Vendor Installed (OFVI). 25. Empty conduit and outlet system for the signal and communications systems. Specified in separate sections. 26. Short circuit and coordination study as required by City building department. 27. Lighting control devices. Specified in separate section. 28. Cable management system. Specified in separate section. 29. Battery operated emergency lighting system. Specified in separate section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. The definitions described in Division 1, and the General Conditions of the Specification, also apply to the Division 16 contract. B. "Contract Documents" constitute the drawings, specifications, general conditions, project manuals, etc., prepared by the engineer (or other design professional in association with the Engineer) for contractor's bid or contractor's Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 3 Basic Electrical Requirements negotiations with the Owner. The Division 16 drawings and specifications prepared by the Engineer are not Construction Documents. C. "Construction Documents" :"construction drawings", and similar terms for Division 16 work refer to installation diagrams, shop drawings and coordination drawings prepared by the contractor using the design intent indicated on the Engineer's contract documents. D. "Furnish" means to "supply" and usually refers to an item of equipment. E. "Install" means to "set in place, connect and place in full operation." F. "Provide" means to "furnish and install." G. "Equal or "Equivalent" means "meets the specifications of the referenced product or item in all significant aspects." Significant aspects shall be as determined by the Owner's Representative. H. "Work by other division(s)", "re Division", and similar expressions, means work to be performed under the contract documents, but not necessarily under the division or section of the work on which the note appears. It is the contractor's sole responsibility to coordinate the work of the contract between his/her suppliers, subcontractors and employees. If clarification is required, consult Owner's Representative before submitting bid. I. By inference, any reference to a "contractor" or "sub-contractor" means the entity, which has contracted with the Owner for the work of the Contract Documents. J. "Engineer" means the design professional firm, which has prepared these contract documents. All questions, submittals, etc. regarding this division shall be routed to the Engineer (through proper contractual channels). 1.4 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS A. All materials shall conform with the current applicable industry standards. Workmanship and neat appearance shall be as important as electrical and mechanical operations. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired prior to final acceptance at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Codes and Regulations: Comply with applicable sections of national, state and local codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction including: 1. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 2. California Energy Commission (CEC). Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 4 Basic Electrical Requirements 3. California State Building Code Title 24 (CBC). 4. City and State Electrical Codes that are being enforced. Applicable portion of local Building codes. 5. Current edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 7. California Occupational Safety and Health Administration (CAL-OSHA). 8. Serving utility company (service and metering requirements). 9. California Air Resources Board (GARB). 10. State and local fire regulations and requirements. 11. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 12. State of California Code of Regulations (CCR). C. Standards: Comply with latest editions of applicable regulations and standards of: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM). 3. Associated Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC). 4. Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM). 5. Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA), National Energy onservation Amendments (NAECA). 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 7. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 8. National Bureau of Standards (NBS). 9. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 10. National Electrical Testing Association (NETA). 11. International Seismic Application Technology (ISAT). D. Code compliance is mandatory. Nothing in these drawings and specifications permits work not conforming to these codes. Where Codes are contradictory, follow the most stringent. Architect/Engineer shall determine which is most stringent. E. No work shall be concealed until after inspection and approval by proper authorities. If work is concealed without inspection and approval, Contractor shall be responsible for all work required to open and restore the concealed area including all required modifications. F. Minimum Requirements: 1. Comply with the requirements of authorities and listed standards as minimum acceptable work. In case of conflict between the requirements, the most stringent govern. 2. Drawings and specifications take precedence when they call for materials or construction of better quality or larger size than required by codes, laws, rules and regulations. Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 5 Basic Electrical Requirements G. Permits: Obtain permits and inspections, and pay fees, unless otherwise specified. Deliver certificates of inspection to the Owner's Representative. H. Guarding: 1. Provide protection for moving parts and hazardous conditions. 2. Provide industrial accident and warning signs per ANSI and CAL-OSHA. 3. Erect and maintain suitable barriers, protective devices, lights and warning signs for the protection of the public and employees from the work under this section. 4. Conform with applicable safety regulations, including those of the Owner. 1.5 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. Procedures and guidelines for submitting Request for Information (RFI'S) are described in Division 1, General Requirements. B. Direct the RFI to the discipline who needs to provide the clarification or answer. For example; if there is a question regarding conduit penetrations of a structural element, direct the RFI to the structural engineer, not the electrical engineer. If the question involves electrical wiring devices in millwork or casework that are shown on an architectural elevation, direct the RFI to the architect, not the electrical engineer. C. The same would apply to lighting fixtures selected by the architect, telephone and data outlet drawings prepared by a telecommunications/audio video consultant, etc. 1.6 SERVICES A. Provide labor and material, not furnished by the public utility companies, required to render service to the project from utility company service points. Verify service charges (e.g., excess facilities, cable) and requirements, and pay costs thereof, unless specified otherwise. B. Ground the building service disconnect, as detailed and specified and per code requirements. Provide ground at telephone main terminal. C. For building service conduit, provide sweep radii per code standards, but not less than specified. D. Upon award of the contract, notify the City of Carlsbad/owners representative and supply them with the estimated completion date of the work and desired service date. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 6 Basic Electrical Requirements E. Where service conductors are terminated to existing service equipment coordinate terminations with owners representative. Where primary and/or secondary service conductors are provided by utility company, provide terminations as required by utility company. F. Where service is existing, make required modifications, extend to new work, and pay costs. 1.7 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with Division 1 Section "Submittals" to a scale of 1/4" = 1'-0" or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of electrical equipment (i.e., all switchgear rooms and electrical rooms) and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are important to the efficient flow of the work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of major raceway systems and materials. Include the following: a. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. b. Floor penetrations. c. Support details. 2. Prepare floor plans, sections, and elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings, and their relationship to other penetrations and installation. 1.8 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Drawings: 1. Record of Job Progress: Provide and maintain in good order a complete legible set of blue line electrical contract drawings available at the site for inspection. Keep an accurate dimensional record of installed locations and all job changes, including source and date of authorization. 2. Record of Installation: At the conclusion of the work, purchase from M-E Engineers, a set of CADD CD-ROM of the electrical contract drawings, and have incorporated by a competent CADD operator, all installed data represented on the project progress drawings. Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 7 Basic Electrical Requirements 3. Include in Record Drawings the Following: a. Revisions, including sketches, bulletins, change orders, written addenda and directives, clarifications and responses generated by requests for information (RFIs), regardless of source of the revision. b. As installed location of equipment. c. Physical routing of conduits 2" trade size and larger, underground, exposed and above the ceiling. d. Location of underground conduit below building and on exterior, pull boxes, manholes and stub outs by elevation and dimensioned from buildings and permanent structures. e. Location of building service conduits, pullboxes, and manholes by elevation and dimensioned from buildings and permanent structures. 4. Acceptance: As a condition for acceptance of the work, deliver two (2) sets of Auto CAD Latest Version CDs and one set of signed and dated reproducible drawings to the Owner's Representative and obtain a receipt. 5. CAD Drawings: For the purposes of facilitating the Contractor's shop drawings and record drawings, electronic AutoCAD drawings are available for purchase from M-E Engineers, Inc. B. Panel Schedules: 1. Record of Project Progress: The project panel schedules will be issued with the drawings. Maintain a set of panel schedules (circuit directories) available at the job site for inspections. Keep an accurate, legible and continuously updated record of all circuit modifications, revised schedules as may be issued with bulletins; and source and date of authorization of modifications. Include with the other record drawings. 2. Acceptance: Provide typed panel schedules (circuit directories) installed in panels to reflect installed condition. 1.9 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. General: 1. Submit three typed and bound copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals prior to scheduling systems demonstration for the Owner. 2. Bind each Maintenance Manual in one or more vinyl covered, 3-ring binders, with pockets for folded drawings. Mark the back spine of each binder with the project name, system identification, a volume number and the year. 3. Manuals shall have a Table of Contents, tab dividers for each submittal section identifying all equipment and materials installed on the project including a local supplier for replacing a specific piece of equipment. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 8 Basic Electrical Requirements B. Maintenance Instruction Manual - Include: 1. Complete record material list. 2. Catalog brochures for all components. 3. Manufacturer's directions and conformance certificates. 4. Guarantee and warranties. 5. Inspection certificates. 6. Spare parts lists. 7. Reports on instruction of Owner's personnel. 8. Wiring and block diagrams, where applicable. 9. Detailed checkout procedures to insure operation of systems and gear. 10. Diagnostic and trouble shooting procedures for systems and major equipment. 11. Finalized short circuit study (where specified). C. Parts List - Include for Replaceable parts: 1. Description of part, manufacturer's part number, source to obtain part. 2. Quantity of each replaceable part in the system. 3. Estimated mean time between failures of major parts. 4. Recommendation of how many, if any, should be kept in inventory at the site. 5. List of each type of lighting fixture lamps used, including fixture lamp is used in, and lamp source. D. Operation Instruction Manual - Describe: 1. Time switch/lighting control panel operating schedule. E. Shop Drawing Manual: Complete set of record shop drawings, cuts and brochures. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. B. Protection of Equipment: 1. All electrical equipment to be used in the construction shall be properly stored and protected against the elements. All equipment shall be stored under cover, and shall not be stored at the construction site on the ground, in mud, water, rain, sleet, or dust. Large diameter cables may be stored on reels outside; however, all cable ends shall be waterproofed and the reels covered with weatherproof materials. Such weatherproof materials shall be heavy-duty, securely fastened, and made impervious to the elements. All equipment shall be protected from rodent damage to internal wires and cables. Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 9 Basic Electrical Requirements 2. Conventional electrical construction materials such as building wire, outlet and junction boxes, wiring devices, conduit, lighting fixtures, fittings, etc., shall be stored in construction buildings, covered trailers, or portable covered warehouses. Any equipment subject to damage or corrosion from excessive moisture shall be stored in dry, heated areas. Any equipment containing plastic or material subject to damage caused by excessive heat or sunlight shall be stored to prevent such damage. This includes plastic ducts and lenses. 3. Equipment or material damaged as a result of the above conditions shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 4. All electrical enclosures exposed to construction damage such as paint spots, spackling or plaster spatter, grout splashes, waterproofing compound, tar spots or runs, and pipe covering compound splashes, shall be completely covered and protected against this type of damage. 5. In the event leakage into the building of any foreign material or fluid occurs, or may occur, the Contractor shall take all steps as described above to protect any and all equipment and material. 6. After connections to electrical equipment are complete and the equipment is ready for operation, all construction debris shall be removed from all enclosures. Such debris includes dust, dirt, wire clippings, tape and insulation removed in order to make the connection. 1.11 SPARES, SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS A. Provide to Owner as specified in other paragraphs of the specification and as outlined herein. B. Obtain receipts and include copy with Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual(s). C. Provide lists of each category describing type, rating and use, and include lists with Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual(s). D. Fuses: Three spares of each current rating for each type including signal, communication, and control system fuses. E. Pilot Light and Indicating Lamps: Ten percent by type, but not less than two each. F. Receptacle Plugs: One for each receptacle excluding NEMA 5-15R and 5-20R types unless otherwise noted. G. Device Plates: Two for each type of device used in excess of twenty. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 10 Basic Electrical Requirements H. Special Tools: Provide, as standard accessories, tools not readily available in commercial market required for assembly, adjustment, and/or maintenance of equipment provided under this section. I. Lighting Fixture Lamps: Five percent of total quantity of each type, but not less than one. J. Fluorescent Ballasts: Five percent of total quantity of each type, not less than one. K. Paint cans for touch up for all factory finished gear, including but not limited to, panelboards, and the like. Label each can with identity of associated gear. L. In branch circuit panelboards provide spare devices (circuit breakers, starters) in the gear, as indicated on the drawings. 1.12 INSPECTIONS A. In addition to required service calls, make a minimum of two inspections accompanied by operating personnel, within the warranty period and at no expense to the Owner, to insure that all systems are maintained properly and in satisfactory operating condition. Schedule one inspection approximately one month before the end of the Warranty Period. B. Submit written reports to Owner with copy to Architect signed by operating personnel witnessing inspection, and indicating inspection results. 1.13 COMPLETION A. Before Final Review: The work hereunder will not be reviewed for final acceptance until Operating and Maintenance Data, Manufacturer's Literature, Identification, Warning Signs and Nameplates specified herein have been reviewed and/or properly posted in the building and final cleaning has been completed. B. Before operating any equipment for demonstration or test, comply with manufacturer's preparation instructions. C. Demonstration of Operations: When the installation is complete and required adjustments have been made, operate the systems for a period of one week. During this time demonstrate to the Owner's representative that systems are completed and operating and performing in conformance with these specifications. Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 11 Basic Electrical Requirements 1.14 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES A. Comply with guarantee requirements of Division 1. B. Guarantee all material, equipment, and work for a period of one year (or greater where specified elsewhere) from written acceptance of the work against defects of any kind, covering all parts. C. Guarantee electronic fluorescent ballasts for a period of three years after ballast manufacture, but not less than thirty months after written acceptance of the work, for both material and labor. Guarantee electromagnetic fluorescent and high intensity discharge fixture lighting ballasts for a period of two years after ballast manufacture, but not less than eighteen months after written acceptance of the work for both material and labor. Submit guarantee along with Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual(s) and include name and telephone number of designated representatives who will perform required maintenance. D. Obtain guarantees and/or warranties for factory assembled equipment and include with Operation Instruction Manual. E. In the event of failure of any work, equipment, or device during the life of the guarantee, and at no cost to Owner, repair or replace the defective work and remove, replace, or restore any parts of the structure or building which may be damaged as the direct result of the defective work or in the course of making the replacement of defective work or materials. 1.15 PRELIMINARY OPERATION: The owner reserves the right to operate portions of the electrical system on a preliminary basis without voiding the guarantee or relieving the Contractor of his responsibilities. 1.16 ALLOWANCES, UNIT PRICES, ALTERNATES (WHERE INDICATED) A. Allowances: Include quantity or dollar allowances where indicated on the drawings or elsewhere in the specifications, along with appropriate additional allowance for installation, overhead, and profit. B. Unit Prices: Submit a list of unit prices for adjustments in the scope of work where requested elsewhere in the specifications. C. Alternates: 1. General: Submit with bid, along with associated cost adjustment, alternates requested herein or on the drawings and other alternates in accordance with terms of Division 1. 2. Architect reserves the right to reject alternate proposals. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 12 Basic Electrical Requirements PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. All equipment and materials installed shall be new, unless otherwise specified. B. All major equipment components shall have manufacturer's name, address, model number and serial number permanently attached in a conspicuous location. C. All equipment shall be UL listed and bear the UL label. D. Where UL labeling is not available, provide certification by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL). E. Use products of the same manufacture and type for each category of material and equipment. 2.2 GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination and Sequencing: 1. After receipt of notice to proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a typed list of submittals and the scheduled date of submission. List shall include submittal number, specification section number, and scheduled date of submission. Submittals shall be grouped and submitted in complete packages. For example: panelboards, all lighting fixtures, etc. Piecemeal submittals are not acceptable. 2. Prior to submitting shop drawings, review submittal for compliance with Contract Documents and place a stamp or other confirmation thereon which states that submittals have been reviewed. Submittals without such verification will be returned disapproved without review. 3. Submittals are intended to indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. 4. Condition of Acceptance with Submittals: No deviation from Contract Documents is permitted unless specifically so noted by Contractor and accepted by Architect in writing. 5. Contractor Responsibility: a. Errors or omissions in submittals regardless of review status of submittals. b. Coordination with work of other trades. c. Space coordination and maintenance of code required aisle space. d. Erection and installation techniques, including structural adequacy and bracing suitable for stability and/or seismic conditions. e. Maintenance of installation safety. f. Satisfactory performance of all work. Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 13 Basic Electrical Requirements B. Material List: Submit complete list of material and equipment proposed for the project, including manufacturer's name, referenced to applicable sections and paragraphs of the specifications. List only names of proposed manufacturer. Catalog numbers and performance data are not required and will not be reviewed prior to complete submission. Submit all materials and equipment, even if same as specified or shown on the drawings. C. Preparation of Submittals: 1. Refer to Division 1 requirements. 2. The contractor shall submit for review, manufacturer's data for materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work. Submittals shall be supported by descriptive material, catalog cuts, diagrams, performance curves, and charts published by the manufacturer to show conformance to specification and drawing requirements; model numbers alone will not be acceptable. Provide complete electrical characteristics for all equipment. Submit product submittals on items as outlined in sections hereinafter. 3. For material specified to meet trade standards or Federal Specifications, furnish the manufacturer's or vendor's certification that the material furnished for the work equals or exceeds referenced standards or specifications. 4. Furnish certification from suppliers and/or manufacturers of materials and equipment that such items meet or exceed the requirements of the drawings and specifications. 5. Include coordination report, short circuit study, and associated calculations, as requested elsewhere in the specifications. 6. Product submittals shall be made by specification section. All items of a section, requiring submission, shall be submitted together at one time in a tabbed binder. If two or more sections require inter-coordination, they shall be submitted at the same time. 7. Binders shall be report cover type with solid cover and 3 metal fasteners. If product submittals for section exceed the capacity of one binder, two or more binders shall be used. In addition, a notation cover shall indicate the number of binders for the section and number of that binder (i.e., 2 of 3). Provide permanent marking on each binder identifying project name, Contractor, Subcontractor, submittal name, and number, date of submission, specification section(s), and information to distinguish it from other submittals. 8. Each individual submittal item within a binder shall be marked to show section number, which pertains to the item. 9. Submittals not presented in a bound, neat, and legible fashion will be returned disapproved without review. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 14 Basic Electrical Requirements 10. Submittals shall show Contractor's executed review and approval marking. Submittals, which are received from sources other than through the Contractor's office will be returned disapproved without review. D. Quantities: Unless otherwise indicated in Division 1, submit six (6) copies. 1. Refer to Division 1 requirements. 2. Multiple System Items: Where a required submittal relates to an operational item of equipment used in more than one system, increase the number of final copies as necessary to complete the Maintenance Manuals for each system. 3. General Distribution: a. Provide additional distribution of submittals (not included in foregoing submittal copy requirements) to Subcontractors, Suppliers, Fabricators, Installers, Governing Authorities and others as necessary for proper performance of the work. b. Include such additional copies in transmittal to Owner's Representative where required to receive "Action" marking before final distribution. 1) Show such distributions on transmittal forms. E. Response to Submittals: Where standard product data has been submitted, it is recognized: 1. That the Submitter has determined that the products fulfill the specified requirements. 2. That the submittal is for the Owner's Representative information only, but will be returned with appropriate action where observed to be not in compliance with the requirements. F. If more than two submittals (either for shop drawings, as-built drawings, or test reports) are made by the contractor due to incompleteness, non-compliance, errors, omissions, etc. the Owner reserves the right to charge the contractor for subsequent reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the Contractor. G. Samples: Submit a minimum of one sample of each of the items specified in other paragraphs of the specification and as follows: 1. Lighting fixtures where indicated or specified. 2.3 EQUIVALENTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. The applicable paragraphs for General Requirements, Division 1 apply herein. B. Equivalents: Products of one or more other manufacturer's names listed in these Specifications following the words "or equivalent by" may be selected, subject to paragraph below titled "Contractor's Responsibility for Equivalent and Substitutions.". Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 15 Basic Electrical Requirements C. Other Options: 1. For products specified by naming only one manufacturer, refer to paragraph below under "Substitutions". 2. For products specified only by performance characteristics or reference standards, select any manufacturer meeting the requirements. D. Substitutions: Requests for acceptance of a product, from a manufacturer not listed in these specifications, will be considered if any one of the following conditions is met: 1. The named product is not available because of strikes or discontinuance of manufacturer, and the proposed product is equivalent to the named product. 2. The proposed product is superior to the named product, in the opinion of the Owner's representative. 3. The proposed product is equivalent to the named product and its use will be to the advantage of the Owner, by the Owner receiving an equitable credit or cost savings. The Owner's Representative reserves the right to reject any substitution. 4. Submit proposed substitutions with bid along with alternate price, complete descriptive data and a comparison of the substitute manufacturer's product with specified product. Request for acceptance of a product from a manufacturer not listed in these specifications, is subject to the paragraph titled "Contractor's Responsibility for Equivalents and Substitutions". E. Contractor's Responsibility for Equivalents and Substitutions: 1. Items submitted as a substitution, to the basis of design, or listed general equivalents, shall be identified as such and shall include a written request for substitution indicating the following: a. The reason for requesting the substitution. b. Contract price adjustment. c. Contract time adjustment. d. Item by item breakdown of differences between basis of design and substituted item. e. Operation, maintenance and energy cost difference. 2. Products of manufacturer must match the features, construction, performance and size of those selected for design. Standard catalogued products may require certain modifications to meet specified requirements. 3. The responsibility for providing that specified requirements have been met remains with the manufacturer and contractor. Should the substituted item fail to perform in accordance with the Specifications, replace same with the originally specified item without extra cost to the contract. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 16 Basic Electrical Requirements 4. When requesting review of an equivalent or substituted product, submit a comparison chart listing features, construction, performance and sizes of named product versus equivalent or substituted product. 5. Submittals for review of an equivalent or substituted product will be reviewed for acceptability when all the above requirements have been met. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs incurred by the Architect and Engineer for review of equivalency beyond initial review. 6. Coordinate installation of the product with all trades. 7. Coordination of General Equivalents and Substitutions: Where Contract Documents permit selection from general equivalents, or where substitutions are authorized, coordinate clearance and other interface requirements with electrical and other work. 8. Failure to comply with these requirements will result in immediate rejection of the request for substitution. F. Review Process: 1. The Engineer reserves the right to request a sample of any equipment to be submitted for approval and to retain its possession. 2. Required Submittals: Submit shop drawings and technical data on equipment and auxiliary systems, in sufficient detail to indicate conformance with the drawings and specifications, including but not limited to: a. Branch circuit panelboards, terminal cabinets. b. Coordination and installation drawings, where specified. c. Signal and communication systems components, wiring diagrams, conduit and outlet diagrams, system function description. Refer to the specification section for additional requirements. d. Catalog cuts of interior and exterior lighting fixtures, shop drawings of custom fixtures. Include finish data, socket specifications, metal gauge, diffuser specifications, independent test laboratory photometric data, agency labeling, weight, suspension system details. Indicate compliance with general and specific specification requirements, ballast specifications and coordination with ceiling system construction. e. Gutters and wireways, concrete pull boxes, specially fabricated pull boxes. f. Grounding system components, service ground assembly, ground electrodes and devices. g. Field fabricated assemblies, prefabricated outlet/junction box assemblies. h. Conductor lugs and connectors. i. Sleeve details, flashing details. j. Wiring devices, types and ratings as indicated. k. Photocell, occupancy sensors. I. Lighting control system. m. System short circuit and coordination study, including CD-ROM. Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 17 Basic Electrical Requirements n. Seismic restraint, bracing and anchorage hardware and materials, calculations and details. o. Quality Assurance documentation as described in Part 3. p. Test reports. 3. Review of shop drawings and product data by the Engineer, including any review annotations or stamp notations, does not relieve the contractor from the required compliance with the Contract Documents. 4. If resubmittals are necessary, they shall be made as specified above for submittals. Resubmittals shall highlight all revisions made and cover shall include the phrase "RESUBMITTAL NO ." Coordinate this procedure with the Architect. a. Resubmittal requirements do not entitle the Contractor to additional time and are not a cause for delay of the project. G. Installation Drawings: 1. Where conduit runs, 2" trade size and larger, are run in exposed or concealed locations, prepare dimensionally accurate floor plans indicating routing, coordinated with work of other trades and the structure. Indicate seismic bracing locations for conduits 2-1/2" and larger. Submit legible reproducible transparencies with two prints for review. 2.4 SYSTEM SHORT CIRCUIT, COORDINATION STUDY AND ARC FLASH A. General: 1. Submit a short circuit coordination study and arc flash of the building distribution system, prepared for the overcurrent protective devices to be installed under this project to assure proper equipment and personnel protection. 2. The goal of the study is to have the main overcurrent devices be selectively coordinated with the overcurrent devices on their supply side. The basic intent of a selectively coordinated system is to localize the overcurrent condition to the conductors or equipment in which an overload or fault (short circuit or ground fault) has occurred, and not cause the protective device at the supply to open (at existing service switchboard). 3. Provide arc flash labeling where required. B. Submittals: 1. Submit the study along with associated shop drawings, device selections and settings for review. Select and set devices based on reviewed shop drawings. Submit bound copies in triplicate. 2. Incorporate review comments into report and resubmit. 3. Utilize an IEEE 399 certified computer software program for the study, and provide CD-ROM of study. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 18 Basic Electrical Requirements 4. Verify and certify that the protective devices have been selected and set in accordance with the reviewed shop drawings. C. Qualifications: 1. Provide a short circuit, coordination and arc flash study prepared by a professional electrical engineer registered in California. 2. Provide all pertinent information required by the preparer to complete the study, including addendum issued during the bidding period. D. Requirements: 1. Tabulate the settings selected for the protective devices. 2. Arc Flash Hazard Labeling: a. Provide arc flash hazard warning labels for all equipment per [CEC] [NEC] Article 110, including but not limited to the following: 1) Low voltage panelboards. 2) Standalone equipment; for example: disconnect switches. b. Provide calculations for the line side versus the load side of the main protective device. c. The label information shall include the flash protection boundary, the hazard risk category, the incident energy range and the working distance for the line side and load of the main protective device, and the location or bus name. d. Install the labels as close as possible to the main protective device, or incoming power supply, at a height above the floor that allows the labels to be clearly visible. E. Analysis: 1. Highlight any device that is determined to be underrated as specified and propose a means to effectively protect those devices. 2. Indicate areas lacking coordination, and suggest logical alternatives. F. Adjustments, Settings and Modifications: Provide necessary factory and field settings, adjustments, and minor modifications, for conformance with the study. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SITE CONDITIONS: A. Examine the drawings of all trades, and specification sections, survey the existing conditions, and include necessary allowances in bid proposal. B. Resolve conflicts with code requirements, site conditions and the work of other trades. Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 19 Basic Electrical Requirements C. Verify the locations of existing utilities prior to construction and protect them from damage. D. Pay costs incurred due to damage of existing utilities or other facilities. 3.2 LOCATIONS A. Drawings are essentially diagrammatic, and although the size and locations of equipment are generally shown to scale, make use of data in Contract Documents, and informational documents, including shop drawings, and verify this information against field conditions. B. Drawings indicate the required size and points of termination of conduits, and the number and size of wires and suggest proper routing of conduit. Install conduit with necessary offsets, junction boxes, and fittings to conform to the structure, avoid obstructions, preserve headroom, maintain required accessibility, and satisfy the requirements of the governing codes and the standards of good practice. C. Architectural and structural drawings and specifications take precedence over the electrical drawings in the representation of the general construction work. Civil drawings take precedence in the representation of the site work. Refer to the drawings, specifications, and reviewed shop drawings for all work, in order to coordinate electrical work with other work of the project. D. When changes in indicated locations or arrangements are necessary due to conditions in building construction, rearrangement of furnishings or equipment, or conflict in location, make such changes at no cost to Owner, provided that the change is ordered before conduit is installed and that length of conduit run is not revised by more than ten feet. E. Bring discrepancies between different drawings, between drawings and actual field conditions, or between drawings and specifications, promptly to the attention of the Architect for decision, and stop pertinent work subject to resolution of the conflict. F. Equipment in the mechanical, storage rooms, or spaces has been laid out based on the requirements of the first named equipment listed in the specifications or on the drawings. All additional costs resulting from contractor submitted/selected equipment that differs in design, layout, or locations from indicated first named equipment, shall be borne by the contractor. The contractor is responsible for fully coordinating all dimensional, elevation, sectional, systems compatibility issues, and shall bear all costs related to contractor selection of equipment other than what was first named. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 20 Basic Electrical Requirements G. Coordinate the location of the lighting fixtures and framing structure with existing building construction. Architectural drawings, plans and details govern. Locate lighting fixtures in mechanical and equipment rooms to avoid ductwork, piping and equipment. Coordinate location with trade supplying equipment prior to lighting fixture installation. H. The drawings do not include dimensional information for roughing in electrical equipment and devices. Locate conduit stub-ups, wall outlets, wall and trench duct, and devices serving equipment, built-in millwork, casework and appliances in accordance with dimensions shown on the respective equipment installation shop drawings of the equipment supplier, or on the contract architectural plans and details. Request additional dimensioned layouts from the architect where shop drawings or architectural plans and details do not suffice. I. Provide clarifying details where required by inspecting authority and obtain Architect's and Inspector's approval prior to installation. 3.3 RESPONSIBILITY A. Provide complete functioning systems and include labor, material and associated tools and transportation required for the system to operate safely and satisfactorily. Provide empty conduit systems where specified, complete, clear, and with pull wires, ready to accept conductors and allow for equipment installation. B. Provide work indicated on the drawings whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. C. Coordinate the installation of electrical items with the schedules for work of other trades to prevent delays in total work. Assume responsibility for cooperative work, which must be altered due to lack of proper supervision or failure to make proper provision in time. Perform alterations and pay costs. D. Resolve code conflicts prior to installation. Remove and replace work conflicting with codes or, not meeting specified requirements and pay costs. 3.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide an experienced superintendent in charge of erection of the work, together with all necessary journeymen, helpers and laborers required to properly unload, erect, connect, adjust, operate and test the work involved to provide a neat, workmanlike installation. Latest industry standards are considered minimum. Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 21 Basic Electrical Requirements B. For the actual fabrication, installation and testing of the work of this section use only thoroughly trained and experienced personnel who are completely familiar with the requirements for this work and with the installation recommendations of the manufacturers of the specified items. Where specified, provide factory personnel for testing and adjusting. Submit quality assurance program and detailed testing procedures for review. C. For major equipment such as panelboards, circuit breakers, lighting control panel submit letters from principals of the equipment manufacturing company, with bid proposal, specifying the location of factory authorized parts and service organizations intended to serve the subject project. D. Employ licensed electricians. Submit evidence of employee's experience prior to performing the work. E. For signal, communication and specialized systems perform all work in accordance with instructions provided by, and under the supervision of, factory authorized agents. Provide evidence that the factory agent has five projects equal in scope to specified systems, operating satisfactorily. Submit a letter from principals of the equipment manufacturing company specifying the location of factory authorized parts and service organizations now in service intended to serve the subject project, the length of time which they have been in operation (which shall not be less than three years) and the guarantee available for their continued operation. 3.5 EXISTING FACILITIES A. Examine the drawings and specifications of the complete work, and inspect the site to establish the scope of new work to be provided under this section and clarification of the phasing of the work. Contractor shall be aware the project is a categorized as a Historic Building and work that will alter the historic classification of the building will need to be coordinated with owner/architect. Damage to building structure identified as part of historic component of the building shall be repaired to original state prior to damage from work done at no cost to owner. Quality of repair shall be done to the satisfaction of the owner and architect. B. Where work is adjacent to existing fixtures or devices, provide matching products to present uniform appearance. Patch openings in existing walls or floors caused by penetration of material and/or equipment under this work. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 22 Basic Electrical Requirements 3.6 EXCAVATION, BACKFILLING A. Where trenches are required through existing paving, resurface, after installation, to match existing in accordance with appropriate sections of Division 2, using accredited journeymen of respective trades. 3.7 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS A. Obtain approval from the Structural Engineer in writing, for penetration of structural members. Obtain approval from the Architect in writing, for penetration/cutting of existing building structure. B. Provide, per Structural Engineer's requirements, cutting, core drilling and associated patching required due to improperly located or omitted openings, using accredited journeymen of the respective trades and without cost to Owner. Do not sleeve, cut, or drill structural members or footings without the Structural Engineer's written approval. 3.8 CAULKING A. Provide as specified herein and in Division 7. B. Conduit Penetration: Through exterior walls, caulk conduit penetrations for full wall thickness for waterproofing. C. Compound Characteristics: Putty like; workable with hands down to 35°F; firm up to 300°F; remain pliable when exposed to air; adhere to metal, plastic, concrete, masonry and cable insulation; harmless to hands; seal without causing deterioration of material sealed. 3.9 FLASHING A. Wherever conduit extends through roof, conform to Division 7 requirements. Coordinate installation of flashing with roofing installation. 3.10 OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT A. Owner Furnished Owner Installed (OFOI): Provide circuiting and terminations as indicated on drawings. Verify all provisions with Owner prior to installation. Owner will install and make final connections. B. Owner Furnished, Contractor Installed (OFCI): Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 23 Basic Electrical Requirements 1. Items indicated as OFCI will be delivered to the site by the Owner's designated representative. 2. Confer with the Owner's representative to establish required delivery schedule for all Owner furnished items within 15 days after the award of the contract. At this time, submit quantity takeoffs itemizing the specified item, the quantity required and the desired delivery date. For lighting fixtures, identify the ceiling construction. 3. Take delivery, unpack, check, assemble, distribute, install and connect in place, complete, the items indicated as OFCI electrical equipment, provided in accordance with equipment requirements as obtained from Owner. 4. Make a complete and careful check of all materials and furnish a receipt, acknowledging acceptance of the delivery and condition of the materials delivered. 5. After such acceptance, assume full responsibility for the safekeeping and protection of same, until such time as the completed installation has been approved and accepted. 6. Furnish and install any auxiliary mounting or installation supports required in connection with lighting fixtures or equipment installed but not furnished under this section, such as inserts and bolts. 7. Provide the branch circuiting terminating in outlets, junction boxes, or disconnect switches. Verify exact location of connection point on the equipment with Owner prior to installing provisions. 8. Insure that the appropriate structural, architectural, and utility rough-ins have been provided in accordance with equipment requirements as obtained from Owner. 9. Clean the equipment and with the Vendor's representative, test the equipment in the presence of the Owner. 10. Include as part of the bid proposal any appropriate allowances for general overhead and profit as a result of the provisions of this subsection. C. Owner Furnished Vendor Installed (OFVI): Same as OFOI except vendor installs and makes final connections. 3.11 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Materials and Equipment: Cover all panelboards, lighting fixtures, signal system equipment, etc., stored or installed on the site, with polyethylene sheets or approved equal, to protect equipment from moisture, plaster, cement, paint, or other work of other trades. Cover outlet boxes with cardboard or plastic closures. Plug or cap conduit ends until final connection. Protect conduit stubs, stub-ups and risers from construction equipment. B. Storage: Provide proper and adequate storage facilities. Store conductors, raceways and fittings, in dry, protected locations. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 24 Basic Electrical Requirements C. Damage: Replace damaged or defective work, materials or equipment. Install sensitive or delicate equipment after major construction work is completed. D. Parts: Store and protect all portable and detachable parts or portions of the installation such as spare parts, fittings, fuses, keys, locks, adapters, locking clips and inserts until completion of the work. As a precondition for acceptance of the work, deliver to the Owner's representative and obtain itemized receipt. Include receipts with the Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manual(s) required under other paragraphs of the specifications. E. Site Cleaning: Periodically remove waste and rubbish and maintain order. F. Equipment Finish: Clean and polish finished metal surfaces. Clean and prepare prime coated gear for painting. G. Light Fixtures: Remove dust and handprints from light fixture surfaces. H. Electrical Equipment: Clean exterior and interior of equipment. Vacuum interiors-do not blow out. Apply permanent identification and remove temporary and unauthorized notations. I. Acceptance: Remove debris, dirt, grease and oil from building surfaces, caused by work under this section. Clean out and vacuum electric rooms. 3.12 PAINTING A. In Equipment and Utility Areas: Provide factory finished equipment including prime coat and medium dark gray finish over rust-inhibitor. B. Outdoors and in Wet Locations: Provide additional factory coat of exterior lacquer for a two mils finish thickness. Indicate finish on shop drawings. C. In Public Areas: Provide shop prime coat for equipment installed flush in painted walls. Finish painting is under Specification Section "Painting." D. Touchup: Use factory supplied paint for touchup of rusty or scratched surfaces. Replace marred or scratched plated finishes. E. Supports: Field paint all conduit hangers, racks and structural supports for electrical material and equipment if not galvanized or factory finished. Perform this work in conformance with Specification Section "Painting." Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16050 - Page 25 Basic Electrical Requirements 3.13 LICENSES, FEES AND PERMITS: A. Arrange for required inspections and pay all license, permit and inspection fees. Furnish a certificate of final inspections and approvals from local authority having jurisdiction over electrical installation. 3.14 WORKMANSHIP AND CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATIONS A. Only professional quality workmanship will be accepted. Haphazard or poor installation practice will be the cause for rejection of work. B. Provide foreman in charge of this work at all times. Foreman for this work shall have had experience in installing not less than 5 such electrical systems of equal or greater complexity. C. Where specifications call for an installation to be made in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, a copy of such recommendations shall at all times be kept in job superintendent's office. 3.15 RELATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Division with other trades to avoid conflict and to provide rough-ins and other connections for equipment furnished under other divisions that require electrical connections. Inform other trades of required clearances or accessibility around electrical equipment to maintain serviceability and code compliance. B. Verify equipment dimensions and rough-in requirements for all related Specification Divisions with provisions specified under this Section of work, and report discrepancies to the Architect in ample time to prevent delays or unwarranted changes of work. 3.16 TESTING A. Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to make required tests. Tests shall be complete and results approved before final inspection is begun. 3.17 PROGRESS OF WORK A. Order progress of electrical work so as to conform to progress of work of other trades, and complete entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. Assume any cost resulting from defective or ill-timed work performed under this Division. 3.18 TEMPORARY POWER Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16050 - Page 26 Basic Electrical Requirements A. Provide temporary power as requested by the General Contractor and in accordance with CAL-OSHA and local code requirements. Lighting and power outlets shall be provided throughout the project. Coordinate with the General Contractor prior to bid for special lighting and power outlets and provide as needed. END OF SECTION Section 16050 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 16060 GROUNDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections and the following, apply to work of this section: 1. Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. Section 16080, Testing and certification. 3. Section 16130, Raceways. 4. Section 16120, Wires and Cables. B. Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding and bonding work referenced in other sections of these specifications. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Grounding and bonding work includes services, systems, circuits, and equipment. B. The code requirements for grounding and bonding are clearly defined in the Electrical Code (NEC or CEC) Article 250, and are intentionally not repeated herein. This section is intended to supplement what is described in the code, and to address building conditions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data for grounding and bonding hardware and materials, and associated accessories. B. Submittal to include the following: 1. Insulated and bare copper grounding conductors. 2. Ground rods. 3. Main building service disconnect ground assembly. 4. Exothermic welding-system. 5. Grounding lugs and connectors. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 1. Comply with applicable electrical code requirements of the authority having jurisdiction, as applicable to electrical grounding and bonding, pertaining to services, systems, circuits, and equipment. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16060 - Page 2 Grounding 2. Comply with applicable UL requirements pertaining to grounding and bonding of systems, circuits, and equipment. Provide grounding and bonding products which are UL-listed and labeled for their intended usage. 3. Comply with applicable standards and recommended installation practices pertaining to grounding and bonding of systems, circuits, and equipment. 1.5 TEST REPORTS A. Provide testing of the grounding system in accordance with NETA ((National Electrical Testing Association) Standards by an independent testing firm. Submit test reports for the installed equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. Materials and Components: 1. General: Provide an electrical grounding and bonding system; with an assembly of materials, including, but not limited to, conductors, connectors, solderless lug terminals, grounding electrodes, exothermic welding, bonding jumper braid, surge arresters, and additional accessories needed for a complete installation. Where more than one type component product meets indicated requirements, selection is installer's option. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products which comply with UL, IEEE and Code requirements and with established industry standards. 2. Where buried or exposed bare ground conductors are specified, provide soft drawn stranded copper conductors. 3. Where insulated ground conductors in conduit are specified, provide THWN copper conductors. 4. Ground rods to be of cone pointed electrolytic copper bonded to carbon steel core, sectional type where over 10' in length, die stamped near top with name or trademark of the manufacturer and length of rod in feet; diameter sufficient to permit driving without damage, but not less than 5/8". 5. Flexible flat braid conductor, 480 strands of 30-gauge bare copper wire; 3/4" wide, 9-1/2" long. Select braid with holes sized for 3/8" diameter bolts, and protect braid with copper bolt hole ends. 6. Provide a main service ground assembly consisting of a wall mounted copper bus bar equipped with a minimum of (2) ground studs. Refer to detail on the drawings. Provide an engraved nameplate on the wall above the assembly that reads "Electrical Service Ground". 7. Provide cast bronze heavy-duty ground clamps with bronze nuts and bolts, copper two hole heavy-duty compression lugs, and heavy-duty compression connectors. 8. Utilize the exothermic process for welded conductor connections. Section 16060 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 - Page 3 Grounding PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide building service disconnect grounds with resistance to ground of three ohms or less and in accordance with the Code. Maintain equipment ground continuity throughout the entire system including raceways, wireways, equipment enclosures, lighting fixtures and devices. Provide grounding as specified. Include equipment ground conductor in all nonmetallic conduits, with all feeders as scheduled on the drawings and with branch circuiting where indicated on the symbol list. B. Provide additional ground assemblies where indicated. C. Provide a bond from the metallic cold water main or ground electrode, to the main service ground assembly. D. Where the main service ground is extended to additional ground assemblies, provide continuous unspliced conductor. E. Where metallic cold water pipe could not be used as grounde electrode, provide, where acceptable to enforcing agency, ground rods with accessible through hand holes. Extend from the service ground assembly to metallic cold water pipe or ground rod with insulated conductor in steel conduit. F. Ground Continuity: 1. Provide green THWN insulated ground conductor in all nonmetallic conduits, each conduit run for incoming feeders and where indicated for branch circuits. For lighting circuits, connect ground wire to fixture ground lead where available or bond to fixture housing by mechanical means. Connect grounding conductors to ground busses in panelboards, and bond to all equipment. Bond feeder grounds to all metallic pull and junction boxes. 2. For parallel feeders or circuits, run ground in each conduit. Refer to schedule on drawings. 3. Provide ground bushings, fittings and jumpers as required at expansion and seismic fittings, isolated sections and wherever ground continuity is broken. Provide ground bushings on conduit stub-ups and bond to enclosure and ground bus. 4. Bond plug strip, light track, isolated metal parts of lighting fixtures, and ground terminal of receptacles to equipment ground. 5. Bond interior metal piping that may become energized, to the service ground. Size the bonding jumper based on the rating of the circuit that may energize the piping. The equipment ground conductor for the circuit may be used as the bonding-means. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16060 Section 16060 - Page 4 Grounding G. Antennas and Masts: Provide 1 #8 (minimum) THWN copper ground conductor in 3/4" conduit from antennas and masts to service ground, or metallic cold water pipe. H. Communications Ground: Provide 1 #8 (minimum) THWN copper ground conductor in 3/4" conduit from main telephone room and/or telephone terminal to service ground if available, or to metallic cold water pipe. Extend to other telephone terminals where indicated. I. Bond ground conductors to rod with exothermic weld or UL approved compression connectors in accessible locations. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of electrical grounding and bonding systems, test ground resistance with ground resistance tester. Where tests show resistance to ground is over 3 ohms, take appropriate action to reduce resistance to 3 ohms, or less, by driving additional ground rods; then retest to demonstrate compliance. B. Provide additional testing as described in Section 16080, Testing and certification. END OF SECTION Section 16060 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections and the following, apply to this Section: 1. Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. Division 9 Section "Painting" for related identification requirements. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations. It includes requirements for electrical identification components including but not limited to the following: 1. Buried electrical line warnings. 2. Identification labeling for raceways, cables, and conductors. 3. Operational instruction signs. 4. Warning and caution signs. 5. Equipment labels and signs. 6. Engraved nameplates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following items: 1. Schedule of identification nomenclature to be used for identification signs and labels. 2. Samples of engraved, plastic laminate to be used on disconnect switches and panelboards. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." B. ANSI Compliance: Comply with requirements of ANSI Standard A13.1, "Scheme for the identification of Piping Systems," with regard to type and size of lettering for raceway and cable labels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16075 Section 16075 - Page 2 Electrical Identification PART 3 - PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used in electrical identification work with corresponding designations specified or indicated on the drawings. Provide numbering, lettering, and colors as approved in submittals and as required by code. B. Provide identification devices in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and requirements of the Code. C. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of finish work. D. Engraving: Where the requirements of the specifications can be met, CO2 laser engraving is acceptable. 3.2 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Nameplates - General: 1. Provide laminated, engraved plastic nameplates with 1/2" high letters for all panelboards. Provide similar nameplates with 3/8" high letters for time switches, individually mounted breakers, switches and controls. Attach nameplates to gear with sheet metal screws. Adhesive mounted nameplates are not acceptable. Examples indicated are not necessarily for this project. Refer to single line diagrams and schedules for actual designations and circuit numbers that apply to this project. 2. Include nameplate schedule on shop drawing submittals. 3. Install panelboard nameplates behind panel door in public areas and on panel face in equipment rooms. B. Nameplate Color Schedule: 1. 120 through 240V: Black letters on white label. 2. Devices Connected ahead of building service disconnect at existing service switchboard: Letter color as for switchboard on yellow label. 3. Communication or Signal Systems: White letters on black label. Identify system and voltage. C. Stenciled Designations: Provide readily visible block letter stenciled designations for the following with 1/2" high minimum letters on background of contrasting color, colors as outlined under nameplates. Fabricate stencils of brass and deliver to Owner on completion of work. Obtain receipt and include in maintenance manual. 1. Junction and pull boxes of signal and communication systems identifying system and voltage. 2. Lighting Outlet and Junction Boxes: Identify voltage and circuits contained within box. Section 16075 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16075 - Page 3 Electrical Identification D. Labels: 1. At all fusible devices, either individually mounted or part of gear, provide a label (as supplied by fuse manufacturer) or nameplate inside each switch cover, indicating specific type of fuse required for replacement. 2. Provide label, in addition to UL label, for each panelboard indicating the short circuit rating of the gear as constructed and the minimum rating of devices allowable. Submit with shop drawings. E. Conduit and Conductors: 1. Tag feeders at panels, pull boxes, manholes and other accessible enclosures, indicating source, voltage, circuit number, and conductor ampere rating. Tags to be readily readable after installation. 2. In exterior or interior locations, provide 1-1/2" diameter laminated plastic tags engraved with 3/16" minimum high letters, attached with nylon cord or nylon tie wraps. Attach at the conduit entry to the box or enclosure. 3. Tag exposed ends of conduit stubs indicating system, name of panel, switchboard, etc., of origin and conduit size. 4. Identify all branch circuit system conductors with premarked self-adhesive, wraparound cloth wire markers, indicating circuit number and name of panel, cabinet, etc., of origin, at panelboards, wireways, junction boxes, and at outlet boxes containing more than one neutral wire. 5. Identification Format Example: Panel AA Branch Circuit - AA-10 F. Identify Raceways of Certain Systems with Color Banding: Band exposed or accessible raceways of the following systems for identification. Bands shall be painted with colors indicated below. Make each color band 2 inches wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Install bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, and at 10-foot maximum intervals in straight runs. Apply the following colors: 1. Telephone System: Green and Yellow. G. Conductor Color Coding: Per NEC (or CEC) Article 200, provide color coding for secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors throughout the project secondary electrical system as follows: Conductor Color 120/240 V Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Gray Traveler Purple As Approved Equipment Ground Green Green Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16075 Section 16075 - Page 4 Electrical Identification Instrument Ground Green wi/ Yellow Stripes H. Use conductors with color factory-applied the entire length of the conductors except as follows: 1. The following field-applied color coding methods may be used in lieu of factory-colored wire for sizes larger than No. 10 AWG: a. Apply colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tape in half-lapped turns for a distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply the last two laps of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use 1-inch wide tape in colors as specified. Do not obliterate cable identification markings by taping. Tape locations may be adjusted slightly to prevent such obliteration. b. In lieu of pressure-sensitive tape, colored cable ties may be used for color identification. Apply three ties of specified color to each wire at each terminal or splice point starting 3 inches from the terminal and spaced 3 inches apart. Apply with a special tool or pliers, tighten for snug fit, and cut off excess length. c. Color coded conductors of cables used in communication and signal systems and control conductors in line and low voltage control panels, motor control centers and supervisory panels. Use white for grounded conductors and green for equipment ground, exclusively. I. Devices: Engrave on each device plate with 3/16" high block letters with black enamel where noted and as follows: 1. Lock switch and switch with pilot light - device controlled. 2. Switch for fan, motor unit heater - equipment controlled. 3. Switch where lights or equipment are out of sight - identify area or equipment controlled. 4. Switches in gangs of three or more - identify areas or equipment switched. 5. Receptacles over 150V to ground and/or 30A and higher rating - voltage and ampere rating. 6. Where wording is not indicated, allow for ten letters per device and use wording as directed. 7. For switch cabinets engrave each device or provide engraved nameplate. J. Panel Schedules: Provide typewritten panel schedules on inside of panel doors behind clear plastic. Indicate as-built quantity and type of outlets served and general location of outlets or fixtures and/or item of equipment served. Where modifying existing panels, provide new typewritten schedules reflecting all modifications provided under this work. Section 16075 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16075 - Page 5 Electrical Identification K. Flash Protection: Per NEC (or CEC) Article 110, all electrical equipment that may require periodic inspection, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized shall be provided with a permanent label, or sign, that reads: "WARNING - POTENTIAL ELECTRICAL ARC FLASH HAZARD WHEN EQUIPMENT IS ENERGIZED". Label or sign to conform to CAL OSHA standards for colors and size of lettering, and be displayed on the equipment where clearly visible. Equipment includes, but is not limited to: 1. Power and branch circuit panelboards. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16075 SECTION 16080 TESTING AND CERTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Acceptance and startup testing requirements for electrical power distribution equipment and systems. Contractor shall retain and pay for the services of a recognized independent testing firm for purpose of performing field inspections and field tests as herein specified. 1. The testing firm shall provide all material, equipment, labor, and technical supervision to perform such tests and inspections. 2. It is the purpose of these tests to assure that all tested electrical equipment is operational and within industry and manufacturer's tolerances and is installed in accordance with the design documents. 3. The tests and inspections shall determine suitability for startup and energization. 4. The following sections describe the equipment and systems that require testing: a. Section 16060 -GROUNDING b. Section 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES c. Section 16140-WIRING DEVICES d. Section 16210 -SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS OF TESTING FIRM A. The testing firm shall be a recognized corporate and financially independent testing organization, which can function as an unbiased testing authority, professionally independent of the manufacturers, suppliers, and installers of equipment or systems evaluated by the testing firm. B. The testing firm shall be regularly engaged in the testing of electrical equipment devices, installations, and systems. C. The testing firm shall meet CAL-OSHA criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, or be a Full Member company of the National Electrical Testing Association (NETA). D. The lead, on-site, technical person shall be currently certified by the National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) or National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) in electrical power distribution system testing. E. The testing firm shall utilize engineers and technicians who are regularly employed by the firm for testing and engineering services. All studies, tests, Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16080 Section 16080 - Page 2 Testing and Certification and reports shall be stamped by a professional electrical engineer currently registered in the state of California. F. Submit documentation of the above qualifications. G. The terms used herein, such as test agency, test contractor, testing laboratory, or contractor test company shall be construed to mean the testing firm. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittal per Contract General Conditions, Division 1, and Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Submit test schedule and detailed test agenda outlining procedures, for review. C. Qualifications of testing firm. D. Submit five typewritten and tabulated copies of certified field test reports to Architect/Engineer for review. Include copies of the test reports in the Operation and Maintenance manuals. E. Five copies of blank forms for checklists, test reports, and other related forms for Architect/Engineer's review. 1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall perform routine insulation resistance, continuity, and rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior to and in addition to any acceptance testing. B. The Contractor shall test all lighting, low voltage relays, and circuits to ensure proper operating conditions prior to acceptance testing. C. The Contractor shall perform visual and mechanical inspections, verifying that the equipment nameplate information meets the intent of the drawings and specifications. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all protective devices at building service disconnect and protective device ahead based on the short circuit and coordination study, submitting settings to the Architect/Engineer for review. E. The tests and inspections shall determine suitability for energization. Equipment shall not be energized until accepted by the testing firm. 1.5 APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS, AND REFERENCES A. All inspections and tests shall be in accordance with the following codes and standards except as provided otherwise herein: Section 16080 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16080 - Page 3 Testing and Certification 1. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association - NEMA 2. American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers - IEEE 4. National Electrical Testing Association - NETA 5. American National Standards Institute - ANSI 6. Applicable Portion of State and City Codes and Ordinances 7. Insulated Cable Engineers Association - ICEA 8. Association of Edison Illuminating Companies - AEIC 9. California Occupational Safety and Health Administration - CAL - OSHA 10. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA a. ANSI/NFPA70: National Electrical Code b. ANSI/NFPA 70B: Electrical Equipment Maintenance c. NFPA 70E: Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplaces d. ANSI/NFPA 78: Lightning Protection Code e. ANSI/NFPA 101: Life Safety Code 11. National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET). B. All inspections and tests shall utilize the following references: 1. Project design specifications. 2. Project design drawings. 3. Short-circuit and coordination study. 4. Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular apparatus. 5. Project list of equipment to be inspected and tested as stated above. PART 2 - INSPECTION AND TEST PROCEDURES 2.1 PROCEDURE A. Testing firm to provide and comply with the following: 1. Acceptance test procedures for equipment listed in Part 1 of this section for Engineer review and approval prior to any test and after thorough evaluation of the system. Testing shall conform to the National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) specifications and standards for electrical power distribution equipment and systems and manufacturer's instructions. 2. Refer to each individual specification section for additional testing requirements. 3. Upon completion of the work, and as a condition for acceptance, test components and systems in the presence of the Owner's representative to demonstrate compliance with the specifications. Provide tests as specified and as required by the code or enforcing authorities. Adjust, repair and/or replace defective material and equipment. 4. Provide supervisory personnel experienced with the particular systems involved, and where specified, arrange for the presence of factory Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16080 Section 16080 - Page 4 Testing and Certification representatives to direct indicated testing. Check field connections prior to testing. 5. Tighten bolted connections and meggar equipment and bus prior to testing. B. Test and Measurements: Include required factory service engineering time to cover the outline testing. Submit a per diem cost to cover additional testing which may be requested. C. Ground Resistance: Test ground resistance at building service disconnect. Perform test in accordance with the latest edition of James G. Biddle manual on Earth Resistance Testing and describe tests and results in test report. Where ground resistance is in excess of specified values, add ground electrodes as required to meet specifications. D. Conductors: Test for continuity, proper neutral connection, short circuit and improper ground. Test feeders with switchboards and/or panels connected, but with branch loads disconnected. Insulation resistance to be not less than cable manufacturer's recommendation. E. Panelboards: Test with main disconnect open, branch circuits connected, wall switches closed, lighting fixtures and/or outlets permanently connected, without lamps, for neutral ground, short circuit, continuity, improper ground, and multiple neutral grounds. F. Signal and Communication Systems: Factory engineer to test each system to demonstrate specified operation of components. For code required systems, arrange for code authorities to witness tests. G. Receptacles: 1. Verify that receptacles are installed per manufacturer's instructions and terminal connections are secure and clean. Test for polarity. 2. Ground Fault Interrupting Receptacles (GFI) With the Aid of a GFI Tester, Such as Hubbell #GFT2-G, Test GFI Receptacles: a. Hot - neutral - ground connections. b. At two and three milliamps respectively, GFI shall not trip within 10 seconds. c. At five milliamps, GFI shall trip within one second. 3. Test isolated ground receptacles for ground isolation. H. Adjustments: After project loads are in full operation, and at a time acceptable to the Owner: 1. Take voltage readings at each transformer. Where voltage on secondary of building transformers is above or below required rating in excess of 2- 1/2 percent at full load, make appropriate tap changes. Section 16080 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16080 - Page 5 Testing and Certification 2. Take current readings on each phase at each panel. Adjust branch circuiting between phases where required to balance phase currents within 10 percent. Reflect revisions in panel schedules. Circuit revisions shall not compromise multi-wire circuits sharing a common neutral. 3. Tabulate adjustment data by transformer and panel and submit with test data. I. Thermographic Inspection: 1. After project loads are in full operation, perform a thermographic inspection of the electrical equipment and connections at a time acceptable to the Owner and in the presence of his authorized representative. 2. The purpose of the inspection is to locate high resistive points by comparing temperature levels to reference temperatures. 3. Utilize an infrared camera with a temperature range of -20°C to 900°C and an accuracy of 0.1 °C. Equip camera with a minimum of three lenses: 7° telephoto, 20° wide angle and 40° extra wide angle. Utilize camera to detect infrared wave lengths and convert them into video signals projected onto a monitor screen in the form of a line thermal image to be photographed for inclusion in the report. Heat loss survey to be in both gray step mode and color. Submit camera characteristics with report. 4. Inspect the entire electrical system Including: a. Panelboards. b. Circuit breakers, disconnect switches. 5. Include in test report, thermographs and photographs of defective equipment and connections. Outline probable cause, severity of defect and corrective measure recommendations. 6. Correct deficiencies as agreed upon at no cost to Owner. Rephotograph corrected areas and resubmit data indicating satisfactory conditions. J. Non Metallic Conduit Test: 1. Provide witnessed test of conduits, after installation, for clear bore, using ball mandrel, brushes and snake. Use Lignum Vitae ball of diameter equal to approximately 85% of conduit inside diameter. Clear conduits, which reject ball mandrel. Bear costs involved, including chopping concrete, replacing conduit and restoring surfaces to original condition. 2. Maintain record of testing indicating "left clear, tagged, capped" listing conduit designation, diameter, location, date of test and testing personnel. Submit certified copies in triplicate. 2.2 SYSTEM FUNCTION TESTS A. General: 1. Perform system function tests upon completion of equipment component tests as defined in this specification. It is the purpose of system function Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16080 Section 16080 - Page 6 Testing and Certification tests to prove the proper interaction of all sensing, processing, and action devices. 2.3 DEFICIENCIES A. All deficiencies reported by the testing firm to be corrected by the Contractor without any cost to the Owner and the Acceptance Test to be redone accordingly. PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Section 16080 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 16085 MANUFACTURERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections and the following, apply to this Section: 1. Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.2 SUMMARY A. The following lists of manufacturers are for the specifications as identified. B. All submittals and documents shall be in accordance with the project General Requirements, Division 1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products, which may be incorporated in the work, are listed herein. All manufacturers not listed shall be pre-approved prior to bid in order to be considered. Refer to Division 1 for pre-approval format. 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: (Subject to conformance with specification.) A. Panelboards, Terminal Cabinets: General Electric, Square D, Cutler Hammer. B. 240/120V Branch Circuit Panelboards: General Electric Type AE. Equivalent: Square D Type NF, Cutler Hammer Power Line 2. C. Contactors and Relays: 1. Mechanically Held: 20A - ASCO Bulletin 917; 30A and Larger - ASCO Bulletin 920. 2. Magnetically Held Contactors: Same as for motor starters. 3. Magnetically Held Relays: Industrial grade with normally open and normally closed contacts. Manufacturers same as for motor starters: General Electric CR2810. 4. Time Delay Relays: Manufacturers same as for motor starters, General Electric CR2820B Series. D. Time Switches: All with spring wound reserve, contacts as required. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16085 Section 16085 - Page 2 Manufacturers 1. 7 Day: Tork TW-LE Series, equivalent by Paragon, Intermatic. 2. 24 Hour with Astro Dial: Tork TZ-LE Series, equivalent by Paragon, Intermatic. E. Photoelectric Cells: Fischer Pierce PPN7790B with FPNS47673 receptacle mounted on cast box. Equivalent by Paragon, Tork. F. Circuit Breakers: Molded case. 1. For Branch Circuit Panelboards: Same as panelboard manufacturer. G. Disconnect Switches (Heavy Duty, Quick-Make, Quick-Break): 1. 800A and Smaller: General Electric, Square D, Cutler Hammer. Rejection type for fused units. H. Fuses: 1. 600A and Smaller: Low peak, dual element Class RK1, Buss LPN-RK (250V) LPS-RK (600V). Equal by Gould Shawmut, Littlefuse. I. Wiring Devices: 1. Maintained Switches: Hubbell 1221 Series, equivalent by Leviton, Bryant, Pass/Seymour, Cooper. 2. Floor Box Mounted Outlets: Hubbell, Lew, Walker. a. Duplex receptacle on floor box - Hubbell "Low Con" style, satin aluminum. b. Power outlet on floor box - Hubbell "Low Con" style with furniture feed plate. c. Low Tension: 2" diameter IPS cast aluminum standpipe, or kick ring, equivalent to Walker 810-2 with support. 3. Locking Type Receptacle, as Scheduled on the Drawing: Hubbell, Leviton, Cooper. 4. Special Receptacles as Scheduled on the Drawings: Hubbell, Leviton, Cooper. 5. Ground Fault Interrupting Receptacles: Hubbell GF 5362. Equivalent by Leviton, Cooper. 6. Weatherproof Receptacle, Flush Mounting or Freestanding: Hubbell GF 5362. Equivalent by Leviton, Cooper. 7. Weatherproof Hinged Cover: Taymac Corp., Hubbell, Intermatic. 8. Tamper Resistant Type Receptacle: Hubbell SG62HI Series, equivalent by Leviton, Cooper. 9. Plates - Smooth Satin Finish, Type 302, 0.035" Stainless Steel: Hubbell, Leviton, Cooper. 10. Surface Metal Multi-Outlet Raceway: Wiremold G2100, GSOOOand G4000 Series, equivalent by Walker/Parkersburg. Special types as indicated. J. Lighting Fixtures: Section 16085 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16085 - Page 3 Manufacturers 1. Conform with all requirements described under Section 16500, LIGHTING FIXTURES, in addition to scheduled descriptions. Submit itemized conformance list with bid. 2. Lighting Fixture Schedule: Verify ceiling construction on Architectural drawings. Supply fixture compatible with ceiling. 3. Lenses equal to KSH Pattern 19, 3/16" where not otherwise noted. 4. Ballasts, Electronic: Advance, MagneTek Traid, Osram Sylvania, Valmont. 5. Ballasts, Core and Coil: Advance, Universal, Valmont. Energy saving type equivalent to Universal SLH Series. 6. Lamps: General Electric, Osram, Phillips, Venture Lighting. K. Occupancy Sensors Passive Infrared: Mytech LP-2-DC, Watt Stopper. L. Lighting Control System: Lighting Control and Design, equivalent by Watt Stopper, LC&D Blue box LT, Triatek. M. Insulated Bushings: O. Z. Gedney Types A, B and copper lug BLG, equivalent by Midwest Electric. N. EMT Fittings - Steel Raintight: Appleton TW Series, Grouse-Hinds MW Series, Steel City TC710 Series, Thomas and Betts 5120 Series, Tomic 20 Series. O. Liquidtight Flex: Type U. A. with built-in bond wire, American Flex Conduit, Anaconda, O. Z. Gedney. P. Gutters and Wireways: Circle AW, Hoffman Engineering Company, Square D. Q. Nonmetallic Conduit, Polyvinyl Chloride Schedule 40 and 80, 90°C Rated: Can- Tex Industries, Carlon, CertainTeed, Kraloy Plastics. R. Nonferrous Conduit: Anaconda S. Cable Hooks: Mono Systems, B-Line, Caddy. T. Conduit Seals: Grouse-Hinds Type EYS, equivalent by Appleton. U. Caulking Compound: Tremco-Acoustic Sealant, Manville - Duxseal Interchemical - Presstite 579.64, Chase Foam. V. Roof Flashing: Stoneman 1100 Series, equivalent by Archer. W. Conduit Wrapping: Polyvinyl tape - 20 mil 1/2 lap by Manville, Minnesota Mining Scotch or 40 mil PVC coating by Occidental Coating Company, Robroy. X. Steel Outlet Boxes: 4" square by 1-1/2" deep minimum, Appleton, Bowers, Raco, Steel City. Y. Acoustical Outlet Box Pads: Harry A. Lowry Associates, Nelson Electric FSP. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16085 Section 16085 - Page 4 Manufacturers Z. Prefabricated Outlet Box Assemblies: B-Line, Minerallac, Caddy. AA. Cast Boxes and Conduit Bodies: Appleton, Grouse-Hinds, Pyle-National, O. Z. Gedney. BB. Floor Boxes: Hubbell Dual Level fully adjustable Type 1, round cover. Rectangular for ganged boxes. For flush duplex outlets S-3925 cover. Steel City 600 Series, Walker 880 Series. Afterset: Hubbell PT7 Series, equal by Steel City, Walker. CC. Multiple Service Floor Boxes: Wiremold, RFB Series. DD. 600V Conductor Installation Accessories: 1. Steel Spring Connectors (No. 8 and Smaller): Scotchlok types R and Y, Ideal Wirenut. 2. Solderless Connectors: (No. 6 and Larger) Copper or Bronze Bolted Pressure Bar Type: Burndy, Thomas and Betts, O. Z. Gedney, Teledyne Penn-Union. 3. Compression Connectors (Motor Connections No. 8 and Smaller): T&B Stakon, Burndy or equivalent. 4. Tape: Scotch #23 rubber tape and #33 vinyl tape. Sola Basic, Sierra-Tomic. 5. Sealant: Scotchkote. No known equal. 6. Pulling Compound: Powdered Soapstone, Ideal Yellow 77, Wirelube, Minerallac #100, Sierra-Tomic. 7. Cable Supports: O. Z. Gedney split wedge, Kellems cable clamps. EE. Grounding System Components: 1. Grounding Lugs, Clamps and Connectors: Burndy, Thomas & Betts, O.Z. Gedney. 2. Signal Reference Ground: Cadweld Electric Products Division equivalent system by Burndy. FF. Afterset Anchors: Expansion shield type, Hilti Kwik Bolt, Phillips "Redhead" Wedge Type. GG. Seismic Bracing Systems: International Seismic Application Technology (I.S.A.T.) or equivalent State of California approved system. HH. Hand Hole: Jensen Precast, Brooks Products, Christy Concrete Products, or equivalent. PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION Section 16085 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections and the following, apply to this Section: 1. Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. Section 16085, MANUFACTURERS. 3. Section 16130, RACEWAYS. 4. Section 16135, ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes conductors and connectors for power, lighting, signal, control, and related systems rated 600 volts and less. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's Product Data for conductors and connectors. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following: 1. NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." 2. Conform to applicable codes and regulations regarding toxicity of combustion products of insulating materials. B. UL Compliance: Provide components which are listed and labeled by UL under the following standards. 1. UL Std. 44 Thermoset Insulated Wires and Cables 2. UL Std. 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables 3. UL Std. 486A-486B Wire Connectors. 4. UL Std. 854 Service Entrance Cables. C. IEEE Compliance: Provide components which comply with the following standard. 1. Std. 82 - 2002: Test procedures for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS (600 VOLT) Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16120 Section 16120 - Page 2 Wires and Cables A. General: Provide conductors suitable for the temperature, conditions, and location where installed. All conductors shall be new and delivered to the site in original unbroken packages and reels. Manufactured within (8) months of installation, of soft drawn copper of not less than 98 percent conductivity, 75O C temperature rating, conforming with ASTM Specification and the Code; 600V insulation unless specifically noted otherwise, of the type specified, standard American Wire Gauge (AWG) sizes; solid for No. 10 and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. Use stranded conductors below No. 8 AWG for fire alarm system, special applications, and as noted. B. All packages, plainly marked or tagged with Underwriters' labels; size, type, insulation and voltage rating of the wire; name of manufacturing company and the trade name of the wire; date of manufacture. C. Conductor Material: All conductors shall be copper, single conductor rated at 600 volts, which conform to or exceed ICEA specifications and the following conductor insulation: 1. In all Locations Unless Otherwise Noted: THWN, THHW, XHHW. 2. For Dry Locations: THWN, XHHW, THHN. 3. For communication and signal systems and for control of mechanical equipment - THWN throughout unless otherwise specified herein or in other sections of the specifications. 4. For pendants and cords - Underwriters' Type SJ or SJO with ground wire, or as indicated. 5. On load side of isolation transformers and ground fault interrupter circuit breakers, cross linked polyethylene insulation with tape over conductors and dielectric constant of 3 or less. Submit cable data with shop drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS A. Store conductors where continuously protected from sunlight, heat and weather. B. Circuit as indicated on plans and single line diagrams. C. Do not install more conductors in a raceway than indicated on the drawings. D. Minimum wire size shall be No.12 AWG, except for control or signal circuits which may be No. 14 AWG. E. Provide conductors in parallel feeder runs of identical lengths. Section 16120 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16120 - Page 3 Wires and Cables F. Acceptable pulling means include: fish tape with ball type heads, cable rope, and basket weave wire/cable grips which will not damage cables or raceways. Do not use rope hitches for pulling attachments to wire or cable. G. Use only lubricant, which does not damage conductors, as a pulling aid. No lubricant is to be used on branch circuit conductors connected to ground fault- interrupting circuit breakers. H. Bundle and secure feeder, branch circuit and control conductors, in panelboards, and terminal cabinets with nylon tie wraps suitable for conductor size. Provide tie wraps on approximately 12" centers. Identify spare conductors (line, control and signal. I. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with manufacturer's published torque tightening values. Where manufacturers' torque requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torque values specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. J. Install all conductors in conduit. Complete conduit system and clean and dry conduit before pulling in conductors. Install conductors after general construction work in area has progressed sufficiently to avoid conductor damage. K. Run neutral conductors continuous to panel. Do not combine. Run feeders continuous to panel or equipment without splices. Do not splice or tap in equipment enclosures or conduit bodies. Make necessary splices or taps only in junction boxes, pull boxes, or in oversize wiring gutters designed for the purpose at panelboards. L. Allow 12" minimum free length of conductor where terminating in outlet or pull box. Provide longer lengths where indicated. M. Do not loop through receptacle terminals: Connect by means of conductor taps joined to branch circuit conductors. N. Where branch circuit conductors extend from ground fault interrupting breakers, enclose conductors in plastic tubing within panelboard. 3.2 CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS, LINE VOLTAGE CONDUCTORS A. For joints, splices, taps and connections for 600V conductors, use solderless connectors. B. For branch circuit conductors No. 8 AWG and smaller, use steel spring with semi-rigid insulating shell, or setscrew type, taped. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16120 Section 16120 - Page 4 Wires and Cables C. Terminate solid conductors, No. 10 AWG and smaller by a fast holding application of the conductor directly to the binding screws of the equipment to be connected. D. For conductors No. 6 AWG and larger, use copper or bronze bolted pressure bar mechanical connectors and lugs, or compression type at Contractor's option, sized for conductors. For conductors No. 1 AWG and larger, use lugs with two bolts through tongue minimum, or equal anti-turn construction (submit sample). Connectors and lugs which are crimp type or which apply setscrews directly to the conductors are not acceptable. Fasten lugs with flat and spring washers and hex nut. E. In panelboard feed through gutters, use copper power distribution blocks with insulating cover to extend conductors from feeder to panel. F. Coordinate equipment terminations with equipment supplier to insure that terminals provided conform with requirements specified herein. G. For connections at motors, use lugs on motor and branch circuit conductors, bolted and taped. For conductors No. 8 AWG and smaller, crimp lugs to conductors. H. Splice grounding conductors by means of exothermic welding and terminate by means of approved grounding connectors. Do not solder. I. Tape non-insulated connections with lap wound layers of vinyl plastic tape or lap wound layers of rubber tape covered by lap wound layers of friction tape, to provide insulation equal to 150 percent of the conductor's insulation, but in no case less than three layers. Split bakelite casings with stainless steel spring clips designed for specific connectors may be used alternately. J. Position splices in pull boxes and junction boxes, so they are accessible from the removable cover side of the box. K. Provide waterproof connections in wet locations. Pencil and roughen conductors and apply rubber tape equal to insulation thickness. Cover with two half-lapped layers of 8.5 mil, all weather, vinyl plastic tape, suitable for below freezing application, and coat with sealant. Form conductors into drip loops so that water does not collect on connections. Blow out conduit to remove moisture and seal conduit ends with waterproof compound. L. Torque electrical conductor terminations in accordance with equipment manufacturer's directions and industry standards. Section 16120 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16120 - Page 5 Wires and Cables 3.3 CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS, SIGNAL SYSTEM AND CONTROL CONDUCTORS A. Run conductors continuous from equipment to terminal cabinets and devices. Do not splice. B. In terminal cabinet and junction boxes terminate on solder terminals, screw type terminals, telephone type punch terminals or wire wrapped terminals. C. At equipment or devices terminate on screw type terminals or with plug and socket connections. D. For fire alarm systems and control use screw type terminals throughout. E. For flexible connections use stranded conductors and crimp type lugs. F. For shielded conductors, make shield continuous and isolate shields from ground and other shields. 3.4 CONDUCTOR SUPPORT A. In vertical risers provide split wedge or cable clamp conductor supports in equipment or intermediate junction or pull boxes, or provide code approved equivalent. Spacing not to exceed the following: Support Conductor AWG Size Spacing (Feet) 1/0 and Smaller 100 2/0 through 4/0 80 250 MCM through 350 MCM 60 500 MCM 50 750 MCM 40 END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16120 SECTION 16130 RACEWAYS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections and the following, apply to this Section: 1. Section 16050, Basic Electrical Requirements. 2. Section 16060, Grounding. 3. Section 16085, Manufacturers. 4. Section 16120, Wires and Cables. 5. Section 16135, Electrical boxes and fittings. 6. Section 16140, Wiring Devices. 7. Section 16190, Supporting Materials and Methods. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways for electrical wiring. Types of raceways in this section include the following: 1. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). 2. Flexible metal conduit. 3. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC). 4. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. 5. Rigid metallic conduit (RMC). 6. Nonferrous rigid conduit. 7. Rigid aluminum conduit. 8. Rigid non-metallic conduit. 9. Wireway. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Manufacturer's Product Data for the following: 1. Raceways and fittings. 2. Wireways and fittings. 3. Underfloor duct, fittings and accessories. B. Submit manufacturer's recommended installation methods for underfloor duct, wireway, surface raceway and nonmetallic raceway products. C. Submit an accurately scaled layout of the underfloor duct system. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16130 Section 16130 - Page 2 Raceways 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firs regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical raceways and fittings, of types, sizes, and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five years. B. Code Compliance: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." C. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining to electrical raceways and fittings. D. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with applicable requirements of UL standards pertaining to electrical raceways and fittings. Provide products and components listed and labeled by UL. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1: Rigid Conduit Including Couplings, Locknuts, Nipples: Steel, hot-dipped galvanized inside and out after threading, galvanized, threaded malleable iron or steel fittings, notched locknuts with gripping teeth. Deliver with plastic thread protectors on exposed conduit threads. B. Intermediate Steel Conduit: UL 1242: Intermediate Metal Conduit Including Couplings, Locknuts, Nipples: Steel, hot process galvanized outside, lacquered or enameled inside, galvanized threads, galvanized threaded malleable iron or steel fittings, notched locknuts with gripping teeth. Deliver with plastic thread protectors on exposed conduit threads. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing and Fittings: ANSI C80.3.: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) Including Locknuts, Couplings and Connectors: Galvanized steel, lacquered or enameled interior; raintight gland ring compression type fittings, insulated throat connectors. Submit sample fittings for approval. Indenture fittings are unacceptable. D. Flexible Metal Conduit: UL 1, zinc-coated steel: Flexible Conduit: Manufactured from single steel strip, galvanized on all four sides prior to fabrication, die cast twist-in connectors, UL listed for ground continuity. Aluminum or reduced wall flexible conduit is not acceptable. E. Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit and Fittings: UL 360: Liquidtight Flexible Conduit: Flexible galvanized steel core, with extruded polyvinyl chloride cover. Liquidtight insulated throat fittings to seal and ground conduit. Provide separate bond wire where integral ground conductor is not available. Section 16130 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16130 - Page 3 Raceways F. Nonferrous Rigid Conduit: Silicon bronze, brass or copper including fittings per UL requirements for rigid conduits. G. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: Extruded aluminum alloy, 0.40 percent copper maximum, per UL requirements for rigid conduit, with UL approved fittings. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND DUCTS A. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): NEMA TC 2 and UL 651, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC as specified, high impact 90°C polyvinyl chloride, extruded to iron pipe sizes with factory spacers, couplings, bends and offsets. Plastic to plastic connections, tightly fitted and butted, cement welded utilizing tinted primer per ASTM F656 and heavy body, medium set cement per ASTM D2564, in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Plastic to metal connection with UL listed adapters. B. PVC Conduit Fittings: NEMA TC3; match to conduit type and material. C. Conduit, Duct Accessories: Types, sizes, and materials complying with manufacturer's published product information. Mate and match accessories with raceway. 2.3 CONDUIT BODIES AND FITTINGS A. General: Types, shapes, and sizes as required to suit individual applications and Code requirements. Provide matching gasketed covers secured with corrosion- resistant screws. B. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use metallic conduit bodies with threaded hubs for threaded raceways. C. EMT Conduit: Use metallic conduit bodies with steel compression gland connectors and couplings. D. Nonmetallic Conduit: Use nonmetallic conduit bodies conforming to UL514B. E. Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit Fittings: With threaded grounding cone, a steel, nylon or equal plastic compression ring, and a gland for tightening. Either steel or malleable iron only with insulated throats and male thread and locknut or male bushing with or without O-ring seal. Each connector shall provide a low resistance ground connection between the flexible conduit, and the outlet box, conduit or other equipment to which it is connected. F. Bushings: Insulated type, designed to prevent abrasion of wires without impairing the continuity of the conduit grounding system, for rigid steel conduit and IMC, larger than 3/4" size. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16130 Section 16130 - Page 4 Raceways G. Seal Off Fittings: Threaded, zinc or cadmium coated, cast or malleable iron type for steel conduits. Fittings used to prevent passage of water vapor shall be of the continuous drain type. 2.4 WIREWAYS A. General: Electrical wireways shall be code gauge steel, rust resistant zinc coating. Fittings and accessories including but not limited to couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, and end caps shall match and mate with wireway as required for complete system. Where features are not indicated, select to fulfill wiring requirements in compliance with applicable provisions of the Code. B. Wireway covers shall be the hinged type. C. Factory Finish: Wash and phosphate undercoat, ANSI 49 gray enamel paint for NEMA 1, ANSI 61 gray polyester powder finish for NEMA 3R and 12. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT A. Use rigid steel conduit up to 6", or intermediate steel conduit up to 4": In slab on grade; exposed on exterior; encased in interior or exterior masonry or concrete walls; in wet locations; in refrigerated spaces; where conduit is routed exposed within 7' of floor or walking surfaces; in suspended slabs, but only where permission is obtained from Architect in writing for conduit to be run in a suspended slab. B. Use rigid or intermediate steel conduit, or electric metallic tubing up to 4" for: Dry concealed locations; where conduit is routed exposed above 7' from floor or walking surfaces; including but not limited to mechanical rooms, in electrical and telephone rooms at all heights. C. For Underground Installations: 1. Use rigid or intermediate steel, or Schedule 80 PVC conduit, below building, and rigid or intermediate steel or Schedule 40 PVC conduit outside building footprint unless otherwise noted. Provide rigid or intermediate steel conduit elbows (2" minimum above floor) for stub-ups and risers. Use PVC conduit with PVC elbows, terminating in PVC threaded couplings flush with 4" high raised concrete pad, for 400 Hz conductors, and at Contractor's option for telephone, signal and communication and data systems. For fire alarm systems use rigid or intermediate steel conduit only. 2. Outside the building footprint, encase all types of conduit in a concrete envelope of rectangular cross section not less than 3" beyond any surface of conduit. Where steel conduit extends above grade from concrete Section 16130 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16130 - Page 5 Raceways encasement, paint conduit with two coats of bitumastic paint for 12" minimum on both sides of junction with concrete. Use precast concrete or plastic separators to secure uniform spacing between conduits of 2". Concrete to have 2,500 psi minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Reinforce envelope with No. 4 rebar rods at four corners parallel to conduit run with 1" concrete cover and with No.3 ties on 2 foot centers (minimum) where crossing fill or loose soil, other utility mains, and at sharp slopes. For runs over 150', provide bends with a minimum radius of ten times the internal radius of the conduit. Ball mandrel conduit. Where conduits are under building, mandrel before any slabs are poured. Route conduit to avoid column footings and foundations. Equip conduit with end bells for termination in manholes. Slope conduit away from building and towards manholes or pull boxes with slope of 3" per 100'. Submit sections and details. 3. Unless otherwise noted wrap all underground steel conduit by one of the following methods before encasing in concrete , or routing in non-corrosive soil below the building slab. a. Factory wrap with one-half lap of twenty mil thick identified polyvinyl tape to provide uniform forty mil coating. Field taped joints shall provide equivalent coating. b. Factory coat with forty mil thick PVC coating bonded to conduit. Coating on couplings shall extend beyond coupling ends for one conduit diameter up to 1-1/2". c. Extend wrap for 12" minimum where conduit emerges from ground. D. Use flexible steel conduit, 1/2" minimum, and 3/4" maximum, trade size, in metal stud partitions and above accessible lay-in tile ceilings. Do not use flexible conduit for homeruns to panelboards, or for emergency circuits. Flexible metal conduit (FMC) is permitted for use in patient care areas with all of the following conditions: 1. Installed with a green insulated copper ground conductor required by CEC 517. 2. The total length in any ground return path is less than six feet. 3. The conduit is terminated in fittings approved for grounding. 4. The circuit overcurrent protective device is 20A or less. E. Use 24" minimum length of liquidtight flexible steel conduit, 1/2" minimum trade size, slack connected for: Connection from outlet to motor and other moving or vibrating equipment; code length to lighting fixtures in damp or wet locations; to transformer housings; to kitchen equipment; all flexible connections in exposed areas. Where conduit stubs into bottom of dry type transformer, without connecting to enclosure, bond conduit to enclosure and omit flex connection. F. Provide bend radius for flexible conduit not less than 5 times the trade size. G. Provide factory made sweeps and elbows for nonmetallic conduit. H. Do not use flexible conduit for telecommunications or data cabling unless specifically shown on the drawings. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16130 Section 16130 - Page 6 Raceways 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Deliver raceways and wireways to the site in standard lengths, and store where continuously protected from moisture and weather. B. Conduit sizes on the drawings are minimum, sized for copper conductors, for normal dimension insulation. Unless otherwise noted, use 3/4" trade size minimum. Increase sizes where required by physical conditions, or conductor insulation. Do not combine runs without written approval. Allow for grounding conductor. C. Conceal conduit from view above ceilings, below floors or in walls. Coordinate with Architectural Sections and Details. D. Conduit may be exposed to view in shop and utility areas and where indicated. Install all conduit runs parallel with or perpendicular to structural members. Surmount obstructions by use of bends, offsets, and where necessary with junction and pull boxes. For surface mounted outlets and small junction boxes within 7' of floor, use cast boxes and/or conduit bodies. E. Cut conduits and raceways square and free of burrs. Ream conduit ends and clean conduits before pulling conductors. F. Cap open ends of conduits with approved manufactured conduit seals until ready to pull in conductors. G. For bends and offsets in conduit, use large radius factory fittings, or bend with a hydraulic bender meeting the NEC (or CEC) requirements. Replace all flattened, deformed or kinked conduit. H. In conduit runs for signal and communications systems cabling and for telecommunications/data system cabling that are in excess of 100', or have more than 180° of bend, provide junction boxes or pullboxes. I. Route raceways and wireways so as to prevent insulated conductors from being subjected to high ambient temperature conditions. Maintain the Following Minimum Clearances: Crossing noninsulated pipe or duct - 3 inches Crossing insulated pipes or ducts -1 inch Parallel to noninsulated pipes or ducts - 3 feet Parallel to insulated pipes or ducts - 6 inches J. Provide No. 14 AWG black iron pull wire or polyethylene or nylon pull rope in all empty conduits and stubs over 10' in lengths, extending at least 12" beyond conduit. Pull rope tensile strength to be 240 pounds up to 1-1/2" conduit and 800 pounds for larger conduit. Section 16130 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16130 - Page 7 Raceways K. Secure rigid or IMC conduits to panelboards, pull boxes, wireways and enclosures with locknuts, inside and out, and provide impact resistant plastic, insulated throat or malleable iron bushings at terminations in pull boxes, wireways, signal cabinets, boxes and enclosures. Zinc insulated throat hubs with "O" ring gaskets may be used in lieu of double locknutand bushing. For feeder conductors No. 4AWG and larger, provide steel or malleable iron insulating bushings with plastic liner. For EMT, provide insulated throat connectors secured with locknut on interior of box or enclosure. For flex conduit, provide insulated throat die cast twist-in connectors with plastic bushing, and locknut. At switchboards and bottomless gear and equipment, terminate conduits with malleable iron, insulated throat grounding bushing with copper setscrew lug, bonded to ground bus with code size conductor, No. 8 AWG minimum. Use approved couplings or unions. Running thread, threadless coupling, or split coupling connections are not permitted. L. Field thread rigid and IMC conduit to conform to American Standard Pipe Threads tapered for the entire length at 3/4 inch/foot. Treat threads with protective coating to prevent corrosion, but maintain electrical continuity. M. For underground steel conduit, coat joints and points where wrenches have been applied, with bitumastic paint. N. Extend underground stub outs as shown on drawings, but 3' minimum beyond building foundations or concrete paving adjacent to building. O. Where conduit extending into building from site enters occupied level, slope conduits to drain away from building, and seal penetration to prevent entrance of moisture into building. P. Provide compound filled sealing fitting for conduits terminating in or passing through hazardous areas per applicable sections of code and as indicated. Q. Route openable raceways and wireways so as to be readily accessible. R. Gutter and wireway dimensions indicated on the drawings are minimum. Provide sufficient cross sectional area to contain conductors including all splices in accordance with code allowed percent fill. Where covers occur on bottom, provide removable wire supports not more than 3' apart. S. Where crossing existing pavement, place conduit under pavement by approved jacking method. Keep jack pits 2' clear of edge of pavement. Do not undermine paving with excessive water. If jacking cannot be accomplished, obtain Architect's permission in writing to cut and patch paving. T. When forming bends in nonmetallic conduit, apply heat without distorting or discoloring conduit. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16130 Section 16130 - Page 8 Raceways A. Upon completion of installation of raceways, inspect interiors of raceways; clear all blockages and remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris. END OF SECTION Section 16130 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 16135 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections and the following, apply to work of this section: 1. Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. Section 16085, MANUFACTURERS. 3. Section 16130, RACEWAYS. 4. Section 16140, WIRING DEVICES. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Types of electrical boxes and fittings specified in this section include the following: 1. Outlet boxes. 2. Junction boxes. 3. Floor boxes. 4. Pull boxes. 5. Bushings. 6. Locknuts. 7. Knockout closures. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of electrical boxes and fittings, of types, sizes, and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five years. B. Code Compliance: Comply with the Electrical Code as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring boxes and fittings. C. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL 50, UL 514- Series, and UL 886 pertaining to electrical boxes and fittings. Provide electrical boxes and fittings which are UL-listed and labeled. D. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA Stds/Pub No.'s OS1, OS2 and PUB 250 pertaining to outlet and device boxes, covers and box supports. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16135 Section 16135 - Page 2 Electrical Boxes and Fittings E. Federal Specification Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of FS W-C 586, "Electrical Cast Metal Conduit Outlet Boxes, Bodies, and Entrance Caps." 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical boxes and fittings. B. Shop Drawings: Submit layout drawings of electrical floor, junction and pull boxes showing accurately scaled box layouts and their spatial relationship to associated equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Provide bright and new stock, stored where continuously protected from the weather and conforming to the following: 1. Outlet Boxes and Covers: Steel, knockout type, with full access screw-on covers or plaster rings, hot-dipped, galvanized, with cadmium plated or galvanized machine screws. 2. Cast Outlet Boxes: Cast ferrous metal construction, galvanized, complete with threaded hubs for rigid conduit, number and location as required, and plugs in unused hubs; cast device plates suitable for indicated device; meeting NEC requirements for bending and permitted number of conductors; edges welded and ground smooth, leaving interior fillets; galvanized after fabrication; gasketed covers; stainless steel screws; factory painted with gray enamel. Gaskets to be factory made or an approved type. In hazardous area, approved for Class "1", Division "1", Group B hazard classification. 3. Junction or Pull Boxes: a. Code gauge sheet steel construction, rust resistant zinc coating, with full access screwed on covers and cadmium plated or galvanized machine screws, minimum size per the governing electrical code; barriers for required separation; special configuration, where determined from field measurements to surmount structural conditions. For flush mounting, extend covers 3/4" beyond edge of boxes. Where used for cable support, brace box to support cable weight. For junction boxes larger than 36" in any dimension, provide 3/4" diameter steel pipe cable supports with flanged ends with continuous fiber insulating sleeve and bolted to box frame, spaced on 36" centers maximum. For cover dimensions 3' x 4' or larger, provide two piece covers equipped with handles. b. Factory Finish: Wash and phosphate undercoat. ANSI 49 gray enamel paint for NEMA 1, ANSI 61 gray polyester powder finish for NEMA3Rand12. Section 16135 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16135 - Page 3 Electrical Boxes and Fittings B. Knockout Closures and Locknuts: Provide corrosion-resistant box knockout closures, conduit locknuts, offset connectors, of types and sizes, to suit respective installation requirements and applications. C. Floor Boxes: 1. Fully adjustable before and after installation. 2. Watertight cast iron units in slabs on grade. Galvanized steel, concrete tight, in suspended slabs. 3. Minimum volume of 30 cubic inches but not less than required for the number of conductors indicated considering any devices installed. 4. Compatible with slab thickness. 5. 4" diameter nominal, heavy brass coverplate with combination 2" and 1" plugs, or cover compatible with device. Gasket between adjusting ring and box. 6. Conduit entrances as required. Plug unused openings. 7. Ganged units with barriers or special types where indicated. 8. Brass carpet flange in carpeted areas. 9. For junction box use, provide conduit elbow with flush brass coupling for extension above floor. 10. For flush mounted duplex outlets, provide brass cover with individual hinged caps. 11. For floor mounted outlets, provide monuments as specified under Section 16140, WIRING DEVICES. D. Backboxes: Refer to the Signal and Communication Systems section of the specifications. Provide outlet boxes of dimensions and configuration required for devices and equipment specified therein. Verify with equipment supplier. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES AND FITTINGS A. General: Install electrical boxes and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of the Code and NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with conductors, wiring devices, and raceway installation work. C. Install outlets and boxes in readily accessible locations. D. Installing boxes back-to-back in walls is not permitted. Provide a minimum of 12 inches of separation. Refer to Section 16195, NOISE AND VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS. In fire rated walls, provide a minimum of 24 inches of separation. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16135 Section 16135 - Page 4 Electrical Boxes and Fittings E. Avoid using round boxes where conduit must enter box through side of box, which would result in difficult and insecure connections when fastened with locknut or bushing on rounded surfaces. F. Taps and splices, where permitted by these specifications within exterior junction boxes, shall be performed with an encapsulating watertight splice or tap kit which insulates and moisture seals the connection. Kit shall consist of the appropriate size and type mold, encapsulating resin and end sealing tape. G. Subsequent to installation of boxes, protect boxes from construction debris and damage. H. Provide additional pull or junction boxes as required to meet code requirements or to facilitate pulling of wires. Locate in utility areas, above accessible ceilings. I. Size boxes for devices contained and the number of wires passing through or terminating therein, but not less than 4" square by 1 1/2" deep. Use pull and junction boxes of adequate size for splices and terminations contained therein. J. For receptacles 30A rating and greater, use 2-1/8" deep box with two gang ring and plate to match device. K. Use 4-11/16" square box with round plaster ring, for surface mounted ceiling fixtures. L. Where more than one switch is shown at one location, group behind common plate. Use gang boxes for three or more devices. Provide barrier between 277V switches controlling two or more circuits. M. Use 4-11/16" square by 2-1/8" deep boxes, minimum size, for more than two flexible connections to lighting fixtures. N. Unless specified otherwise in other sections,, provide a 4-11/16" square by 2- 1/8" deep box with one gang flush plaster ring for wall mounted telephone, data, computer, dictation, MATV or intercom outlets. O. Recess boxes, except in unfinished areas such as in utility tunnels, mechanical, and electrical spaces. Provide extension rings and/or plaster rings to finish flush with finished surfaces, including the inside face of the backs of casework. Install approved factory made knockout seals where knockouts are not intact, and close all openings. P. Use cast metal, gasketed boxes for locations as follows: Stub mounted outlets; surface mounted outlets within 7' of the floor; wet or corrosive locations; outlets on the exterior or within exterior walls facing the exterior. For flush mounted outlets, provide adapter plates. Provide threaded plugs in unused hubs. Q. Use extension rings with blank covers for surface extension from flush box. Section 16135 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16135 - Page 5 Electrical Boxes and Fittings R. Support light fixture outlets to building structure and equip with fixture stud and hanger bar or supporting device as required. Support lighting fixtures in excess of 56 pounds to structure independently of outlet box. S. Provide boxes for all devices. For devices not specified or scheduled, use boxes as approved, adequate for device to be installed. T. Combine devices in ganged box with suitable barriers behind common plate where indicated, specified, or detailed. Provide separate or barriered boxes for normal and emergency devices. U. Provide flush mounted box with horizontal single gang ring for surface mounted multi-outlet assembly in metal raceway. V. Install boxes in a rigid manner, with box hangers, expansion shields in masonry, and machine screws on metal work. Do not nail to structure. Use plated or galvanized screws throughout. W. Secure pull and junction boxes to the structure independently of the conduits by means of bolts, rod hangers or brackets. X. Prefabricated Outlet/Junction Box Assemblies: The following types of box assemblies are acceptable, subject to a shop drawing submittal review and the basic specification requirements for outlet and junction boxes. 1. Wiring device outlet box attached to the back of a one piece vertical galvanized steel bracket that incorporates a back wall support flange, and is designed to mount in the floor track of a metal stud partition. Bracket height as determined by the designated device mounting height. Plaster ring attachment to front of bracket. Support flange to assure that box is held in a rigid manner when the drywall material is attached to both sides of the studs. 2. Branch circuit junction box screwed to a 1" black iron channel with angle brace that is secured to the structure above. Branch circuit conduits supported from structure above independently of box assembly per specifications. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16135 SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections and the following, apply to this Section: 1. Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. Section 16075, Electrical Identification. 3. Section 16085, MANUFACTURERS. 4. Section 16135, Electrical Boxes and Fittings. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Receptacles 2. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter and Isolated Ground Receptacles 3. Plugs 4. Plug Connectors 5. Toggle Switches 6. Wall Plates 7. Multi-Outlet Assembly 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers product data for each type of product specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Compliance: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National; Electrical Code". B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining to wiring devices. C. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with applicable requirements of UL standards pertaining to wiring devices. Provide products and components listed and labeled by UL. 1.5 SEQUENCE AND SCHEDULING A. Schedule installation of finish plates after the surface upon which they are installed has received final finish. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16140 Section 16140 - Page 2 Wiring Devices PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRING DEVICES A. General: 1. Heavy duty specification or industrial grade. Devices classified as commercial, construction, standard or residential grade are not acceptable. 2. Hospital grade devices in patient care areas in health care facilities. 3. General Use: Ivory color (as available) unless otherwise noted or specified. 4. Emergency Standby: Red color. Refer to Section 16075, ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION. 5. Screw type terminals on devices, suitable for up to No. 10 solid copper conductors. 6. Where not specified herein, provide configuration as indicated on drawings. 7. Explosion proof devices to meet classification of location. Class 1, Division 1, Group B, where not otherwise indicated. B. Receptacles: Shall comply with UL 498 and NEMA WD 1 and WD 5. 1. General: Number of poles and ampere rating as shown on drawings and of NEMA standard configurations. Ground pole connected to circuit grounding conductor. 2. Duplex Convenience Receptacles: 20A, 125V; grounding third pole; side- wired for 2 wire circuit use. Where 2 circuits are indicated, provide individual circuit for each half. NEMA 5-20R. 3. Clock Receptacles for Surface Clocks (Non Central Systems): Flush type with recessed grounding receptacle and clock support hanger with removable stainless steel plate, NEMA 5-15R. For recessed clocks, install back box furnished by clock supplier. 4. Single 120V Convenience Receptacles in Floor Boxes: Grounding type, with adapters as required, for mounting in floor box. NEMA 5-20R. 5. Duplex Receptacles in Floor Boxes: Standard device behind special plate described under floor boxes. NEMA 5-20R. 6. Duplex Receptacles on Floor Boxes: Standard device in horizontal cast aluminum, satin finish fitting nippled to floor box. Double duplex receptacles back-to-back where indicated. NEMA 5-20R. 7. Power outlet on floor box to serve prewired furniture: Horizontal cast aluminum floor fitting, with blank plate and liquid-tight flex conduit connection to furniture, 18" length minimum. 8. Ground Fault Interrupting (GFI) Receptacles: NEMA 5-20R duplex receptacle with integral ground fault protection. 9. Isolated Ground (IG) Receptacles: NEMA 5-20R duplex isolated ground receptacle with surge suppression line to ground, line to neutral and neutral to ground, light and alarm. Section 16140 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16140 - Page 3 Wiring Devices 10. Weatherproof Receptacles, Flush Mounting: NEMA 5-20R duplex GFI receptacle in single gang extension with gasketed lift cover. 11. Weatherproof Receptacles, Freestanding: NEMA 5-20R duplex GFI receptacle mounted in cast box, stub mounted, with gasketed lift cover. Provide plugged hubs in box sides for extension. 12. Special Receptacles: Letter designation appears adjacent to special receptacle symbol. Simplex unless otherwise noted. Refer to schedule on drawings. C. Receptacles, Industrial Heavy Duty: Provide pin and sleeve design receptacles conforming to UL 498. Comply with UL 1010 where installed in hazardous locations. Provide features indicated. D. Toggle Switches: 1. Flush tumbler, AC type, insulated base, completely enclosed. 2. 20A, tungsten load rated, at 277V. 3. 1 pole, 2 pole, 3-way, 4-way or key operated as indicated on drawings. 2 pole unit usable for (2) 120V circuits or (1) 277V circuit only. Do not use for two 277V circuits. 4. Thermal overload switch, rated 1 HP at 120V. Refer to paragraph titled "Manual Motor Starters" in Section 16420. 2.2 WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES A. Wall Plates: Single and combination, of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as indicated. Provide metal screws for securing plates to devices with screw heads colored to match finish of plates. Provide wall plates with engraved legend as specified, or where indicated on drawings. Engraving shall be done by the device manufacturer. All lettering shall be black for normal power systems and red for emergency power systems. Provide plates possessing the following additional construction features. 1. Device plates of one make and design for all outlets, smooth, satin finish, Type 302, stainless steel, 0.035" thick, beveled edges, to fit device. 2. For Surface Mounted, Pressed Steel Outlets in Utility and Unfinished Areas: Galvanized pressed steel plates, to conform with box and device. 3. For Exterior Locations: Provide the type of weatherproof cover that maintains the weatherproof integrity while the outlet is in use. 4. Telephone/data system plates by system supplier unless otherwise noted (Section 16710). 5. Engrave plates as described under other paragraphs. 6. In secure areas within detention facilities and the like, secure plates with tamperproof spanner head screws. Furnish two spanner head screwdrivers to Owner and obtain receipt. 2.3 MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY IN SURFACE METAL RACEWAY (GENERAL USE) Section 16140 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16140 - Page 4 Wiring Devices A. General: 1. Provide complete raceway assembly formed of 0.040 thick cold rolled steel, with removable cover, including all required elbows, tees, couplings, cable wire clips, blank end fittings, finished ANSI 61 Gray. Include approved internal ground conductor. Comply with requirement of NEC 352A and UL 5. 2. Provide periodic 1/2" and 3/4" knockouts and mounting holes on base. 3. See drawing for arrangement and special requirements. 4. Include barrier for normal and emergency wiring in the same raceway, where required. 5. Telephone/data cabling may be run in the same raceway with power (normal or emergency) with a barrier provided. If normal and emergency power, and telephone/data provisions are required at the same location, provide a separate raceway for the telephone/data cabling. B. Electrical Raceway: 1. Wiremold nominal dimensions 1-1/2" D x 2-3/4" W (G3000 Series), 1-3/4" D x 4-3/4" W. (G4000 Series), 7/8" D x 1-1/4" W (G2100 Series). 2. Utilize standard devices and plates as specified under paragraph "Wiring Devices." 2.4 TELEPHONE/DATA AND SIGNAL SYSTEMS: A. Telephone or Data Outlet on Floor Box: 2" diameter cast aluminum standpipe or kick ring. B. Signal System, Outlet on Floor Box: Same as telephone or data outlet. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES A. Install wiring devices and accessories as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of the Code, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes, and wiring installations, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other work. C. Where finished walls are exposed concrete block, brick or tile, the height shall be adjusted to allow outlet box for device to be mounted at a joint. D. Receptacles above countertops or blacksplashes, shall be installed horizontally, with the ground slot to the right when facing the device. Coordinate with the Architectural interior elevations. Section 16140 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16140 - Page 5 Wiring Devices E. Mount all devices within outlet boxes to allow device plates to be in contact with devices and wall surface on all sides without strain. Align devices with major axis of device parallel to adjacent predominant building feature, i.e., door frames or countertops. F. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean; free from building materials, dirt, and debris. G. Provide a current carrying conductor, neutral, equipment grounding conductor and an isolated ground conductor to each isolated ground "IG" receptacle. H. Install galvanized steel wall plates in unfinished spaces. I. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torque requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torque requirements specified in UL Standard 486A. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand tool. J. Unless specifically directed otherwise, install switches with single gang vertical plate on latch side of door. Verify door swing before installation. K. Unless noted otherwise, install duplex receptacles, single receptacles, telephone and communications outlets vertically. Receptacles with ground slot up. L. Connect the equipment ground conductor to the receptacle grounding screw where conductor is called for, otherwise bond to outlet box with green ground conductor. M. On exterior, and interior locations subject to moisture, use weatherproof devices. N. Within 6 feet of sinks, basins or sources of running or standing water use GFI outlets, per Code requirements. The 6 foot distance is measured from the edge of the sink or basin. This applies to sinks or basins in Toilet Rooms, Janitor Closets and Commercial and Institutional Kitchens. Where indicated, provide GFI receptacles with weatherproof provisions at rooftop equipment locations and exterior public spaces. 3.2 DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS: A. Check architectural details and building equipment drawings before installation of outlets, to determine required outlet mounting heights. Install outlets, under this work, to clear built-in features, furniture and equipment. Section 16140 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16140 - Page 6 Wiring Devices 1. The electrical drawings take precedence as to quantity and type of outlets and general location. 2. Where architectural elevations have been provided, the elevations take precedence as to mounting height and spacing. 3. Outlets, by symbol, are generally +18", +42", or as noted on the electrical drawings. If an outlet occurs behind casework and there is no architectural elevation, locate the outlet above the counter. Where the counter has a backsplash, mount outlet at +4" above top edge of splash. If there is no backsplash, mount at +4" above top of counter. 4. If outlets occur back to back, Section 16195, NOISE AND VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS, takes precedence regarding separation between boxes. 5. If an outlet is symbolized at +42" above a counter and there is a conflict, use the +4" mounting height above top of splash or counter. 6. Verify mounting height of outlets below counters for garbage disposals, hot water dispensers or undercounter refrigerators with equipment shop drawings. 7. Where a cord slot is detailed in countertops, mount outlet below counter at+18". B. Install outlets for specific equipment or appliances per equipment suppliers' instructions. C. Mounting height for wall mounted outlet is from centerline of outlet to finished floor, and is indicated on the drawings by +. D. Where not otherwise noted or detailed, use mounting heights herein indicated: 1. Switches and Push Buttons: +42". 2. Receptacle: +18". 3. Receptacles for Fixed Equipment: To suit equipment. 4. Receptacles in Equipment Rooms: +42". 5. Where indicated, at communication and/or telephone terminal backboards, provide multi-outlet assembly below backboard at +18". 6. Desk Mounted Telephone, Data and Intercom Outlet: +18". 7. Backbox for Wall Mounted Telephones: +42". 8. Signal System Device Requiring Manual Operation: +42". 9. Thermostats: +48". 10. Television Outlet: 12" below ceiling. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect installed components from damage. Replace damaged items prior to final acceptance. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Section 16140 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16140 - Page 7 Wiring Devices A. Testing: Prior to energizing circuits, test wiring for electrical continuity, and for short-circuits. Ensure proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energizing, test wiring devices, and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Operate each operable device at least six times. END OF SECTION Section 16140 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 16190 SUPPORT MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections and the following, apply to this Section: 1. Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. Section 16130, Raceways. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes secure support from the building structure for electrical equipment and conduit seismic restraints by means of rods, hangers, channels, anchors, brackets, inserts, clamps, and associated fastenings. B. Related Requirements: The following contain requirements that are related to this Section: 1. Division 3 - Concrete, Division 5 - Metals, and Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection.. 2. Refer to other Division 16 Sections for additional support requirements that may be applicable to specific items. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturers product data for the following: 1. Hanger rods. 2. Steel channels. 3. Brackets and clamps. 4. Anchors and inserts. B. Hanger and support schedule showing manufacturer's figure number, size, spacing, features, and application for each required type of hanger, support, and fastener to be used. C. Shop drawings indicating details of fabricated items. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Compliance: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16190 Section 16190 Page 2 Support Materials and Methods B. Electrical components shall be listed and labeled by UL, ETL, CSA, or other approved, Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories (NRTL) that provides third-party certification follow-up services. C. Installation shall comply with State and local authorities seismic requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COATINGS A. Coating: Supports, support hardware, U-channel systems and fasteners shall be protected with zinc coating or with treatment of equivalent corrosion resistance using approved alternative treatment, finish, or inherent material characteristic. Products for use outdoors shall be hot-dip galvanized. 2.2 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES A. Raceway Supports: U-channels, clevis hangers, riser clamps, threaded mild steel rods, conduit straps, threaded C-clamps with retainers, ceiling trapeze hangers, wall brackets, and spring steel clamps. B. Fasteners: Types, materials, and construction features as follows: 1. Preset inserts. 2. Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel wedge or sleeve type. C. U-Channel Systems: 16-gage steel strut channels, with 9/16-inch-diameter holes, at a minimum of 8 inches on center, in top surface. Provide fittings and accessories that mate and match with U-channel and are of the same manufacture. 2.3 FABRICATED SUPPORTING DEVICES A. General: Shop- or field-fabricated supports or manufactured supports assembled from U-Channel components. B. Steel Brackets: Fabricated of angles, channels, and other standard structural shapes. Connect with welds and machine bolts to form rigid supports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install supporting devices to fasten electrical components securely and permanently in accordance with Code requirements. B. Coordinate with the building structural system, and with other electrical, HVAC and Plumbing Systems installations. Section 16190 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16190 Page 3 Support Materials and Methods C. Support vertical conduits passing through sleeves with UL approved riser clamps secured to the conduit and resting on the building structure. Support vertical conduits 1-1/4" and larger a minimum of once, and on 15' centers maximum. For vertical conduits smaller than 1-1/4" provide standoffs on 8' centers maximum. Support conduits adjacent to walls with preformed channels. Support freestanding risers with conduit racks of angle iron or channel iron members, rigidly bolted or welded together, and adequately braced. D. Install rigid steel conduit with threaded couplings. Support conduits 1" and larger on 10' intervals, smaller than 1" on 7' intervals, all sizes within 3' of connection to any electrical enclosure, box, cabinet, or fitting, including couplings. E. Support electric metallic tubing on maximum spacing of 10' and within 3' of connection to any electrical enclosure, box, cabinet, or fitting including couplings. F. Support flexible metal conduit on 4' intervals, within 1' of outlet box or fitting (except at connections to recessed lighting fixtures) and within 2' of vibrating equipment. G. Support gutter and wireways at 5' intervals and at changes of direction, in a manner to allow full access. H. At plaster or drywall partitions, attach only to the framing studs, or to a backing plate or steel channel that spans between studs. I. Attach to solid masonry walls with steel wedge expansion anchors. J. Do not fasten rigid conduit or tubing to equipment subject to vibration or mounted on shock mounts. K. Where attaching to steel members, use beam clamp, welded threaded studs, or machine screws. L. Where not otherwise specified herein, support all sizes of suspended conduit from beams or girders with factory made pipe hangers with split hinged malleable iron or springable steel pipe rings and solid round mild steel rods, 1/4" diameter for up to 1-1/4" conduit, 3/8" diameter up to 2" conduit, and 1/2" diameter for larger conduit. Friction type conduit support hardware and attachments are not acceptable. Where required conduit support spacing is more frequent than structural members, provide intermediate steel support as required. M. Do not use perforated metal strap or wood as support material. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16190 Section 16190 Page 4 Support Materials and Methods N. Support conduit to structure above suspended ceilings 3" minimum above ceiling to allow removal of tile. Do not support from T-bars or T-bar hanger wires. Maintain 2" clearance above recessed light fixtures. O. Above fixed ceilings and in stud walls, tie conduit 1" or smaller to furring, support channels capable of carrying the weight, or studs with No. 16 gauge galvanized wire ties 4' on center, maximum. END OF SECTION Section 16190 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 16210 SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, and the following, apply to work of this Section: 1. Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. Section 16060, Grounding. 3. Section 16075, Electrical Identification. 4. Section 16080, Testing and Certification. 5. Section 16085, Manufacturers. 6. Section 16120, WIRES AND CABLES. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This section describes equipment and items related to and required for the electrical service and distribution system. Provide all labor and materials to facilitate a complete electrical distribution system for the project covered by these documents. B. Types of equipment described in this section include the following: 1. Power-distribution panelboards. 2. Branch circuit panelboards. 3. Circuit breakers. 4. Terminal cabinets. C. Fuses required in connection with installation of switchboards, panelboards, and enclosures are specified in Section 16420, MOTOR CONTROL. D. Wires/cables, busway, electrical boxes and fittings, and raceways required in conjunction with the installation of switchboards, panelboards, and enclosures are specified in other Division 16 Sections. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data for switchboards, panelboards, circuit breakers, metering and busway. B. Submittals to include the following: 1. Voltage characteristics, bus current ratings, short circuit rating of equipment and devices. 2. Data for all protective devices and internal components. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16210 Section 16210 - Page 2 Switchboards and Panelboards 3. Overall equipment dimensions, equipment weight, conduit space and equipment finish. 4. Internal wiring and interlock diagrams. 5. Types and functions of metering equipment (as applicable). 6. Factory test reports. 7. UL or NRTL listing and labeling. 8. Recommendations of the short circuit and coordination studies. 9. One line diagram and nameplate schedule. C. Submit a 1/4" scale plan of the electrical room(s) or areas where the equipment will be installed. Indicate all equipment, conduit space and required code clearances. Coordinate with other equipment specification sections that have similar requirements. D. Provide all switchboards and panelboards from the same manufacturer. E. Submit a manufacturer's comprehensive instruction manual that describes installation of the equipment and operation of the various components. This manual to be included in the Operating and Maintenance Manual that will be delivered to the owner. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards 1. Comply with applicable code requirements of the authority having jurisdiction, as applicable to installation, and construction of switchboards, panelboards and enclosures. 2. Comply with applicable UL requirements. Provide switchboard and panelboard units which are UL-listed and labeled. 3. Comply with ANSI requirements as applicable to construction and installation of switchboards and panelboards. 4. Provide switchboards and panelboards, constructed for special use, with appropriate UL markings which indicate that they are suitable for the specified type of use/application. 5. Comply with applicable NEMA Standards. 6. Comply with all requirements and standards of the serving electric utility. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store switchboards and panelboards in a clean dry location. Protect equipment from dirt, fumes, water, construction debris and traffic. If an on-site location is not available, arrange for off-site storage. B. Handle switchboards and panelboards carefully to prevent damage to internal components, breakage, denting, and scoring of the enclosure finish. Do not install damaged components. Return damaged components to the equipment manufacturer, and replace with new. Section 16210 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16210 - Page 3 Switchboards and Panelboards 1.6 TEST REPORTS A. Provide testing of switchboards and switchboard protective devices in accordance with NETA (National Electrical Testing Association) standards by an independent testing firm. Submit test reports for the installed equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELBOARDS A. General Features: 1. Code gauge, sheet steel cabinets, rust resistant zinc coating with corners lapped and welded or riveted, dead front, dead rear, front accessible. 2. Flush mounted in areas exposed to public view. Surface mounted in electrical, communication, mechanical, and storage rooms. 3. Trim portions of cabinet exposed to view and surface mounted cabinets to be factory phosphatized, primed, and finished ANSI 61 gray to match switchboards. In painted walls where exposed to public view (e.g. corridors, offices), field paint trim to match wall. 4. Full height unreduced copper bus, rigidly supported. Solderless, bolted pressure bar type, copper lugs for connection per paragraph titled "Connections and Terminations, Line Voltage Conductors" in Section 16120, WIRES AND CABLES. Bus feeder sequence as for switchboards. Solid neutral bar for grounded systems. Lugs sized for feeders. Sub- breakers, split bus, main lugs, main breaker, double lugs, voltage and current ratings, all as indicated on the drawings. 5. Minimum bus rating of 225A, except where 100A is specifically indicated, but not less than feeder protective device rating. 6. Main breakers, common trip, single handle, mounted vertically ahead of panel bus. Replacing of branch devices with main breaker is not acceptable except for panels in motor control centers. 7. Copper equipment ground bus for termination of feeder and branch circuit grounding conductors. 8. Oversize gutters for feed through, where indicated or required, sized not less than five times the total cross-sectional area of the through feed cable and connectors in addition to required branch circuit gutter. Where double lugs are indicated ahead of main breakers, provide oversized can sufficient for connections. 9. Incorporate associated contactors, relays, etc., in separate control section of the panel behind separate door, either with common frame, or adjacent to breaker panel where space is available. Where push button or contactor bypass is required, mount on dead plate behind panel door so that no live parts are exposed. 10. Hinged lockable door covering all devices. Flush catch and cylinder lock. Vault handle on doors over 4' high. All panels and cabinets keyed alike. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16210 Section 16210 - Page 4 Switchboards and Panelboards Provide two keys per panel and cabinet. For new panelboards in existing facilities, match keys and locks to existing panelboards. 11. Raintight enclosures in damp locations. 12. Certify conformance with the specifications. B. Branch Circuit Panelboards Additional Features: 1. Minimum size 20" wide plus feed through gutters, by 5-3/4" deep, unless specifically indicated otherwise. 2. Index cardholder on inside of door with typewritten circuit schedules reflecting as-built circuiting, behind clear plastic cover in metal frame. 3. Automatic circuit breakers, 1" wide nominal, molded case, trip free, quick- make, quick-break, thermal magnetic type, bolted to the bus, with handles clearly indicating size and tripped position, of size and arrangement as shown on schedules. Common internal trip for multi-pole breakers. Permanent factory installed metal circuit numbers on adjacent trim (including spaces), screwed or riveted to trim. Adhesively applied labels are not acceptable. 4. Minimum panel interrupting rating of 10.000A (22.000A where noted) below 150V to ground with 65,000 AIC breakers. 14.000A (25.000A where noted) above 150V to ground, RMS symmetrical. Where panels are subject to higher short circuit current on the basis of series rated systems, provide nameplate describing the series rating characteristics. 5. Breaker handle padlocking devices for 277V circuit breakers serving electric discharge lamps, built integral with panel. 6. Circuit breakers with integral ground fault detectors serving circuits on the exterior or in wet locations, where indicated. Provide 1 or 2 pole units with ground trip setting at 30mA. 7. Breaker lockout/lock on devices per paragraph title "Spares, Spare Parts, Special Tools" in Section 16050. 8. Provide isolated equipment ground bus where indicated to serve isolated ground receptacles. 2.2 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Provide ratings as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. Do not utilize breakers scheduled to be "phased out" of production. Certify that replacement breakers will be available for a period of ten years, following substantial completion and Owner acceptance of the Building. B. Circuit Breakers: 1. Molded case (unless otherwise specified), trip free, quick-make, quick- break, inverse time delay and instantaneous trip elements, handles clearly indicating rating and ON, OFF, or TRIPPED position, type and rating indicated and specified. Multi-pole breakers to be common trip with single molded handle. For nonautomatic units, omit trip. Section 16210 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Section 16210 - Page 5 Switchboards and Panelboards Individually mounted breakers in NEMA Type 1 enclosure generally, and NEMA Type 3R for weatherproof units and NEMA Type 4X in corrosive locations. NEMA Type 1 where flush mounting is indicated. Padlocking provisions for breakers individually mounted and in switchboards, motor control centers, and power panelboards. All breakers labeled for 75°C wire including enclosure. Interchangeable plugs designed to prevent tampering. Breakers ahead of transformers to meet transformer manufacturer's recommendations regarding inrush current. For service switchboards, distribution switchboards, power panelboards, motor control centers (except as scheduled for small motors), provide single handle three pole units, unless otherwise indicated, UL labeled interrupting rating not less than the rating specified for the equipment, or the following, whichever is higher; Breaker Trip Rating 15Ato60A 70A to 200A 225A Trip Function Non-Adjustable Magnetic Trip Adjustable Magnetic Trip Adjustable Magnetic Trip Minimum RMS Symmetrical 65.000A @240V 25.000A @ 480V 42.000A @ 240V 22.000A @ 480V 100,OOOA@240V C. Current Limiting Breakers: 1. Provide current limiting breakers where indicated or required by indicated fault current. 2. In ratings as available, provide current limiting breakers meeting the specifications without the aid of fuses. 3. In larger sizes, provide breakers combining time delay thermal trip, instantaneous magnetic trip circuit breaker and current limiting fuse protection in a single housing, coordinated so that breaker trips within rated limit, and fuse provides fault protection and protects downstream breakers, and with fuses accessible through distribution board face. Blowing of fuse to trip breaker. 4. Provide spare fuses per Section 16050. 5. Submit technical data and UL listing substantiating that current limiting device protects downstream devices. D. Nonautomatic Breakers: Stress rating adequate for available fault current. E. Terminals: Provide copper wiring terminals, bolted pressure bar type lugs, per Section 16120, WIRES AND CABLES. PART 3 - EXECUTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16210 Section 16210 - Page 6 Switchboards and Panelboards 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine area and conditions under which switchboards, panelboards and enclosures are to be installed, and notify Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS AND TERMINAL CABINETS A. Install panelboards and terminal cabinets, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, applicable requirements of Code standards, NECA's "Standards of Installation," and in compliance with recognized industry practices. B. Maintain required aisles, work space and clearances in front and behind accessible sections of freestanding equipment not less than indicated and as required by code. C. For equipment less than 600V to ground, maintain 3-1/2 ft clear minimum in front, 3-1/2 ft between accessible side and grounded surface, and 4 ft between rows. D. Install panelboards and cabinets located on a common wall with tops even. Mount panels at 78" to top unless approved otherwise. E. Install three 3/4" conduits minimum from each flush mounted panelboard into accessible ceiling space above and below panel and cap. F. Where a wall or partition is not available, fasten surface mounted panelboards, in electrical rooms, or terminal cabinets in signal rooms, to steel strut channel framework that extends from the slab to the structure above. G. Fasten floorstanding, equipment with four bolts minimum and as required by seismic calculations. Grout channel sills, where provided, into concrete pad. Fasten surface mounted equipment over 20 pounds to a minimum of two structural wall members. Provide support channel spanning structural members where equipment does not span two members. H. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torque requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with torque tightening requirements specified in UL Standard 486A and B. I. Fasten enclosures firmly to walls and structural surfaces, ensuring that they are permanently and mechanically anchored. Section 16210 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16210 - Page 7 Switchboards and Panelboards J. Provide properly wired electrical connections for switchboards, and panelboards within the enclosures. K. Provide engraved, plastic laminated nameplates for all switchboards and panelboards indicating name, voltage, phase, wire and short circuit rating. In addition, each branch device on the switchboard shall be labeled (engraved). Refer to Section 16075, ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION, for additional information. L. Provide typed panelboard circuit directory cards upon completion of installation work to match as-built conditions and nomenclature indicated on engineering drawings and submit directories to the Engineer for review prior to mounting in panelboard. 3.3 GROUNDING A. Provide equipment grounding connections for switchboards and panelboard enclosures. Tighten connections to comply with torque tightening requirements specified in UL 486A to ensure permanent and effective grounds. B. Refer to Section 16060, GROUNDING for additional grounding requirements. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to energizing switchboards or panelboards, check with ground resistance tester, phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground insulation resistance levels to ensure requirements are fulfilled. Check circuitry for electrical continuity, and for short-circuits. B. Switchboards and Panelboards: 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Inspect for physical damage and code violations. b. Inspect for proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. c. Inspect for proper identification of protective devices and switches. d. Check tightness of accessible bolted bus joints. e. Physically test all electrical or mechanical interlocks to assure proper function. f. Clean interior and insulator surfaces once a month prior to job completion. g. Inspect for proper operation of space heaters and thermostat settings (if they exist). 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement. B. Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finishes. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16210 Section 16210 - Page 8 Switchboards and Panelboards 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Subsequent to wire and cable connections, energize switchboards and panelboards and demonstrate functioning in accordance with requirements. Where necessary, correct malfunctioning units, and then retest to demonstrate compliance. END OF SECTION Section 16210 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project SECTION 16430 MOTOR DISCONNECTS AND FUSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this Section. B. Section 16050, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide all circuit and motor disconnect switch work including fusing, electrical connections to motors, appliance and mechanical equipment as indicated on the drawings and schedules. B. Types of circuit and motor disconnect switches in this section include the following: 1. Equipment disconnects. 2. Appliance disconnects. 3. Motor-circuit disconnects. C. Applications of electrical power connections specified in this section include the following: 1. To resistive heaters. 2. From electrical source to motor starters. 3. From motor starters to motors. 4. To lighting fixtures. 5. To converters, rectifiers, transformers, inverters, rheostats, and similar current adjustment features of equipment. 6. To grounds including earthing connections. 7. To panelboards, contactors, time clocks, and similar equipment. D. All switchboards, panelboards, switchgears, transformers, disconnect switches, starters, etc., shall be fabricated by same manufacturer throughout the entire project. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data or circuit and motor disconnect switches, fuses, and equipment connectors. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16430 Section 169430 - Page 2 Motor Disconnects and Fuses A. All equipment shall be in compliance with codes and standards referenced in Section 16010, ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. B. UL Compliance: Comply with requirements of UL 98, "Enclosed and Dead- Front Switches." Provide circuit and motor disconnect switches which have been UL listed and labeled. C. Comply with UL Std 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors," including, but not limited to, tightening of electrical connectors to torque values indicated. D. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements for NEMA Stds. Pub/No. KS 1, "Enclosed Switches," and No. 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)." E. ANSI Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI C97.1, "Low- Voltage Cartridge Fuses 600 Volts or Less." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Furnish and install safety switches as required for motor outlets or other equipment. Switches shall be of size, number of poles, and fused or non-fused, as required for job conditions and the National Electrical Code. B. Switches shall be equipped with fuse contacts and jaws which ensure positive fuse and jaw contact by means of reinforcing spring clips of other approved means. All current carrying parts shall be silver-plated. Hinges shall be non- current carrying. Switches shall be so designed that they can be locked in either open or closed position. C. Include bypassable interlock, padlock provisions, positive ON and OFF indication, molded case breaker mechanism or visible blades, single switch mechanism to preclude mechanical single phasing, solid neutral bar for four wire feeders, copper terminals, spring loaded clips with non-current carrying springs. D. All safety switches shall be NEMA 12 enclosed Type "HD" (heavy duty) quick- make, quick-break, and have interlocking cover with handle that may either be front or side operating with padlocking provisions. Provide NEMA 3R weatherproof enclosures where indicated on the drawings or exposed to exterior or damp locations. Incorporate rejection clips where used with Class "R" fuses. E. Fusible Switches: Heavy duty switches, with fuses of classes and current ratings indicated on drawings. See Section "2.3" for Fuse specifications. Where Section 16430 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 169430 - Page 3 Motor Disconnects and Fuses current limiting fuses are indicated, provide switches with non-interchangeable feature suitable only for current limiting type fuses. F. Non-fusible Disconnects: Heavy duty switches of classes and current ratings as indicated on drawings. G. Double-Throw Switches: Heavy duty switches of classes and current ratings as indicated on drawings. H. Bolted Pressure Switches: For rating 800A and larger, in switchboard, provide bolted pressure switches conforming to and listed under UL Standard 977; single or double-throw arrangement as indicated. For fusible units provide fuses as indicated on drawings over 2000A, provide electric operation and associated fused control transformer. I. Accessories: 1. Electrical Interlocks: Provide number and arrangement of interlock contacts in switches as indicated on drawings or specified elsewhere in specifications. 2. Special Enclosure Material: Provide special enclosure material as follows for switches indicated on drawings: a. Stainless Steel Type 304. b. Heavy case aluminum. 3. Captive Fuse Pullers: Provide built-in pullers arranged to facilitate fuse removal. 2.2 CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT A. General: For each electrical connection indicated, provide complete assembly of materials, including but not necessarily limited to, pressure connectors, terminals (lugs), electrical insulating tape, electrical solder, electrical soldering flux, heat-shrinkable insulating tubing, cable ties, solderless wirenuts, and other items and accessories as needed to complete splices and terminations of types indicated. B. Metal Conduit, Tubing and Fittings: 1. General: Provide metal conduit, tubing, and fitting of types, grades, sizes, and weights (wall thicknesses) indicated for each type service. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to fulfill wiring requirements and comply with CEC requirements for raceways. Provide products complying with Section 16110, RACEWAYS, and in accordance with the following listing of metal conduit, tubing, and fittings: a. Rigid steel conduit. b. Rigid metal conduit fittings. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16430 Section 169430 - Page 4 Motor Disconnects and Fuses c. Electrical metallic tubing. d. EMT fittings. e. Flexible metal conduit. f. Flexible metal conduit fittings. g. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. h. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit fittings. C. Wires, Cable, and Connectors: 1. General: Provide wires, cables, and connectors complying with Section 16120, WIRES AND CABLES. 2. Wires/Cables: Unless otherwise indicated, provide wires/cables (conductors) for electrical connections which match, including sizes and rating, of wires/cables which are supplying electrical power. Provide copper conductors with conductivity of not less than 98% at 20°C (68°F). 3. Connectors and Terminals: Provide electrical connectors and terminals which mate and match, including sizes and ratings, with equipment terminals and are recommended for use by equipment manufacturer for intended applications. 4. Electrical Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, heat shrinkable insulating tubing and boots, electrical solder, electrical soldering flux, wirenuts, and cable ties as recommended for use by accessories manufacturers for type services indicated. 2.3 FUSES A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide fuses of types, sizes, ratings, and average time-current and peak let-through current characteristics, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, and constructed in accordance with published product information, and with industry standards and configurations. B. Class RK1 dual element time-delay fuses: Provide UL Class RK1 current limiting time-delay fuses rated 600-volts, (250 volts where specified), 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating for protecting circuit breakers, motors, and panelboards. C. Class RK5 dual element time-delay fuses: Provide UL Class RK5 current limiting time-delay fuses rated 600-volts, (250 volts where specified), 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating for protecting circuit breakers, motors, and transformers. D. Class L time-delay fuses: Provide UL Class L time-delay fuses rated 600 volts, 60 Hz, with 200,000 RMS symmetrical interrupting current rating. Section 16430 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 169430 - Page 5 Motor Disconnects and Fuses PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF CIRCUIT AND MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Install circuit and motor disconnect switches as indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of CEC, NEMA, and NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized industry practices. B. Coordinate circuit and motor disconnect switch installation work with electrical raceway and cable work, as necessary for proper interface. C. Install disconnect switches for use with motor-driven appliances, and motors and controllers within sight of controller position unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Install electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices, and complying with applicable requirements of UL, CEC and NECA's "Standards of Installation" to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Coordinate with other work including wires/cables, raceway, and equipment installation, as necessary to properly interface installation of electrical connections for equipment with other work. C. Connect electrical power supply conductors to equipment conductors in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written instructions and wiring diagrams. Mate and match conductors of electrical connections for proper interface between electrical power supplies and installed equipment. D. Cover splices with electrical insulating material equivalent to, or of greater insulation resistivity rating, than electrical insulation rating of those conductors being spliced. E. Prepare cables and wires, by cutting and stripping covering armor, jacket, and insulation properly to ensure uniform and neat appearance where cables and wires and terminated. Exercise care to avoid cutting through tapes which will remain on conductors. Also avoid "nicking" copper conductors while skinning wire. F. Trim cables and wires as short as practicable and arrange routing to facilitate inspection, testing, and maintenance. G. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Accomplish tightening by utilizing proper torque tools, including torque screwdriver, beam-type torque wrench, and ratchet wrench Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16430 Section 169430 - Page 6 Motor Disconnects and Fuses with adjustable torque settings. Where manufacturer's torque requirements are not available, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with torque values contained in UL Std 486A. H. Provide PVC-coated conduit and fittings for highly-corrosive atmospheres. I. Provide flexible conduit for motor connections, and other electrical equipment connections, where subject to movement and vibration. J. Provide liquid-tight flexible conduit for connection of motors and other electrical equipment where subject to movement and vibration, and also where connections are subjected to one or more of the following conditions: 1. Exterior location. 2. Moist or humid atmosphere where condensation can be expected to accumulate. 3. Corrosive atmosphere. 4. Water spray. 5. Dripping oil, grease, or water. K. Fasten identification markers to each electrical power supply wire/cable conductor which indicates their voltage, phase and feeder number in accordance with Division 16, Section 16050, ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION. Affix markers on each terminal conductor, as close as possible to the point of connection. L. Provide flexible metal conduit or Type "S" rubber cords, pigtails, caps, etc., as required to constitute an operating system. All flexible cords shall have a grounding conductors. Ground all equipment. See Section 16350, GROUNDING for additional requirements. M. Prior to roughing-in, refer to all equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for details of equipment connections. Provide receptacles as required to match the cord caps on the equipment furnished. Provide either direct wiring or receptacles for final connection to equipment as required for the particular equipment furnished regardless of the type of the outlet shown on the plans. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF FUSES A. Install fuses as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry practices to ensure that protective devices comply with requirements. Comply with CEC, and NEMA standards for installation of fuses. B. Coordinate work including electrical wiring, as necessary, to interface installation of fuses with other trades. C. Install fuses in fused switches. Section 16430 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 169430 - Page 7 Motor Disconnects and Fuses D. Provide hinged lockable NEMA-1 fuse cabinet in each main electrical switchgear room. Provide spare fuse of size and type for every five (5) fuses installed. A minimum of three (3) spare fuses shall be provided for each size installed. 3.4 GROUNDING A. Provide equipment grounding connections, sufficiently tight to assure a permanent and effective ground for electrical disconnect switches. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Subsequent to completion of installation of electrical disconnect switches, energize circuits and demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Except as otherwise indicated, do not test switches by operating them under load. However, demonstrate switch operation through six opening/closing cycles with circuit unloaded. Open each switch enclosure for inspection of interior, mechanical and electrical connections, fuse installation, and for verification of type and rating of fuses installed. Correct deficiencies then retest to demonstrate compliance. Remove and replace defective units with new units and retest. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16430 SECTION 16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, and the following, apply to work of this section: 1. Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. Section 16060, GROUNDING. 3. Section 16085, MANUFACTURERS. 4. Section 16120, WIRES AND CABLES. 5. Section 16135, ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Description, location, and details of lighting fixture work is indicated on the drawings, and in the schedules. B. Types of lighting fixtures in this section include the following: 1. High-intensity-discharge (HID): a. Metal halide. b. High pressure sodium 2. Fluorescent. 3. Incandescent and quartz. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings, samples, and prototypes as specifically instructed below. B. Shop drawings shall include but not be limited to: 1. Submit fixture shop drawings in brochure form with a separate catalog sheet, or drawing, for each fixture type, assembled in alphabetical or numerical order, with proposed fixture and accessory catalog numbers clearly indicated on each sheet. 2. Manufacturer's dimensioned scale drawings showing in complete detail, the fabrication of all lighting fixtures including overall and detail dimensions, finishes, gauge of metal, fabrication methods, support method, ballasts, transformers, sockets, type of shielding, reflectors, trims, hinges, gaskets, provisions for relamping, and all other information to show compliance with the Contract Documents. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Section 16500 Page 2 Lighting Fixtures 3. Test Data: Submit certified test data and reports including photometric data prepared by an independent testing laboratory developed according to methods of the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America. 4. Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit parts list for each lighting fixture, and accessory, "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide, and final approved shop drawings, in accordance with the general requirements of Division 1, 5. Submit with shop drawings, a certified test report for the electronic ballasts, from an independent test laboratory illustrating conformance with specified requirements. 6. Submit evidence, with shop drawings from the electronic ballast supplier, of three projects of significant magnitude, employing the proposed ballasts, in satisfactory operation for a minimum of one year. Identify projects, operating personnel familiar with the ballast performance, and frequency of ballast failure. C. Samples: 1. Samples may be requested for any or all of the fixtures specified. 2. Submit for approval, samples requested by the Architect or Engineer when and where directed, with the components tagged with the name of the project, and provided with a cord and plug, and specified lamps. Samples will not be returned. Allow two weeks from the date of receipt for thorough examination and review by the Architect and Engineer. 3. All fixture samples require a submission of material finish samples, component approval, and a complete operating prototype fixture to be reviewed prior to shipment of any fixtures to the project. 4. Fixtures under this contract shall be identical with the approved sample fixture. No fixture submitted as a sample will be allowed to be installed on the project. 5. In the event the sample fixtures are not approved, the fixtures will be returned to the contractor. Provide a resubmittal of the same fixture or fixtures that complies with the contract requirements. 6. All costs associated with providing samples are to be borne by the Contractor. No additional costs to the Owner for samples or mockups will be allowed. D. Submit shop drawings, and requested samples for approval before fabrication. Any material produced prior to the approval of shop drawings or samples, and not in conformance with the Contract Documents, shall be disapproved with the Contractor bearing full responsibility and cost. E. When required, or requested by the Architect or Engineer, samples submitted as per above shall be subjected to photometric, thermal, mechanical, electrical or water testing at an independent test laboratory at no expense to the Owner. F. No deviation from the general arrangement and details indicated on the drawings shall be made on the shop drawings unless required to suit the actual Section 16500 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Page 3 Lighting Fixtures conditions on the premises, and then only with the written acceptance of the Architect. All deviations must be clearly marked as such on the drawings submitted for approval. G. Provide field mockups for verification of illumination levels and aesthetics as directed by Architect or Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. A minimum often mockups are anticipated. H. Manufacturers of light fixtures not listed on fixture schedule must be prequalified prior to bid. For approval of all manufacturer/fixture substitutions, the fabricator shall comply with the specifications herein, and as outlined below: 1. Manufacturer shall have not less than five years experience in design and manufacture of lighting fixtures of the type and quality shown. Prequalification submissions must include a list of completed projects indicating length of experience, and catalog sheets or drawings. 2. Manufacturer shall also submit a prototype sample of each fixture for review by the Architect and Engineer. Prototype samples shall be sufficiently detailed and operational to allow evaluation of compliance with the salient features of the specification. Preliminary design or shop drawings shall not be accepted in place of prototype samples. 3. Printed physical, electrical and photometric data clearly highlighted to show the differences between the proposed substitutions and the specified light fixtures. 4. Photometric information in IES standard format on a CD. 5. Point by point lighting calculations of areas affected by proposed substitution. 6. The Architect and Engineer shall determine whether the prototype sample complies with the specifications and shall reserve the right to disqualify any proposed substitutions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of lighting fixtures of sizes, types and ratings required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. Include certification with shop drawings submittal. B. Codes and Standards: 1. Electrical Code Compliance: Comply with applicable code requirements of the authority having jurisdiction, as applicable to installation and construction of lighting fixtures. 2. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA standards pertaining to lighting equipment. 3. IES Compliance: Comply with IES RP-1 pertaining to office lighting practices and RP-15, regarding selection of illuminance values for interior office lighting. Comply with IES RP-8, 19, 20, and PB-15 pertaining to exterior, parking, and roadway lighting practices and fixtures. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Section 16500 Page 4 Lighting Fixtures 4. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards, including UL 486A and 486B, pertaining to lighting fixtures. Provide lighting fixtures and components which are UL-listed and labeled. UL listing applies to custom fixtures as well as manufacturer's standard fixtures that are modified. 5. CBM Labels: Provide fluorescent lamp ballasts which comply with Certified Ballast Manufacturer's Association standards and carry the CBM label. C. Special Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures for damp or wet locations, recessed in rated ceilings and walls, and for hazardous areas, that are UL listed and labeled for the specific use. D. Materials and Equipment: 1. Materials, equipment, and appurtenances as well as workmanship provided under this Section shall conform to the highest commercial standards. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING, AND WARRANTY A. Deliver lighting fixtures in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which adequately protect fixtures from damage. B. Store lighting fixtures in original packaging. Store inside well-ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperature, humidity, laid flat off the ground on blocking or pallets. C. Handle lighting fixtures carefully to prevent damage, breaking, and scoring of finishes. Do not install damaged units or components. Return damaged fixtures to the manufacturer and replace with new. 1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the lighting fixture installation with the work of other trades to minimize the possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES, GENERAL A. Provide a complete lighting system, wired, assembled and operable, including lighting equipment and accessories as shown on the drawings, described in the fixture schedules, specified herein and covered by allowance. Accessories include canopies, suspension of proper lengths, hickeys, castings, sockets, holders, reflectors, ballasts, diffusing material, louvers, plaster and mounting frames, lamps, recessing boxes, supporting brackets and channels, where required to span structural members. Section 16500 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Page 5 Lighting Fixtures B. Fixtures to be factory prewired and preassembled. Catalog numbers are given for manufacturers' identification. Conform to written descriptive requirements governing material and fabrication, either in the general or specific sections. Where catalog numbers are indicated as modified, no modification will be required if the standard unit fully conforms to all descriptive requirements in the specifications and conforms with specified ceiling construction. C. Fixtures of the same type to be of one manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance. Where not identified on drawings, provide same type as indicated in similar locations. D. For recessed fixtures, provide frame and trim compatible with ceiling type and construction. Refer to ceiling specifications and architectural drawings to determine types. For fixtures recessed in concrete, provide galvanized steel housing with bitumastic paint finish approved for the purpose. E. Provide adequate lamp shielding, proper ventilation and heat dissipation. F. Secure diffusers to trim by devices not requiring tools for removal, or for relamping. Provide safety chain attachment to fixture housing for portions of fixtures which are removed for servicing or relamping. G. Provide shop drawings for custom and modified standard fixtures, and catalog cuts illustrating conformance with specifications, for standard fixtures. Drawings to indicate materials, assembly, and finish. Coordinate fixture type with ceiling supplier and submit fixture compatible with ceiling system. 1. Include dimensions of the assembled fixture, weight, ballast specifications, description of lens or diffuser material and finish, socket specifications, frame, housing, reflector, special accessories, recommended lamps and list of agencies which have labeled the fixture. Indicate the number and type of wires for which fixture with attached junction box has been approved. Indicate conformance with temperature rating requirements of specifications. 2. Provide (for types in quantity of 30 or more) a photometric report from a recognized testing laboratory equal to the standard report furnished by E.T.L., including candlepower distribution curves and tables, luminaire brightness readings, tabulation of coefficients of utilization and percent efficiency, and a description of the unit and test conditions. H. General Construction: 1. Sheet Metal: Free of tool marks and dents. Painted after punching and forming to eliminate exposed unpainted edges. Intersections and joints formed true, sufficiently rigid to prevent distortion after assembly. 2. Castings: Free of blemishes, scale and rust, and finished smooth. 3. Aluminum Surfaces, Nonreflecting: Anodized clear or with color as indicated. Castings to be irridited, sandblasted or anodized. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Section 16500 Page 6 Lighting Fixtures 4. Aluminum Reflectors: Treat with alzak process to provide permanent reflective surface of 85% minimum. Extruded reflectors to be unscored, bright dipped and clear anodized. I. Lighting Fixture Description: Refer to the schedule on the drawings, or in the specifications, and to General Requirements in other paragraphs herein for full fixture description. J. All exterior lighting fixtures to be UL listed for damp or wet locations, whichever applies. Damp locations are defined as exterior protected locations. Wet locations, completely exposed to the weather. K. At indoor fixture locations, provide a positive means of disconnecting power to the fixture under the following conditions: 1. Any fluorescent fixture that utilizes double ended lamps. 2. Any fixture (fluorescent or hid) that contains ballasts and can be serviced in place. 3. Any fixture that contains a transformer for serving low voltage lamps and can be serviced in place. 4. The disconnect shall be internal or external to the fixture, and where the fixture is served from multi wire branch circuits, shall disconnect all supply conductors, including the grounded conductor. The disconnecting means shall be readily accessible, and shall have the line side terminals shielded from accidental contact. Provide an identifying label for the disconnect. This requirement does not apply to fixtures in hazardous locations, fixtures on emergency circuits or fixtures that are cord and plug connected. 2.2 FLUORESCENT FIXTURES: A. Temperature Rating: 1. Design fixtures to limit ballast case temperature installed in fixtures to applicable UL Standards. 2. Conform with Guarantee Requirements of Section 16050, Basic Electrical Requirements. B. Fixture Construction: 1. Lampholders, Core and Coil Ballasts: Bipin type. Permitting full entry of lamp pins in a vertical plane, after which a 90o rotation shall properly seat the lamp. Corrosion-resistant "edge-wipe" type lamp pin contacts. 2. Lampholders, Electronic Ballasts: Suitable for frequencies employed, and meeting recommendations of the ballast manufacturer. 3. Lampholder Fastening: Securely fastened to brackets or socket straps in a manner to eliminate flexing under normal lamp pressure. Replaceable without removing fixture from the installation. Backed by fixture housing or end plate to prevent twisting. Section 16500 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Page 7 Lighting Fixtures 4. Ballast: Fasten directly to metal fixture housing at three points, using captive bolts or screws, or equivalent method. 5. Housings and Bodies Recessed Troffers: Fabricated of die-formed, cold- rolled steel not less than 20 U. S. gauge welded into a one-piece assembly using lap seam construction. Breaks, bends, edges, holes and knockouts accomplished by die-forming and machine operation. Alternately, fabricated of extruded aluminum sections or die-formed from aluminum sheet of not less than No. 16 B and S gauge aluminum, with sections positively interlocked to provide a rigid unit. A complete die- formed housing of 22 U. S. gauge steel will be acceptable providing the unit is ribbed, embossed or paneled with a minimum of four cross ribs so as to be equivalent in strength to the above specified. a. Provide a wiring and ballast compartment that is accessible when the fixture is in the installed position. Wiring secured by clips or clamps to the body of the fixture, with the cover removed b. For troffers in suspended ceilings, in addition to seismic suspension, provide four clips attached to fixtures to positively tie fixture to T-bar or ceiling channel suspension. In plaster and dry wall ceilings, provide all necessary framing, support and hardware. In inaccessible ceilings, provide access to fixture outlet box through fixture or by lowering fixture from ceiling. 6. Finish: Finish visible fixture trim in color designated on drawings, or as selected by the Architect. Submit color chip for approval. Rustproof metal parts. Provide enamel finish, baked-on at a minimum temperature of SOOoF. Enamel reflective surface to have minimum 87 percent reflectivity. 7. Fixture Wiring: Wire with 600V, 105oC rated, thermoplastic insulation. Interconnect between sockets and ballasts, and provide 12" minimum length pigtails. Provide two wire pigtail for single circuit connection, four wire for two circuit connection where two neutrals are shown on drawings. Where fixture is served from two sources, barrier wiring from emergency source as required, and provide label inside fixture housing indicating that fixture is supplied from two sources. 8. Recessed Fixture Connection: Connect to fixture outlet, with 6' length of flexible conduit with conductors insulated for rated fixture operating temperature. 9. Recessed Downlights: Provide mounting frame with high power factor ballast and an attached prewired junction box, rated for through wiring with 60oC conductors, designed for installation without installing trim, diffusers or lens. Verify suitability of attached junction boxes for number of conductors indicated on drawings, and provide additional boxes where attached junction box capacity is exceeded. 10. Spares: Provide spare louvers, diffusers and/or lenses on basis of one for every 100 fixtures of each type or fraction thereof, but not less than two nor more than twenty. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Section 16500 Page 8 Lighting Fixtures 2.3 FLUORESCENT FIXTURE BALLASTS A. General: 1. Provide ballast of proper type and voltage for each lighting fixture as scheduled on the drawings or in other paragraphs of the specifications, and meeting requirements herein. 2. Provide electronic ballasts throughout. 3. Codes and Standards (Minimum): a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). b. California Electrical Code. c. California Energy Commission (CEC). d. Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM). e. Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL). f. Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA), National Energy Conservation Amendments (NAECA). g. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) regulations Part 18 and National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) limits for Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Radio Frequency Interference (RFI). h. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) labeling and/or listing. 4. Sound rating of A. 5. UL Class P rated, without any components containing PCB. 6. Fuse on each ballast serving 36" or 48" lamps, rated per manufacturer's recommendation. 7. Rated 50oF minimum for fixtures on interior. Rated OoF minimum for fixtures on exterior, in parking garages and in refrigerated spaces. 8. HPF (High Power Factor) throughout, including for compact lamps. 9. Equip each fixture with (1) or (2) electronic ballasts as required. For continuous row single lamp fixtures, use common ballast for adjacent fixtures as practical. Three and four lamp ballasts are not acceptable unless specifically indicated. 10. Where indicated or specified, provide radio frequency suppressor for each fixture. Where ballasts in fixture are supplied from separate conductors, provide separate suppressor for each ballast. 11. Ballast to provide normal rated life for specified lamp. 12. Start lamps in Rapid Start mode. 13. Where ballasts are located remote from fixture, install in lockable, sheet steel, ventilated enclosure, keyed alike with branch circuit panelboards. Space ballasts not closer than manufacturer's recommendation. Verify maximum allowable distance of ballasts from fixtures. B. Electronic Ballasts, Additional Requirements: 1. Operate lamps at frequencies between 20 and 60 KHz from 60 Hz input source with less than 10% flicker, at ambient temperature of 50°F to 105°F with 60°C maximum case temperature during operation. 2. Maximum light regulation +5% with +10% input voltage variation. Section 16500 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Page 9 Lighting Fixtures 3. Suitable for operation of F40T12 and F40U, F30T12, or F17T8, F25T8 and F32T8, one or two lamp, types as indicated or specified, designed for optimum operation of the specified lamps. 4. Solid-state consisting of rectifier, high frequency inverter, power control and regulation circuitry, in steel case, marked with manufacturer's name, part number, supply voltage, sound rating, power factor, open circuit voltage, RMS current draw, input watts, starting current, crest factor, efficiency and UL listing. 5. Ballast life to be unaffected by lamp failure. 6. Ballast factor of .85 to 1.0. 7. Maximum current crest factor of 1.7. 8. Maximum total harmonic distortion of less than 20%, maximum third harmonic distortion of 10%. 9. Minimum power factor of .90. 10. Withstand line transients per IEEE 587, Category A. 11. Rated life of 30,000 lamp cycles. 12. Provide extended guarantee as described under Section 16050, BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS; paragraph titled "Guarantee and Warranties." C. UL listed. D. Five year warranty. 2.4 INCANDESCENT FIXTURES A. Porcelain screw type with nickel plated brass shell, silicone prelubricated medium base sockets, 660W, 250V, below 300 watts and mogul base, B. For recessed fixtures, provide mounting frame with an attached prewired junction box, rated for through wiring with 60oC conductors, designed for installation without installing trim, diffusers or lens. Verify suitability of attached junction boxes for number of conductors, and provide additional boxes where attached junction box capacity is exceeded. C. For downlight fixtures with adjustable socket heights, make field adjustment prior to final installation to accommodate specified lamp. D. Provide specific UL label for use and mounting. Label Use 1C Insulated ceilings Non 1C (With Thermal Overload) Fixed ceilings SC Suspended accessible ceiling PC Concrete pour ceiling Damp Location Exterior protected locations Wet Location Exterior exposed locations Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Section 16500 Page 10 Lighting Fixtures E. Fasten fixture sockets and reflectors securely to body to prevent rotation or rocking during relamping. F. Fasten or hinge trims and lenses to the fixture body so that no part of the fixture must be held during the relamping procedure. Securely retain lenses in lens door so that dropping of door cannot dislodge lens G. Glass lenses or diffusers to be free from spherical or chromatic imperfections and have thermal characteristics of Pyrex. H. Color filters to withstand fixture operating temperature without cracking or fading. I. Guarantee black alzak finished reflectors against fading for a minimum of two years including material and replacement cost. J. Where cool beam lamps are indicated, provide fixtures that are UL approved for that use. K. For fixtures with integral low voltage transformers, provide primary and secondary fusing. 2.5 CUSTOM LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Subject to the same construction and finishing requirements as the standard specified fixtures. B. Fixtures to bear the UL label at time of delivery to the project site. 2.6 LIGHTING FIXTURES - FURNISHED BY OWNER (OFCI) OR UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. Where fixtures are specified or noted on drawings as Owner furnished, or furnished under other sections of the specifications, lighting fixtures will be furnished and delivered to the job site by others. Coordinate with Owner or supplier, for any required accessories to be furnished with fixtures. B. Confer with the Owner's representative to establish required delivery schedule on lighting fixtures not furnished under this work. C. Take delivery, unpack, check, assemble, distribute, install and connect in place, complete, the fixture types specified or listed on drawings as Owner furnished, or furnished under other sections. Review shop drawings for compatibility with ceiling construction. Should the fixtures not be compatible with ceiling construction, notify Owner prior to installation. Section 16500 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Page 11 Lighting Fixtures D. Check all materials delivered and furnish a receipt acknowledging acceptance of the delivery, and condition of the materials delivered. E. After acceptance of fixtures, assume full responsibility for the safekeeping of same, until such time as the complete installation has been approved and accepted. F. Furnish and install accessories not provided by supplier and any auxiliary mounting or installation supports required in connection with lighting fixtures installed but not furnished under this section, such as inserts and bolts. G. Include as part of basic proposal any appropriate allowances for general overhead and profit as a result of the provisions of this subsection. 2.7 MARKING OF FIXTURES A. Fixtures designed for voltages other than 110-125 volts shall be marked with the operating voltage. B. Fixtures equipped for operation of rapid start lamps shall be clearly marked "USE RAPID START LAMPS ONLY." C. Fixtures designed for operation of lamps below the rated enclosure maximum shall be clearly marked "Lamp Watts Not to Exceed " to maintain the design energy load. 2.8 SOUND TRANSMISSION A. Sound transmission through the light fixture units, shall be sufficiently attenuated to maintain speech privacy between adjoining spaces. Contractor to provide insulating battens around the fixtures where sound transmission levels are unacceptable. 2.9 THERMAL PROTECTORS A. Provide thermal protectors as required by the N.E.C., or as required by local Code, to prevent operation of lighting fixtures in enclosed spaces or adjacent to combustible materials at temperatures at or above 90°C (194°F). B. Fixtures approved for operation in fire-resistant material at temperatures up to 150°C (302°F) shall be plainly marked. 2.10 LAMPS A. General: Unless specified otherwise herein, furnish and install lamps for each fixture of type and wattage indicated on drawings or other section of the specification, compatible with specified ballast. For fixtures on exterior or in cold locations, use lamps suitable for OoF start. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Section 16500 Page 12 Lighting Fixtures B. Fluorescent Lamps (Minimum Values): 1. General: Rapid start, suitable for operation with electronic ballasts DON, 3500K, RE 835. Wherever possible, provide the low mercury content type of lamp that meets the EPA's TCLP criteria for lamp disposal. 2. T8 Lamps: 20,000 hour life; CRI 84; 17 watts, 1,375 lumens for 24" lamps; 25 watts, 2,200 lumens for 36" lamps; 32 watts, 2,950 lumens for 48" lamps. 3. Compact Lamps: Four pin (UON), CRI 82, 10,000 hour life. Configuration and wattage as listed in the lighting fixture schedule. C. Incandescent Lamps: Inside frosted or as recommended by fixture manufacturer, 130V rated. 2.11 LIGHT TRACK A. Provide system of wiring, outlets, light track, supports, fittings, lighting fixtures and lamps as indicated on the drawings. Track lighting fixtures and track to be of one manufacture. Install fixtures where indicated or, where quantities are specified, as directed. Aim adjustable units to the satisfaction of the Architect. B. Track to be surface type, or recessed, as described in the fixture schedule. For pendant mounting, use stems on 4' centers. C. Track to be of extruded aluminum channel with solid copper phase, neutral and ground conductors encased in rigid plastic insulators, rated 20A. Top portion to be a raceway with a capacity of six No. 12 AWG feed through conductors, or alternately, run feed through wiring in conduit above ceiling. Provide finish per Architect's requirement. D. Fixtures to be equipped with polarized track adapter. Where individually mounted track light fixtures are indicated, provide outlet and outlet box canopy adapter. E. Where indicated, provide two circuit tracks with neutral, ground and two phase conductors. Balance fixtures on the two phase conductors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which lighting fixtures are to be installed, and the structure for supporting lighting fixtures. Notify the General Contractor and Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer. Section 16500 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Page 13 Lighting Fixtures 3.2 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Coordinate exact quantities and critical dimensions with the contract documents and field conditions. B. Install lighting fixtures in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of the code, NECA's "Standard of Installation," NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighting fixtures fulfill requirements. C. Install recessed fixtures properly to eliminate light leakage between fixture frame and finished surface. Provide plaster frames for recessed fixtures installed in other than suspended grid type acoustical ceiling systems. Brace frames temporarily to prevent distortion during handling. D. Connections: Use Underwriters' Laboratories approved solderless connectors for splicing. E. Blocking: Provide supplemental blocking and support under this section, as required to support fixture from structural members adequate for fixture weight. F. Pendant Fixtures: Unless otherwise specified, suspend fixture with one piece steel stems 3/8" ID minimum, with matching canopies, and finished with enamel or lacquer finish of color to match fixture or ceiling, as directed by the Architect. Where pendant fixtures are indicated to be cable supported, provide 3/32" (minimum) stainless steel aircraft cables and cable to rod adapters. Provide a ceiling plate at each ceiling fitting, with baked enamel finish color to match fixture or ceiling, as directed by the Architect. Provide a white #18/4 (minimum) Type SJ cord at one end of fixture row. Provide two supports per 4', 6' or 8' fixture, and uniformly spaced pattern for continuous rows. Alternately, suspend industrial type fluorescent fixtures with machine type steel chain, closed welded links, hot-dipped galvanized finish, 750 Ib. rated tensile strength, weighing approximately 13 lbs/100 feet, capable of supporting fixture weights of from 30 to 60 Ibs. G. Pendant Mounted Fluorescent Fixtures, Continuous Rows: Provide rigid coupling between fixtures, fastened to each fixture with a minimum of two bolts. Hang fixtures with two supports per 8' or 4' fixture. Limit continuous rows to 40' length separated by 1-1/2" minimum with separate circuit connections to separated rows. Do not nipple between separated rows. Provide an approved swivel at the junction of stem and fixture. Provide channel bracing for rows of fixtures. Submit installation details. H. Surface Mounted Fixtures: Secure to structural members or to structural channels which span structural members with 1/4" minimum machine screws. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Section 16500 Page 14 Lighting Fixtures I. Refer to Section 16205 "SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS" for additional requirements. J. Fixture Outlets: In accessible tile ceilings, locate outlet within 4' of fixture, rigidly fastened to structural member or suspended from structure with rod or channel. In nonaccessible ceilings, provide access to outlet through fixture housing utilizing approved outlet assembly with access plate. Provide fixture outlet for each fixture, or continuous row, or, in demountable ceilings for a cluster of fixtures which can be connected by 6' flexible connections. K. Connections: Do not use fixtures as pull or junction boxes. Do not use flex conduit between separated, suspended fixtures. Surface mounted fixtures, separated by not more than 6" in utility areas, may be nipped together. Connect from recessed fixtures to fixture outlet with 6' length of flexible conduit and conductors. L. Machine Rooms: Prior to installation, coordinate light fixture location in machine rooms with equipment, piping, and ductwork to properly illuminate room and avoid interferences. M. For wall mounted fixtures on exterior, mount on cast gasketed boxes. N. Adjustable Fixtures: Aim adjustable fixtures as directed by the Architect. For exterior units, adjust during evening hours to the architect's satisfaction. O. Location: Locate fixture outlets, recessed fixtures, and determine the length of custom, continuous row cove or "reverse cove" fixtures, by reference to architectural reflected ceiling plans and details and measurement of building construction. Do not scale electrical drawings. P. Lamping: For initial lamping of overhead fixtures during construction, omit diffuser installation. Prior to final acceptance and when directed by the Owner in writing, clean the fixtures, remove construction lamps, relamp with new lamps and install diffusers. Q. For fixtures recessed in ceilings rated one hour or more, box around fixture to maintain ceiling integrity. Allow free space around fixture, 1" for fluorescent and 3" for incandescent fixtures. R. Do not install exposed fixtures, reflectors or trims until all plastering and painting that may mar fixture finish is completed. Replace blemished, dented, damaged or unsatisfactory fixtures as directed. S. Support all fixtures independent of ductwork or piping. 3.3 CLEANUP Section 16500 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 Page 15 Lighting Fixtures A. Remove all dirt and construction debris from lighting fixtures upon completion of installation. Clean fingerprints and smudges from lenses. Two weeks prior to substantial completion, re-clean all fixtures for dust, fingerprints, smudges from all visible parts of the fixture B. Protect installed fixtures from damage during remainder of construction period. C. At the time of final acceptance by the Owner, all lighting fixtures shall have been thoroughly cleaned with materials and methods recommended by the manufacturers, all broken parts shall have been replaced, and all lamps shall be operative. 3.4 GROUNDING A. Provide equipment grounding connections for lighting fixtures as indicated. Tighten connections to comply with torque values specified in UL Std 486A to assure permanent and effective grounds. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Upon completion of installation of lighting fixtures, and after building circuitry has been energized, apply electrical energy to demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting. END OF SECTION Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16500 SECTION 16750 DATA/COMMUNICATION CABLING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT A. Tenderers shall propose and submit a comprehensive Structured Cabling Solution to define the telecommunications infrastructure (patch panels, frames, patch cords, cables, faceplates and outlets) necessary to build a uniform premises distribution system, which will function for a multi-media communications solution to support up to lOOOMbps (1GBE) and to provide a 20 year warranted system. B. A Structured Cabling Solution that uses Category 6 components and Optical Fibre backbone shall be capable of providing 1 Gigabit Ethernet operation using full duplex transmission. The solution should define the method(s) of flexible patching for the telecommunications services to enable simple Moves, Adds & Changes, (MAC's) without frequent rewiring of locations. 1.2 CONFORMITY TO STANDARD A. The latest versions of the following standards are to be complied with unless otherwise specified: 1. AS/ACIF S008 Requirements for Authorized Cabling Products 2. AS/ACIF S009 Installation Requirements for Customer Cabling (Wiring Rules) 3. AS/NZS3000 SAA Electrical Wiring Rules 4. AS/NZS 3080 Integrated Telecommunications Cabling for Commercial Premises 5. AS/NZS 3084 Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces 6. AS/NZS 3085.1 Administration of Communications Cabling Systems - Basic Requirements 7. AS/NZS 4117 Surge Protective Devices for Telecommunication Applications 8. AS/NZS ISO/IEC 15018 (Replaces AS/NZS 3086 SOHO Cabling) Generic Cabling for Homes 9. AS/NZS IEC 61935.1 Testing of Balanced Communications Cabling In Accordance with ISO/IEC 11801 - Part 1 10. ISO 11801 Ed 2 (Alternate reference only) Information Technology - Generic Cabling for Customer Premises 11. TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1 (Alternate reference only) Transmission Performance Specification for 4 Pair 100 Ohm Category 6 Cabling Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 2 Data/Communication Cabling System 12. TIA 568-B.2-10 (Draft 10GBE reference document) Information Technology - Augmented Category 6 Cabling Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201.doc Page 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURED CABLING SYSTEM (SCS) A. All ADC KRONE products supplied under this tender shall be genuine ADC or KRONE products. There shall be no unapproved or falsely claimed "Krone Compatible" or "Krone Alternative" products. B. The communications channel shall be capable of supporting 1GBE (1000BASE- T) Ethernet. All copper products in the communications channel shall be capable of supporting the provision of power to the Data Terminal Equipment via the electrically conductive Media Dependant Interfaces as specified in the latest IEEE 802.3af "Power over Ethernet" standard. All IDC connectors shall be KRONE IDC technology for all systems and subsystems. 2.2 WORK AREA SYSTEM A. Tenderers shall supply and install the wiring or interconnections that connect active terminal devices to the telecommunication outlets. This includes patch cords, connectors, faceplates, as well as the work area patch cords (terminal fly leads) needed to make connections. The number of outlets required for this tender is approximately . B. The faceplates offered shall have the following; For Cat 6: 1. A choice of 4 outlets. 2. Options for vertical style or horizontal mounting style. 3. 4 port angled faceplates on perimeter trunking or surface skirting ducts. 4. A clear label application of circuit identification. C. Telecommunication Outlets (TO) 1. All copper telecommunication outlets supplied by the tenderer shall be ADC KRONE modular 8-position / 8-contact outlets, accepting standard modular RJ45 plugs. 2. The TO shall be: a. Capable of receiving 0.4 to 0.64mm diameter solid wires into insulation displacement contacts. b. Surface or flush mounted, single or dual sockets as specified in the drawings. c. Should have the ability to accept a dust cap to prevent dust and dirt getting into the socket. Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 - Page 3 Data/Communication Cabling System d. Underwriter Laboratories (UL) listed, and comply with CFR47 Part 68.500. e. Made from high-impact, flame-retardant, UL94 -VO rated thermoplastic material. f. Meet or exceed AS/NZS 3080:2003 Category 6 component requirements. 3. The TO shall provide Near End Crosstalk (NEXT) performance of: >54dB @ 100MHz, and >46dB @ 250MHz for Cat 6. 4. The Insulation Displacement Connector (IDC) wiring termination shall have a minimum of 2 mechanical forces applied to the wire to provide a reliable and stress-free resistant connection. 5. The IDC termination must be have a 450 angled configuration when connecting with the cable conductor to reduce the effect of metal fatigue. 6. The IDC contact element shall be special spring brass with silver plating to increase conductivity, angularly arranged across the axis of conducting wire to maximize the gas tight connection. The contact range shall be 5um silver-plated to ensure minimum oxidization impact. 7. The socket offered shall be marked to conform to the T568A wiring scheme in AS/NZS 3080, as a minimum Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201 .doc Page 6 8. The telecommunication outlet shall meet the following electrical performances; a. RJ Interface resistance: 20 mQ b. Insulation resistance >100 MQ at 500 Vdc. c. Contact resistance of 20 mQ maximum. (1 mQ typical) d. Current rating of <2A at 20°C 9. The telecommunication outlet shall meet the following mechanical performance: a. Insertion life of Level B reliability to 60603-7 b. Plug/Jack contact force: > 100g minimum per contact using a FCC- approved plug. c. Plug retention force: 133 N minimum. d. Temperature range: -20°C to +75°C D. Work Area Patch Cord 1. The Cat 6 work area patch cords shall be factory terminated with color options and with length options of 1.2, 2.1, 3.0, 4.5, 7.5, and 15 metres. E. Horizontal Cable System 2.3 CATEGORY 6 CABLING FOR 1 GIGABIT ETHERNET A. Tenderer shall supply ADC KRONE Category 6 horizontal 4 pair solid cable to connect each telecommunication outlet (TO) or consolidation point (CP) to the floor distributor (FD). The type of horizontal cables used shall be 4-pair 100Q high performance unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable for Cat 6 applications. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 4 Data/Communication Cabling System B. The UTP cable shall be of nominal 0.5 mm diameter bare solid copper conductors insulated with high-density insulation and a PVC sheath. The insulated conductors shall be twisted into pairs, with pairs balanced for maximum performance and noise reduction. C. The 4-pair UTP cable shall be run using a star topology format from the cross- connect at the floor distributor (FD) on each floor to every individual telecommunication outlet. D. The 4-pair UTP cable must exceed AS/NZS 3080:2003 Category 6 requirements. It must be tested to Class E to ensure performance for any application up to and including 1000 Mbps from the floor distributor (FD) to the telecommunications outlet (TO) at the work area. E. All horizontal UTP cable must meet requirement specified for current applications such as IEEE 802.3, 10/100/1000 BASE T; IEEE 802.5, 4/16/100Mbps; ATM Forum 52/155/622/1200 Mbps, 1 Gigabit Networking. F. Each run of cable from the cross-connect at the floor distributor (FD) to the telecommunication outlet (TO) shall be continuous without any joints or splices. Consolidation points (CP) are permitted provided Class E channel performance is maintained. G. The length of each individual run of fixed horizontal cable from the floor distributor (FD) to the telecommunication outlet (TO) shall be based on the distance set out in the tables and formulas in AS/NZS 3080:2003 plus the appropriate length de-rating for maximum ambient temperatures above 20°C. Installed lengths may differ from the designed lengths as long as they pass testing. H. The 4-pair UTP cable should be Underwriter Laboratories (UL) listed as type CM or CMR. The 4-pair UTP cable shall meet or exceed the following AS/NZS 3080:2003 requirements specifications for cable: 1. Conductor DC Resistance (Max): 9.38 Q/100m @ 20°C 2. DC Resistance Unbalance (Max) 5% 3. Insulation Resistance (Min): 5000 MQ /1 km @ 20°C 4. Mutual Capacitance (Typical): 5.6 nF/100m 5. Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201 .doc Page 7 6. Characteristics impedance: 100Q 7. Worst Case Cable Skew: 45 nsec/100 Metres 2.4 EQUIPMENT ROOM & TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOM CABLE TERMINATIONS A. The size, location and provisioning of services and facilities in the Equipment and Telecommunications Rooms (ER and TR) should be in accordance with Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 - Page 5 Data/Communication Cabling System AS/NZS 3084. B. For copper voice circuits, the tenderer shall supply ADC KRONE High Band 10- pair disconnect modules to terminate the incoming Service Provider cables, the outgoing Service Provider cables to the PABX, and the PABX Extension lines/cables. The mounting system shall be earthed as described later. These modules shall have the ability to accept over-voltage or surge protection devices, if required. C. The Equipment Room (ER) and Telecommunications Room (TR) shall contain black ADC or equivalent 19" Lab Rack units 44 RU in height, fitted with ADC glide cable management bays for vertical cable and patch cord management. All internal horizontal and/or backbone copper cables shall be terminated on rack mounted patch panels, or wall mounted Profile rods or back mount frames to suit either 8 or 25 pair ADC KRONE modules. The ER or TR must also house the rack mounted or wall mounted fiber termination units for termination of optical fiber cable as defined in the drawings. D. Patch cords shall be provided when patching of voice and/or data circuits is required at the cross-connections to facilitate Moves, Adds and Changes (MAC's). The patch cords supplied shall be able to support the designed application, like 1GBE applications. E. Lighting intensity on the front and back of installed terminations, patch panels and equipment should be 500 lux at 1m above floor to meet AS/NZS 3084 requirements. 2.5 RACKS AND CABLE MANAGEMENT A. Tenderer shall utilize glide 19" racks, 44 RU high (product number 6460 1 141- 00) for cable termination panels and for equipment mounting as appropriate. Locked cabinets may be used if additional security is warranted. B. Vertical cable and patch cord management on the 19" rack shall be by attaching either a glide 150mm front only cable manager (product number ADCCMVIBS06F-2), or a 200mm (product number ADCCMS-08) or 250mm (product number ADCCMS-10) front & rear cable manager. Hinged covers matching the vertical cable management shall be fitted to hide and protect the cables and patch cords. C. Horizontal cable and patch cord management between patch panels or equipment on the 19" glide cable management racks shall be 2 RU glide horizontal cable managers with front hinged-down cover (product number ADCCMHIB-2U). Horizontal cable and patch cord management at the top, middle or bottom of the 19" rack shall be either 2 RU or 4 RU horizontal crossover troughs. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 6 Data/Communication Cabling System D. Fiber cable and fiber patch cord management shall be the ADC Fiber Guide tray and channel system that utilizes yellow plastic extrusions in 50mm, 75mm or 100mm wide troughs and molded interconnection fittings. Trough exits shall utilize downspout fittings to maintain the minimum bending radius of the cables and cords. 2.6 CROSS-CONNECT SYSTEM A. Tenderer shall utilize Patch By Exception for copper cross-connection of termination modules at the backbone and/or horizontal cross-connect. The cross-connect system inside Telecommunications Rooms (TR) shall consist of 2 modules per horizontal cable run. B. On Module 1, 4-pair positions shall be connected from the top of the module to the network equipment by a System Tail with the RJ45 plug at the equipment end. Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201 .doc Page 8 C. On Module 2, 4-pair positions shall be connected at the top of the module to the horizontal cabling from the TO. The hard-wired jumper cable shall consist of 4- pair solid cable with sheath (the same cable as the horizontal 4-pair cable), and this will connect from the 4-pair positions on the bottom of Module 1 to the 4- pair positions on the bottom of Module 2. D. On 8-pair Profile-mounted modules, where possible, the solid jumpering shall all be laid to the left of the Profile modules to facilitate future hinging of the module on that side. E. The cross-connect terminations on Category 6 components shall be either; 1. ADC KRONE RJ45 Cat 6 patch panels for incoming voice and/or data services up to1 QBE. 2. Cross-connect jumper cable shall be Cat 6 of any suitable length, with sheath, terminated on the bottom of the module on the A-side to the bottom of the module on the B-side. F. Tenderer shall supply appropriate patch cords with factory-assembled plug- ends for mating with the termination modules. These patch cords are to be used as the "Exception" patching facility during temporary Moves, Adds and Changes. G. Restoration of the original hard-wired jumper arrangement shall be by the removal of the "Exception" patch cords. H. When the temporary "Exception" patching arrangements are to be made permanent, the appropriate modules shall be hard-wired using solid 4-pair fully sheathed cable, and the"Exception" patch cords shall be removed and stored for future use. The type of patch cords shall match the termination modules used. Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project 2.7 A. B. C. Section 16750 - Page 7 Data/Communication Cabling System TERMINATION MODULE The termination module shall be able to accommodate over 200 repeated wire insertions without incurring permanent deformation. For up to Cat 6 performance, the termination module shall be an ADC KRONE Cat 6 UltimS disconnection module to allow test cords to isolate the cabling system for testing purposes. For all modules, the termination shall be able to accommodate 0.4 - 0.64 mm diameter solid copper conductors and 7/0.2 - 7/0.32 multi-wire stranded conductors. The IDC contact element shall be set at 45o and made from special spring brass with silver plating. The wire contact area shall have 5 urn of silver-plating to ensure maximum reliability. All components that are to be connected to a carrier's network must comply with the A-Tick requirements in accordance with the Telecommunications Labeling Notice. 2.8 COPPER PATCH PANELS, RACK AND CABINET-MOUNTED A. The modular outlet patch panel shall be a ADC KRONE Cat 6 panel with 8 pin modular sockets having a worst pair NEXT loss values for the outlet of >54dB at 100MHz and >46dB at 250MHz. B. The patch panel shall be available in 16 or 24 port configurations in one rack unit height or 48 ports in two-rack unit height and shall fit into a 19" rack. Rear cable management shall be a Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201.doc Page 9 ADC KRONE cable manager either steel or plastic (MasterMinder) to occupy the same height as the 1 RU patch panel. C. The contact plating of the modular jacks shall have a minimum thickness of 1 .Sum of hard gold in accordance with FCC CFR47 Part 68.5, over a minimum thickness of 2.0um of nickel. The modular patch panel will have a plug insertion life of Level B reliability to IEC 60603-7. D. ADC KRONE Patch Cord Minders shall be fitted so that there is one patch cord minder for every 2 x flat patch panels. The front and/or rear vertical rails of the cabinet shall be set back sufficiently to accommodate the patch cord minders. E. When angled patch panels are used, the installation of patch cord minders is not mandated. However, the rack and/or cabinet must have sufficient space on the sides at the front to provide adequate room and support to contain the patch cords and their minimum bending radius. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 8 Data/Communication Cabling System 2.9 OPTICAL FIBER TERMINATION UNIT, RACK AND CABINET-MOUNT A. The ADC KRONE 19" rack mount fiber termination unit shall provide cross- connect, interconnect or splicing capabilities. B. The 19" rack mount fiber termination unit shall consist of a frame mountable housing for terminating and/or splicing fiber optic cables and allow for organization of the fiber optic interconnects. The assembly shall have rear openings for cable entry, with posts to accept strain relief terminations and with fiber storage guide facilities for maintaining bend radius. C. The 19" rack-mounting unit should be either 12 or 24 ports for one rack unit (1RU) and can be either a fixed position unit or have a slide or swing tray to improve access. D. The adaptor plates shall be suitable for SC simplex, SC duplex LC duplex or ST couplings, and the adaptor plates should be installed to angle the through adaptors to the left or to the right of the panel to improve the patch cord management and provide eye safety due to accidental exposure to active fibers. E. Connectors on all single-mode fibers (SMF) shall be fusion spliced on site. Connectors on all multimode fibers (MMF) should be fusion spliced on site for optimum performance. 2.10 PRE-TERMINATED OPTICAL FIBER A. Where optical fiber cabling is specified on the drawings, consideration should be to the use of Pre-Terminated Optical Fiber (PTOF) cable to minimize installation time. B. The cable shall be preterminated with the appropriate style of connector to suit the requirements (like SC or LC style). The length of the PTOF shall be measured from FOBOT to FOBOT (Fiber Optic Break Out Tray) and there shall be an additional 650 mm minimum breakout length of fibers, located in each FOBOT, for direct connection into adaptors. 2.11 PATCH CORDS AND SYSTEM LEADS A. Tenderer shall supply ADC KRONE Cat 6 patch cords and copper System Leads for cross-connection and/or inter-connection of termination modules, patch panels and network equipment. B. The type of patch cords and system leads shall match the termination module used, ie 8-pair UltimS modules, 25-pair Cat 6 modules or Cat 6 RJ45 patch panel. Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 - Page 9 Data/Communication Cabling System C. All Cat 6 patch cords shall be factory terminated 4-pair UTP cable with lengths of 1.2, 2.1, 3.0, 4.5, 7.5, and 15 metres. D. System Leads shall be supplied and installed to connect the network equipment to the cross-connect or interconnect modules. The system leads shall have 4- pair conductors with length and construction (stranded or solid) suited to the installation. E. Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201.doc Page 10 System Leads shall have an RJ45 plug on each end and shall be "cut in half on site to achieve the desired lengths from network equipment to cross-connect module. Each System Lead will produce two (2) System Tails (RJ45 plug one end to IDC termination other end). F. The ADC KRONE Fiber Patch Cords shall; 1. Consist of one or two single, tight buffered, multimode graded-index fibers with a 62.5 or 50 micron core or singlemode 9 micron core with 125 micron cladding to suit the installed OM1, OM3, or OS1 fiber optic cabling. 2. Be used for optical fiber cross-connects and interconnects. 3. Have the fiber cladding covered by Kevlar fibers and a protective outer jacket. 4. Be factory terminated with SC, ST or LC ceramic connectors at each end. 5. Meet the following specifications: a. Minimum bend radius: 25 mm b. Operating temperature: -40 to +75° C c. Loss: 0.75 dB per mated pair of connectors d. Return Loss Maximum: -45Db e. Cable OD: 3 mm f. Tip material: Ceramic 2.12 BACKBONE SYSTEM A. The backbone system shall include UTP 4-pair copper cable for voice and 4- pair Cat 6 copper UTP and fibre optic cable for high-speed data networking in the intra-building wiring. Tie cables between floor distributors may be Cat 6 UTP cable, if less than 90 m long. B. The backbone cables shall be run in a star topology, terminated in the Equipment Room (ER) or Building Distributor (BD) at one end, and in a Floor Distributor (FD) at the other end. 1. The UTP copper cables a. Shall be marked CM or CMR b. Shall consist of 0.5 mm diameter, twisted pair copper conductor marked CM or CMR. c. The UTP multi-pair cable shall meet the requirements of AS/NZS 3080:2003 and AS/ACIF S008 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 10 Data/Communication Cabling System 2. The Optical Fiber Cables a. The multi-core optical fiber cable shall consist of multimode or singlemode fiber, color-coded for identification for multi-core fiber optic cable. b. Consideration should be given to the use of Pre Terminated Optical Fiber cable for faster and easier installation. c. The fiber cables shall meet the following transmission specification: - where, OFL = Overfilled Launch Bandwidth, RML = Restricted Mode Launch OM1 Specification 62.5/125 urn Fibre 1) Sheath color Orange (if available), or black 2) Maximum fibre loss: 3.5 dB/km at 850 nm 1.5 dB/km at 1300 nm 3) Minimum bandwidth: 200 MHz.km at 850 nm 500 MHz.km at 1300 nm 4) Numerical aperture: 0.275 5) Max length of QBE 300 m at 850 nm 6) Max length for GBE 550 m at 1300 nm 2.13 OVERLOAD PROTECTION A. The tenderer shall make provision to supply ADC KRONE overvoltage protection to all incoming lines from the Service Provider and to all above ground and underground lines between buildings in campus wiring design. The provision for overvoltage protection includes installation of correct earthling least 6 mm2 to the mounting frames and racks. The installation of the arrester magazines shall be as agreed with the system designer and in any installation in the region of and above the Tropic of Capricorn and in Western Australia this is considered a requirement.Tenderer shall supply ADC KRONE overvoltage magazines complete with 230 volts fail-safe overvoltage arresters for all incoming copper pairs to protect the incoming Service Providerlines and any outside plant multi-pair copper cables against any overvoltage surge and minimize the damage that may be caused by lightning. For lightning and overvoltage protection tenderer shall supply ADC KRONE ComProtectmaintenance-free 5-point solid state surge protection devices for voice applications and data applications up to and including 16Mbps. 2.14 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Channel performance is the preferred acceptance criteria for all installations if possible. All Permanent Links are to be installed and all end-user patch cords, equipment cords and work area cords are to be in place, and left in the position where they were tested. Where this is not practical, the Permanent Link performance will be the acceptance criteria for the installation. Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 - Page 11 Data/Communication Cabling System PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION STAFF AND EXPERIENCE A. The successful tenderer shall supply a list of names of installation staff and their ADC KRONE Master Installers certificate number. All certificate numbers must start with the letter 'C' signifying Competency to be a valid certificate. This requirement does not apply to apprentices or trainees under the full-time supervision of an ADC KRONE Master Installer. Certificate numbers starting with the letter 'A' signifying Attendance are not valid as ADC KRONE Master Installers.Tenderer shall state when each staff was last trained by formal ADC KRONE Master Installer training.Tenderer shall provide a list of their technical support staff listing their working experience in the relevant field. Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201.doc Page 14Tenderer shall state the nearest location of their principal support centre. This centre shall have permanently stationed support staff that is capable of providing technical support effectively and efficiently. 3.2 APPLICATION ASSURANCE AND WARRANTY A. Tenderer shall provide at least a 20 year Warranty for Class E Channel performance of the Cat GChannel Solutions backed by ADC KRONE'S 20 years warranty from the date of successful completion of testing and commissioning of the Structured Cabling System. The 20 year application assurance shall cover the failure of the offered cabling system to operate the applications that the system was initially designed to support, ie those identified in the current (at the time of tendering) versions of the Cabling Performance Specifications (that is the AS/NZS 3080, ISO11801 or TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1). 3.3 COMPLIANCE TESTS A. The installer must individually test 100% of the UTP cables and fibre optic cables after installation of the cables to determine compliance to AS/NZS 3080 performance requirements. Where ever possible, progressive testing of both fibre and copper Permanent Links or Channels is recommended to ensure errors or unacceptable installation practices are minimized on the site. All test results, including Passes, 'Star-Passes' and Failures, shall be kept by the installer prior to customer acceptance of the site. At customer acceptance, the final test results shall be given to the end user for retention during the period of the warranty. ADC KRONE does not accept cable runs with failures as part of the normal Warranted installation. Prior to acceptance by the customer, all compliance test results shall be made available to ADC KRONE staff on request to verify Pass results and discuss failures and 'Star-Passes'. Any Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 12 Data/Communication Cabling System rectification work and re-testing of cable runs containing failures or 'Star- Passes' shall be at the installer's expense. B. Class E Performance Testing on Cat 6 Installations. The Structured Cabling System shall be tested by the installer for compliance to the requirements specified in the latest AS/NZS 3080 standard for Class E performance using Level 3 testers in accordance with AS/NZS IEC 61935.1 - Testing. A certain percentage of the outlets may be chosen at random for the final acceptance testing by the end-user or in their absence, by ADC KRONE. The design data and the full results of all compliance tests performed by the installer are to be fully documented and submitted to end-user to hold for the period of the warranty. The results must include 100% of total installation and provide full electronic data files for each cable run indicating the name of the person doing the testing, date, building, cable identification, cable length, Insertion Loss, NEXT, PSNEXT, ACR, PSACR, Propagation Delay, Delay Skew, ELFEXT, PSELFEXT.and Return Loss. Length alone is not considered to be a pass/fail criteria. The compliance criteria shall be in accordance with the compliance requirements set out in AS/NZS3080:2003 or ISO/IEC 11801:2003 for the Class E copper Permanent Link or Channel. C. Optical Fibre Link Testing 1. Test Requirements All multimode and singlemode optical fibre links must be tested for; a. Continuity and Maintenance of Polarity b. Length Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201 .doc Page 15 c. Propagation Delay d. Optical Attenuation of Link, 2 x wavelengths, 2 x direction Conduct the tests in accordance with ADC KRONE'S Performance Testing of Optical Fibre Links For Compliance To ISO/IEC 11801, using either LSPM and/or OTDR equipment. If conflict exists, correct testing with LSPM shall be taken as correct. Where LSPM results exceed the Power Loss Budget, the link shall be investigated with an OTDR to determine the location of the faulty component. D. Reference Setting (Zeroing) Methods for LSPM Testers on MMF and SMF 1. If the connectors are the same on the LSPM tester and the Link to be tested, use 1-Test Cord Method of Reference Setting as per Cl 9.1.2 of ISO/IEC 14763-3 (Eg. SC on tester and both ends of Link). Where the connectors on the LSPM tester are different from the connectors on the Link to be tested, use the 3-Test Cord Method of Reference Setting as per Cl 9.1.1 of ISO/IEC 14763-3 (Eg. SC on Tester and LC on Link) E. Use of Mandrels or Coils (for both 3 & 1-Test Cord Methods) 1. For MMF, the LSPM Tester shall have the correct Coupling Power Ratio for the cable under test. This can also be achieved by using a Mandrel Wrap on the Launch Cord for mode stripping during Reference Setting Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 - Page 13 Data/Communication Cabling System and Testing. For a 3 mm Launch Cord, 5 turns on 17 mm 0 for 62.5 um 5 turns on 22 mm 0 for 50 um. For SMF, the LSPM test launch cord shall have at least 2 x turns of 40±5 mm diameter, aircoiled or on a mandrel, for stripping light out of the cladding and more consistent readings. F. Test Cords and Field Calibration Cords (for both 3 & 1-Test Cord Methods) 1. All Test Cords & Field Calibration cords shall be Qualified. Launch and Tail Cords for MMF & SMF LSPM testing shall be 1m to 5m each and have a Reference Connector at one end. Field Calibration Cord used in the 3-Test Cord Method shall not exceed 2m in length and have Reference Connectors at both ends. Reference Connectors shall be the same type of connectors as the cabling to be tested. Reference Connectors shall have an attenuation of < 0.10 dB for MMF, and < 0.20 dB for SMF. G. Field Calibration Cord and Adaptor Removal (for 3-Test Cord Method) 1. For both MMF and SMF cabling, after the 3-Test Cord Reference Setting has been done, the central Field Calibration Cord shall be removed and the cabling under test connected. For a Link, the 2 x adaptors are removed with the field calibration cord. [For a Channel, the 2 x adaptors remain on the launch and tail cords.] H. Compliance Criteria 1. The compliance criteria shall be a pass for all of the tests listed under Test Requirements. The Optical Attenuation of the Link shall not exceed the Power Loss Budget calculated in accordance with the losses set out in ISO/IEC 14763-3:2006 and AS/NZS 3080:2003 for the optical fibre components that make up the Link. For an ADC KRONE warranty, the optical fibre installation must pass the requirements and test methods set out in Performance Testing of Optical Fibre Links For Compliance To ISO/IEC 11801. I. Test Result Documentation 1. A copy of the full "Plot Data Enabled" test results for each copper cable run and each core of each optical fibre cable run shall be supplied to the end user on CD in a 'Microsoft Windows' Office application format, or in a recognized test vendor's application format like Fluke LinkWare or Agilent DataScope Pro or LANTEK Reporter. Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201.doc Page 16 3.4 CUSTOMER ACCEPTANCE A. At the conclusion of the installation a preliminary walkthrough with the installation contractor will be performed to check for installation quality, accurate performance of the work, and to verify engineering diagrams. Any modifications to the documentation or the installation that may be required shall be Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 14 Data/Communication Cabling System accomplished within a 2 week period. "Customer Acceptance" shall consist of a final walkthrough with the installation contractor. The walk through shall be scheduled within 3 weeks of the completion of the installation in order to turn the project and documentation over to the end-user. "Customer Acceptance" does not release the installation contractor from repairing any cabling errors or improperly labeled circuits, caused by the installation contractors, that may be discovered at a later date. 3.5 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW A. All cabling and connection equipment and materials supplied shall be new ADC KRONE approved products. The Contractor shall check the surface finishes and paintwork around his area of installation and touchup or repair/replace all damaged parts after the installation of cabling and equipment. The Contractor shall provide ADC KRONE literature including data on maintenance and operation of all equipment installed. Relevant catalogues of all materials, instruments, equipment, and components, to be supplied shall be included in this Tender. All ADC KRONE equipment and materials shall be permanently and legibly marked to indicate clearly the ADC or KRONE name as the manufacturer or the ADC and/or KRONE registered trademark. 3.6 LABELLING AND NUMBERING A. Each piece of equipment, patch panel and outgoing cable from the patch panels shall be labeled. Corresponding labeling and numbering shall also be provided on the telecommunication outlets. Equipment racks/cabinets should be labeled from bottom to top, left to right, omitting the letters "I" and "O". All cable labels should be of clear wrap around self-adhesive type or slip-on plastic ring type or a long plastic strip type fixed onto each cable. Each cable is to be labeled at each end 100 - 150mm from the termination point. Lettering on the label is to be machine typed. Telecommunication Outlets are to be labeled with an approved label secured to the outlet faceplate/cover in a prominent position, firmly affixed. Cable and TO numbering shall be the same and should be in the format of; "BUILDING-FLOOR-ROOM-NUMBER". The designations can be letters or numbers. Room is optional. NUMBERS must be in sequential numbers. Use a dash between each designation with no spaces. Consolidation Points are to be additionally labeled with the distance back to the FD, in metres. MUTOs are to be additionally labeled with the maximum allowable patch cord length in metres, as per the MUTO cabling design. 3.7 CABLING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. General: Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 - Page 15 Data/Communication Cabling System 1. All cables shall be run and installed in a workmanlike manner in accordance with AS/ACIF S009 Wiring Rules for safety and network integrity, and AS/NZS 3080 for performance. The Installer shall plan the cabling system and routing ensuring adequate segregation from electrical and hazardous services, ensuring system integrity and performance, ensuring that it does not present problems of maintenance or access, and ensuring there is no conflict with the operation and maintenance of other systems. The Tender shall give full details of the type of cables to be used including the type of termination, identification method, method of installation and limitations (if any). Termination of cables in the FD shall be on racks, frames or wall-mount assemblies to suit the selected modules and/or patch panels. Cable installed underground either direct buried or buried in conduit shall be of gel-filled Loose Tube construction that meets the requirements of the 'Water Penetration' test specified in IEC 60794-1- 2 Clause 25, Method -FSB. In addition, such cable shall not allow fluids to penetrate through the sheath. To comply with the identification requirements of AS/ACIF S009, cable shall not be painted. Occasional overspray from Acrylic water-based painting can be acceptable provided the overspray coverage does not exceed 1m length on the cables. All metal pathways should be bonded to the building earth system thereby providing a bonding conductor facility to minimize the effects of noise coupling. B. Copper Cable: 1. Cat 6 cables shall be grouped together in bundles not exceeding 24 cables per bundle. Cat 5 cables shall be grouped together in bundles not exceeding 32 cables per bundle. Cat 6A permanent links should be at least 15m long to minimize low NEXT or RL issues like *Pass. Do not mix Cat 6 and Augmented Cat 6 cables in the same bundle. CopperTen Augmented Cat 6 cables should have 25mm separation from Cat 6 cables to minimize alien crosstalk. Do not arrange any Cat 6 cables within bundles or in a tray in straight lines. Leave them in a random lay to help minimize external alien crosstalk between the cables. This is the ADC KRONE 'Random Lay In Bundle And Tray for Cat 6 cable and Cat 6A' principle. Cat 6 cables shall be secured with Velcro™ at least 10 mm wide or approved elastic ties. Use Velcro™ or approved elastic ties applied at random spacings up to 300mm apart on catenary wires. Provide adequate support for all cabling that is vertically installed, ensuring that the weight of the cables is sufficiently supported. Use Velcro™ or approved elastic ties at approx 300mm vertical spacing. Bend control accessories (eg 'water- falls') shall be used to restrict cable bending during and after installation so that minimum bend radius is not exceeded. This particularly applies to all locations where cables change from horizontal to vertical. Cables shall be installed so as not to exceed the minimum bending radius. Use a bending radius not less than 50 mm radius (100 mm dia) during cable pulling, and not less than 25 mm radius (50 mm dia) for hand placement Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 16 Data/Communication Cabling System on horizontal runs eg at the TO or in skirting ducts. For tighter bend radius applications, obtain the manufacturer's approval before installation. For Cat 6 cable installations, the provision of spare cable should be avoided by good design and careful selection of termination locations. However, if specified on the drawings, allow for approx 2-3 metres of spare in the cable runs at the FD (by J-bends or U-bends in the cabinet/rack) and possibly at the entry to the service pole or skirting duct containing the TO. Place this spare cable in such a manner that it is fully supported and that the minimum bending radius is maintained. Spare cable shall not be stored Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201.doc Page 18 inside service poles or skirting ducts. If spare cable is contained in loops, there shall be mo more than 4 loops in a coil at any one location and each loop shall be of different diameter with minimum diameter of 300 mm. Cables shall be installed so as not to exceed the maximum hauling tension of 11kg for Cat 6 cables and CopperTen Augmented Cat 6 cables. Consolidation Points, if installed, shall be at least 15 metres away from the FD. There is no minimum requirement between FD and TO, or CP and TO. Red sheathed horizontal fixed copper cabling shall be reserved for fire detection/alarm services. Cables that penetrate fire barriers shall have the penetrations suitably fire-stopped by qualified operators as required by local building code regulations/laws. The amount of un-twist in a pair at any termination shall be no more than 13mm for Cat 5 and 10mm for Cat 6 and Augmented Cat 6. The amount of cable sheath stripped back at any termination shall such that the sheath terminates approximately 10 mm or less from module or socket housing for C5, C6 and Augmented C6 cables. C. Optical Fibre Cable 1. Bend control accessories shall be used to restrict cable bending during installation so that minimum bend radius is not exceeded as specified in the relevant cable technical data sheet. Cables shall not be installed at a tension that exceeds their specified limited as per in the relevant cable technical data sheet. Cable enclosures (eg. pull boxes) shall be capable of accommodating the specified minimum bend radius of all installed cable as a bundle. Cable direct buried shall be in suitably prepared ground such as in well tamped surrounding sand or soft soil. Cables used in a building shall be of Tight-Buffered low smoke zero halogen construction and shall be resistant to UV radiation where the cable is exposed to direct sunlight. Optical fibre cables occupying the same conduits as LV power cables should be installed in sub-ducts to maintain the integrity of the optical fibre cable during installation and future maintenance. Consideration must be given to minimizing the risk of damage to underground cable through vehicle and structural loading or soil movement or severe bending radius or above-ground impact. Underground cable will be exposure to UV radiation where it enters and exits the ground and it must be suitably protected at these locations. Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 - Page 17 Data/Communication Cabling System D. Pathways - Continuous 1. Continuous pathways are Tray (flat, slotted, ladder), Ducts (in-floor, perimeter, skirting), Conduits, Power Poles or Blades or similar. The recommendations in AS/NZS 3084 Pathways and Spaces should be followed. All cable trays, catenaries and ductwork required to complete the installation will be the responsibility of the Tenderer to supply and install. The installer is to liaise with end-user, and/or main contractor when strip- out of existing floors commences to evaluate if any existing cable tray or ducts can be re-used. The preferred depth of surface/skirting ducts is 50mm to accommodate the minimum bending radius of Cat 5, Cat 6 and Augmented Cat 6 cables. Class E Tender Spec ADC KRONE 061201.doc Page 19. a. For 3-compartment communications ducts: 1) • A 50H x SOD mm duct shall contain no more than 18 x CopperTen cables, or 24 x Cat 6 cables, or 32 x Cat 5 cables (ie the maximum Cat 6 and Cat 5 bundle sizes). 2) • A 40H x SOD mm duct shall contain no more than 12 x CopperTen cables, or 24 x Cat 6 and Cat 5 cables. 3) • A 35H x 40D mm duct shall contain no more than 6 x CopperTen cables, or 12 x Cat 6 and Cat 5 cables. 2. All necessary pathway penetrations and access between floors is the responsibility of the Tenderer to provide, and to ensure all penetrations and access holes at the completion of the installation are fully sealed to local authority requirements and fire regulations by qualified personnel. Support all cabling within the false ceiling space or under indoor raised flooring by steel cable tray, trunking, ducting, or catenary wires, fixed by manufacturer approved hangers and methods onto structural building or flooring elements. All conductive pathways should be earthed to protective earth from the electrical distribution board on the floor where such cable tray is installed. A licensed electrical contractor must make the connection to the electrical distribution board protective earth. Before cable is installed and after installation, ensure that conduit, trunking and tray is thoroughly clean of any extraneous material such as cable scraps, dust, dirt, construction debris and moisture. Any cable that has been subjected to immersion in fluid shall have the pathway dried and cleaned and the cable shall be completely replaced with new clean dry cable. Co-ordinate all trunking, ducting, conduit and tray work with other services on site as necessary. Where cables exit a tray, provide adequate protection from sharp tray edges during the installation process and after completion. Where cables are installed in partitions or false walls through sharp-edged metal studs, ensure bushings are secured in these penetrations to protect cables. Restrict conduit runs to no more than 30m of continuous run inside a building between hauling points. Restrict any single pull to no more than two (2) x 90-degree bends, in conduits or ducts. The pathway system shall otherwise be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 18 Data/Communication Cabling System E. Pathways - Non-continuous 1. Non-continuous pathways are Wireways (mesh, ribs), Catenaries, Hooks or Bags. Where non-continuous- pathways are used to cable support systems, the following minimum requirements shall be followed. The recommendations in AS/NZS 3084 Pathways and Spaces should be followed. Catenary wires shall be anchored to structural elements of the building and not to any service or support accessory. The maximum number of cables on one catenary shall be 2 x bundles of 32 for Cat 5 or 2 x bundles of 24 for Cat 6. The maximum sag of a pathway when fully- loaded with cables shall not exceed 150 mm between any two supports. Mesh trays for general use shall have metallic or non-metallic crossbars at 100 mm spacing or less. Around external corners, the maximum unsupported cable span shall be 150mm. Otherwise use a flat durable sheet in the bottom of the pathway to support the cables. Curved bend control accessories that support the cables shall be used to fully support the cables over the bend surface and maintain a minimum bend radius of 50 mm in all situations where the cable or the tray/mesh drops down at an angle of 45 degrees or greater. The maximum height of the mass of cables on a pathway shall be 90mm. The height is reduced to 75mm if the cross bar spacing is up to 120mm in special use trays. This ensures there is not too much weight on the bottom cables that rest on the crossbars. The clearance above the sides of the tray/mesh shall be at least 1/2 the width of the tray with 100mm as the minimum clearance. Supports for non- metallic mesh shall be at 1 m spacing or less. The maximum sag should be less that 200 mm when fully loaded. J-Hooks, bags or saddles shall be positioned at 800 mm spacing or less. The surface of the hook or saddle that supports the cable shall be smooth and at least 34 mm wide with rounded-off edges under the cables. The fixings of any cable support system shall be onto the building structure by solid mechanical means, not adhesive means. Non-continuous support pathways should be run in straight lines following the building lines, not a diagonal or zig-zag fashion. The pathway system shall otherwise be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. F. Separation 1. The minimum separation between the fixed telecommunications cabling and parallel runs greater than 3 m in length of LV fixed electrical cabling shall be at least 300 mm for performance and noise reduction reasons. Separation from other electrically noisy environments like power distribution mains and sub mains and fluorescent light fittings or halogen down light transformers shall be 300 mm. For non-warranted sites where performance is not the primary requirement, the following safety requirements shall be maintained. A minimum of 50 mm separation between the fixed telecommunications cabling and parallel runs of LV electrical cabling. If the run parallel to LV electrical cables is less than 50mm, separate the two with a solid durable barrier (if metallic it should be Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 - Page 19 Data/Communication Cabling System protectively earthed) for the entire length of run less than 50 mm separation. Where fixed telecommunications cables cross electrical cables, the crossing shall be at right angles with 50mm separation (or a protective conduit/barrier extending 50 mm both sides of the crossing) with both sets of cabling securely fixed in position to prevent any relative movement or change in the separation. These safety separation/segregation are set down in AS/ACIF S009 - Wiring Rules. Where fixed cabling is installed inside modular furniture partitions and similar enclosures or in service poles, maintain the 50 mm safety separation or have a solid durable separation barrier as per AS/ACIF S009. Wherever possible, maintain a performance separation of up to 300 mm from LV power cables to minimize noise induction. Install cables in partition ducts/trays, free from protrusion of screws and similar sharp fasteners that may damage the cabling. Remove or cover all sharp edges on the cabling pathway. Where patch cords are installed behind removable panels in modular furniture or in under-desk pathways, maintain a separation from LV power of 10 mm if possible. The preferred length of patch cords running continuously in parallel with LV power under desks plus in 'umbilicals' is 5 m maximum. In 'umbilical' pathways associated with modular office partition systems, the LV power and the telecommunications cables shall use separate compartments. No additional separation or barriers are required within the umbilical pathway. The end fittings for umbilical pathways shall be such that the minimum bending radius of the communications cables is not exceeded at either end. 3.8 DOCUMENTATION The contractor shall provide complete documentation covering the installation and maintenance of the Structured Cabling System. This includes "as built" drawings showing the location of all installed equipment and racks in all Telecommunications Rooms, all main cable runs, cable trays and catenaries, CPs, MUTOs and TOs, complete with outlet numbering. A. Quantity 1. The Tenderer shall provide three complete sets of documentation. As built drawings shall be provided within 14 days of sectional or partial completion of any part of the project to the project manager and/or the client showing all main cable runs, locations, identifications and destinations. B. Printing And Binding of Documentation 1. The Tenderer shall provide installation/system manuals, product datasheets and all other documentation in suitably labeled, A4 sized binders. All binding shall be of a high quality to provide for a long and durable service. Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project Section 16750 Section 16750 - Page 20 Data/Communication Cabling System C. Document and Drawing Sizes 1. All documentation shall be typed on either single or double-sided A4 pages. Drawings shall where practicable, be on A4 size however, A3 or A1 sizes may be used for larger drawings. D. Installation/Systems Manuals 1. The Installation/Systems Manual shall cover the following areas: a. A detailed overview of the building cabling system, b. Full description of the specific installation, c. Full schematics showing the overall layout of the installation, and d. Floor layout drawings showing the location and designation of each outlet, location of cable trays and ducts and location of all connection frames. E. Test Result Documentation 1. A copy of the full "Plot Data Enabled" test results for each copper cable run and each core of each optical fibre cable run shall be supplied to the end user on CD in a recognized test vendor's application format like Fluke LinkWare or Agilent DataScope Pro or LANTEK Reporter. END OF SECTION 16750 Section 16750 Leo Carrillo Ranch Barn Theater Project APPENDIX A Preservation Briefs by the U.S. Department of the Interior, National Parks Service Preservation Brief 20: The Preservation of Historic Barns PRESERVATION BRIEFS The Preservation of Historic Barns Michael J. Auer U.S. Department of the Interior National Park Service Preservation Assistance Division From the days when Thomas Jefferson envisioned the new republic as a nation dependent on citizen-farmers for its stability and its freedom, the family farm has been a vital image in the American consciousness. As the main structures of farms, barns evoke a sense of tradition and security, of closeness to the land and community with the people who built them. Even to- day the rural barn raising presents a forceful image of community spirit. Just as many farmers built their barns before they built their houses, so too many farm families look to their old barns as links with their past. Old barns, furthermore, are often community land- marks and make the past present. Such buildings em- body ethnic traditions and local customs; they reflect changing farming practices and advances in building technology. In the imagination they represent a whole way of life (Fig. 1). Unfortunately, historic barns are threatened by many factors. On farmland near cities, barns are often seen only in decay, as land is removed from active agricul- tural use. In some regions, barns are dismantled for lumber, their beams sold for reuse in living rooms. Barn raisings have given way to barn razings. Further threats to historic barns and other farm structures are posed by changes in farm technology, involving much larger machines and production facilities, and changes in the overall farm economy, including increasing farm size and declining rural populations.' Yet historic barns can be refitted for continued use in agriculture, often at great savings over the cost of new buildings. This Brief encourages the preservation of historic barns and other agricultural structures by en- couraging their maintenance and use as agricultural buildings, and by advancing their sensitive rehabilita- tion for new uses when their historic use is no longer feasible. Fig I. Arch roof, native limestone walls two feet thick at the base, porthole window, dormers, silos, rooftop ventilators, weathervanes, windmill, fences, fields, and family pride in the builder are all components of the historic character of this Iowa bam. Photo: ]ohn Walter, Successful Farming. Historic Barn Types Dutch Barns The first great barns built in this country were those of the Dutch settlers of the Hudson, Mohawk, and Scho- harie valleys in New York State and scattered sections of New Jersey.3 On the exterior, the most notable fea- ture of the Dutch barn is the broad gable roof, which in early examples (now extremely rare), extended very low to the ground. On the narrow end the Dutch barn features center doors for wagons and a door to the stock aisles on one or both of the side ends. A pent roof (or pentice) over the center doors gave some slight protection from the elements. The siding is typically horizontal, the detailing simple, few openings other than doors and traditional holes for martins puncture the external walls.' The appearance is of massiveness and simplicity, with the result that Dutch barns seem larger than they actually are. To many observers the heavy interior structural system is the most distinctive aspect of the Dutch barn. Mor- tised, tenoned and pegged beams are arranged in "H"-shaped units that recall church interiors, with columned aisles alongside a central space (here used for threshing). This interior arrangement, more than any other characteristic, links the Dutch barn with its Old World forebears. The ends of cross beams project- ing through the columns are often rounded to form "tongues," a distinctive feature found only in the Dutch barn. Relatively few Dutch barns survive. Most of these date from the late 18th century. Fewer yet survive in good condition, and almost none unaltered. Yet the remain- ing examples of this barn type still impress with the functional simplicity of their design and the evident pride the builders took in their work. Built in the late 1700s, this New York Dutch barn survives in excellent condition. Cable roof, center wagon doors with pent roof, stock door at the corner and horizontal clapboardtng are all typical features of the Dutch barn. Three holes for martins, traditional features of Dutch bams, can be seen near the top of the facade (thai have been plugged and arc lighter than the surrounding clapboards). Photo: Clarke Blair. Bank Barns The bank barn gets its name from a simple but clever construction technique: the barn is built into the side of a hill, thus permitting two levels to be entered from the ground. The lower level housed animals, the upper The gently sloping roadbed in this photograph shows the "bank" from which bank bams get their name. Massive timbers stretching across the full width of the barn create the overhang thai also characterizes these barns. In bams with brick end walls, patterns were sometimes created by leaving spaces between bricks. The device furnishes ventilation as well as decoration. Photo: Jack E. Boucher, HABS. levels served as threshing floor and storage. The hill- side entrance gave easy access to wagons bearing wheat or hay. (Fodder could also be dropped through openings in the floor to the stabling floor below.) The general form of the bank barn remained the same whether it was built into a hillside or not. Where a hill was lacking, a "bank" was often created by building up an earthen ramp to the second level. Bank barns were ordinarily constructed with their long side, or axis, parallel to the hill, and on the south side of it. This placement gave animals a sunny spot in which to gather during the winter. To take further ad- vantage of the protection its location afforded, the sec- ond floor was extended, or cantilevered, over the first The overhang sheltered animals from inclement weather. The extended forebay thus created is one ot the most characteristic features of these barns. In some bank barns, the projecting beams were not large enough to bear the entire weight of the barn above. In these cases, columns or posts were added beneath the overhang for structural support. In the earliest examples of bank barns narrow-end side walls are frequently stone or brick, with openings for ventilation. (Since "curing" green hay can generate enough heat to start a fire through spontaneous com- bustion, adequate ventilation in barns is vital.) ORIGIN* Crib Barns This late-nineteenth century crib barn is located in eastern Tennessee, in what is now the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. The central dnveivay between the cribs allowed a team and wagon to drive through after unloading. The materials and details are typical of the region. They include, on the exterior: hand-heum saddle notched logs on the lower, crib portion; board framing on the upper, loft area: wood shingle roof. The interior features ivood hinges on the crib doors and earth floor. Photo: Robert Madden. Crib barns form another barn type significant in Ameri- can agriculture. Found throughout the South and Southeast, crib barns are especially numerous in the Appalachian and Ozark Mountain States of North Car- olina, Virginia, Kentucky, Tennessee and Arkansas. Composed simply of one, two, four or sometimes six cribs that served as storage for fodder or pens for cattle or pigs, crib barns may or may not have a hayloft above. Crib barns were typically built of unchinked logs, although they were sometimes covered with verti- cal wood siding. Unaltered examples of early crib barns normally have roofs of undressed wood shingles. In time, shingle roofs were usually replaced with tin or asphalt. The rustic appearance of crib barns is one of their most striking features. The cribs sometimes face a covered gallery or aisle run- ning across the front. In another arrangement, the cribs are separated by a central driveway running through the building. This latter arrangement defines the double crib barn. In double crib barns the second story hayloft is some- times cantilevered over the ground floor, resulting in a barn of striking appearance Round Barns George Washington owned a round barn. And in 1826 the Shaker community at Hancock, Massachusetts, built a round barn that attracted considerable publicity.' Despite these early examples, however, round barns were not built in numbers until the 1880s, when agri- cultural colleges and experiment stations taught progressive farming methods based on models of in- dustrial efficiency. From this time until well into the 1920s, round barns appeared on farms throughout the country, flourishing especially in the Midwest 5 Round barns were promoted for a number of reasons. The circular form has a greater volume-to-surface ratio than the rectangular or square form. For any given size, therefore, a circular building will use fewer materials than other shapes, thus saving on material costs. Such barns also offer greater structural stability than rectan- gular barns. And because they can be built with self- supporting roofs, their interiors can remain free of structural supporting elements, thereby providing vast storage capabilities. The circular interior layout was also seen as more efficient, since the farmer could work in a continuous direction. In general, multi-sided barns—frequently of 12 or 16 sides—are earlier than "true round" barns. Earlier ex- amples also tend to be wood sided, while later ones tend to be brick or glazed tile. Interior layouts also un- derwent an evolution. Early round barns placed cattle stanchions on the first floor, with the full volume of the floor above used for hay storage. In later barns, the central space rose from the ground floor through the entire building. Cattle stanchions arranged around a circular manger occupied the lower level; the circular wagon drive on the level above permitted hay to be unloaded into the central mow as the wagon drove around the perimeter. In the last stage of round barn development, a center silo was added when silos be- came regular features on the farm (in the last decades of the nineteenth century). In some cases, the silo pro- jected through the roof. The claims for the efficiency of the round barn were overstated, and it never became the standard barn, as its proponents had hoped. Nevertheless, a great num- ber were built, and many remain today the most dis- tinctive farm structures in the communities in which they stand. Circular bams are found throughout the country, but are especially numerous in the Midwest. This J911 Illinois round barn is 60 feet in diameter. The cupola atop the hipped roof is 60 feet above ground. Its 10 single and 5 double stalls on the ground floor ii'ere fed from a loft. The square windows spaced at regular intewals around the perimeter add a note of simple contrast to the overall cinnlai motif. Photo: Keith A. Sculle, Illinois Historic Preservation Agency. BES ORIGIN, Prairie Barns A peak roof projecting above a hayloft opening is one of the most familiar images associated with barns. The feature belongs to the prairie barn, also known as the Western barn. The larger herds associated with agricul- ture in the West and Southwest required great storage space for hay and feed. Accordingly, prairie bams are on average much larger than the other barns discussed in this brief." Ixing, sweeping roofs, sometimes coming near the ground, mark the prairie barn; the extended roof created great storage space, (late in the nineteenth century, the adoption of the gambrel roof enlarged the storage capacity of the haymow even more.) Affinities of this barn type with the Dutch barn are striking: the long, low roof lines, the door in the gable end, and the internal arrangement of stalls in aisles on either side of the central space are all in the tradition of the Dutch barn. The long, sweeping roof is a characteristic of the Prairie or Western barn. The projecting peak over the hayloft is another. This Iowa barn was built about 1910. Photo: Mary Humstone. Others The barn types discussed here are only some of the barns that have figured in the history of American agri- culture. As with Dutch barns, some reflect the tradi- tions of the people who built them: Finnish log barns in Idaho, Czech and German-Russian house barns in South Dakota, and "three-bay" English barns in the northeast. Some, like the New England connected barn, stem from regional or local building traditions Others reflect the availability of local building materi- als: lava rock (basalt) in south-central Idaho, logs in the southeast, adobe in California and the southwest. Oth- ers are best characterized by the specialized uses to which they were put: dairy barns in the upper mid- west, tobacco barns in the east and southeast, hop- drying barns in the northwest, and rice barns in South Carolina. Other historic barns were built to patterns developed and popularized by land-grant universities, or sold by Sears, Roebuck and Company and other mail-order firms. And others fit no category at all: these barns attest to the owner's tastes, wealth, or un- orthodox ideas about agriculture. All of these barns are also part of the heritage of historic barns found throughout the country. Panels on this 1900 Kentucky tobacco barn open to aid in the curing process. Photo: Christine Anws, Kentucky Heritage Council. In the early 20th century barn patterns were developed by agricultural schools and prefabricated units were sold by mail-order firms. This Maryland barn was bought about 1920 from a Sears catalogue. Photo: Robert ]. Hughes The two ventilating lowers arc the character-defining aspect of this Oregon hop-drying barn. Photo: Allan Nelson. JT ORIGINA1 Preservation of Historic Barns Understanding Barns and Their History Historic barns are preserved for a number of reasons. Some are so well built that they remain useful even after a hundred years or more. Many others are inti- mately connected with the families who built them ,md the surrounding communities. Others reflect develop- ments in agricultural science or regional building types. Before restoring a historic barn or rehabilitating it for a new use, an owner should study the building thor- oughly. This process involves finding out when the barn was built, who built it, and why. It means under- standing how the building was changed through the years. It means assessing the condition of the barn, and understanding its components. This process has as its end an appreciation of the building's historic charac- ter, that is, the sense of time and place associated with it. It is this physical presence of the past that gives historic buildings their significance. To assess the historic character of a barn, an owner should study old photographs, family records, deeds, insurance papers, and other documents that might reveal the building's appearance and history. Neighbors and former owners are often important sources of in- formation. Local libraries, historical societies and pres- ervation organizations are additional sources of help. As part of this overall evaluation, the following ele- ments should be assessed for their contributions to the property. They are the principal tangible aspects of a barn's historic character, and should be respected in any work done on it. Setting. Setting is one of the primary factors contribut- ing to the historic character of a barn (see Fig. 2), Farmers built barns in order to help them work the land; barns belong on farms, where they can be seen in relation to the surrounding fields and other structures in the farm complex. A barn crowded by suburbs is not a barn in the same sense as is a barn clustered with other farm buildings, or standing alone against a back- drop of cornfields. Hence, the preservation of barns should not be divorced from the preservation of the setting: farms and farmland, ranches and range, or- chards, ponds, fields, streams and country roads. Fig. 2. Mountains, fields, fences, sheds, trees: The setting of this enormous Montana barn is an important element of its character. The bant aws built in 1887-1889 after disastrous livestock losses in the winter of 1886-1887. It could hold 500 cattle and store a quarter-million cubic feet of hay. Photo: John N. DeHaas, ]r., Montana Historical Society. Other important elements of setting include fences, stone walls, roads, paths, barnyards, corrals, and ancil- lary structures such as windmills and silos. (Silos, in- deed, have become so closely associated with barns as nearly to have lost their "separate" identities.) These features help place the building in the larger agricul- tural context, relating it to its purpose in the overall rural setting. Form. The shape of barns, as with other buildings, is of great importance in conveying their character. (For round barns, the shape is the defining feature of the type.) Often the form of a barn is visible from a dis- tance. Often, too, more than one side can be seen at the same time, and from several different approaches. As a general rule, the rear and sides of a barn are not as differentiated from the front, or as subordinated to it, as in other buildings. The root is among the most important elements of building form. Barns are no exception. The gable roof on Dutch and Prairie barns, the cone-shaped, dome- shaped, eight- or twelve-sided roof of round barns, and the gambrel roof of the "typical" barn are among the most prominent features on these buildings. A barn roof can often be seen from a distance, and for this reason must be considered a major feature. Materials. Among the major impressions given by well- maintained historic barns are those of strength, solidity and permanence (see Fig. 3). These impressions largely result from the durability and ruggedness of the male- rials used in them. Weathered wood siding, irregularly shaped stones, or roughhewn logs on the exterior; dressed beams, posts scarred by years of use, and plank flooring on the interior all contribute to the spe- cial character of barns. Fi£. 3. The stone walls of this Delaware barn are its most notable feature. Built about 1810, the bam is a bank barn. Photo: Valerie Cesna, Delaware Bureau of Archeology ami Historic Preservation. Openings. Unlike historic residential, industrial and commercial buildings, barns generally have few open- ings for windows and doors. Yet the openings found in barns are important both to their functioning and to their appearance. Typically, large wagon doorways and openings to the hayloft are among the most striking features on barns. Not as prominent as these large openings, but important ORIGINAL are the ventilator slits found on many barns. With im- portant exceptions (dairy barns, for example), windows are few, and are normally small. The relative absence of openings for windows and doors adds to the overall impression of massiveness and solidity conveyed by many historic barns, and is one of the reasons why they often appear to be larger than they are. Interior Spaces. The impression received upon stepping into many historic barns is that of space (see Fig. 4). Not infrequently, the entire building appears as a single large space. To enter these buildings is sometimes to experience the entire expanse of the building at once. Even when haylofts and animal stalls "consume" part of the building, they often do not keep the full expanse of the interior from being seen. In large barns, this can be an imposing sight. More commonly, the barn is a combination of confined spaces on the lower floor and a large open space above; in this case, the contrast between the confined and open spaces is also striking. The openness of the interior, furthermore, often con- trasts with the "blankness" typical of many barn exteri- ors, with their relatively few openings. Fig. 4. Nowhere is the sense of space associated with barn interiors more evident than in a round barn. The storage capacity of this 1930 barn is immense. Just visible midway up the wall is a circular track and pulley system used to move hay from the wagon entrance on the lower level and to distribute it around the loft. When needed, hay was dropped to the stalls below through an opening in the loft floor . Photo: Keith A. Senile, Illinois Historic Preservation Agency. Structural Framework. The exposed structural framework is a major component of the character of most historic barns (see Fig. 5). Typically, barns were built for strictly utilitarian purposes. Accordingly, barn builders made no effort to conceal the structural system. Yet for that very reason, barns achieve an authenticity that ac- counts for much of their appeal. Fig. 5. The exposed structural framework of this large 1890 Illinois barn is impressive. In a recent rehabilitation a portion of the haymow floor (see arrow) was raised to provide clearance for large machinery. Photo: Dale Humphrey, Galesburg Register Mail. In some barns, the load-bearing members are of enor- mous dimensions, and the complex system of beams, braces, posts, rafters and other elements of the re- vealed framework create an imposing sight. Yet even in small barns, the structural system can be an important feature, helping to determine the historic character of the building. Decorative features. Historic barns, like modern ones, are structures built for use. Nevertheless, decorative elements are not lacking on barns. Foremost among these is color (red being most common). Dutch barns traditionally sported distinctively shaped martin holes in the upper reaches of the building. Traditional hex signs on Pennsylvania barns are so well known as to have entered the mainstream of popular culture and taken on a life of their own (see Fig. 6). Decorative paint schemes, including contrasting colors to "pick out" cross members of the external framework, are common (these most frequently take the form of dia- monds or "X's" on the main doors). Sign painters often took advantage of the size and visibility of barns in an age before billboards. "Mail Pouch Tobacco" signs were nearly as numerous in the first quarter of the 20th cen- tury as patent medicine ads were in the last quarter of the 19th. Another decorative motif on historic barns is the arrangement of spacings between bricks to form decorative patterns (as we barn). Fig. 6. Hex signs are among the wide range of decorative elements found on American bams. Photo: !j.v H. Nelson. In addition to these elements, arched window hoods, patterned slate roofs, fanciful cupolas, weathervanes, lightning rods and ornamented metal ventilator hoods can be found on historic barns. Finally, individual farmers and barn builders sometimes added personal touches, as when they carved or painted their names on anchor beams, or painted their names and the date over the entrance. The elements discussed here are major components of historic barns. Yet no list can convey the full historic character of an individual building It is very impor- tant, therefore, to study each structure carefully before undertaking any project to restore it or to adapt it to new uses. Maintenance If a building is to be kept in good repair, periodic main- tenance is essential. Barns should he routinely in- spected for signs of damage and decay, and problems corrected as soon as possible. Water is the single great- est cause of building materials deterioration. The repair of roof leaks is therefore of foremost importance. Bro- ken or missing panes of glass in windows or cupolas are also sources of moisture penetration, and should be replaced, as should broken ventilation louvers. Gutters and downspouts should be cleaned once or twice a year. Proper drainage and grading should be ensured, particularly in low spots around the foundation where water can collect Moisture is one major threat to historic buildings. In- sects, especially termites, carpenter ants and powder post beetles, are another. Regular examinations for infestations are essential. Additional periodic maintenance measures include repair or replacement of loose or missing clapboards, and inspections of foundations for cracks and settle- ments. Vegetation growing on the barn should be re- moved, and shrubs or trees near it should be cleared if they obstruct access, or, more serious, if roots and other growths threaten the foundation. Soil and ma- nure build-ups against the foundation should be re- moved. Such build-ups hold water and snow against wooden elements, and promote rot. They also promote insect infestations. Door hardware should be checked for proper fitting and lubricated yearly. Lightning rods should be kept in proper working order, or added, if missing. Repair Many historic barns require more serious repairs than those normally classed as "routine maintenance" (see Fig. 7). Damaged or deteriorated features should be repaired rather than replaced wherever possible. If replacement is necessary, the new material should match the historic material in design, color, texture, and other visual qualities and, where possible, mate- rial. The design of replacements for missing features (for example, cupolas and dormers) should be based on historic, physical, or pictorial evidence. Many barn owners have substantial experience in the care of farm structures. Where expertise is lacking, it will be necessary to consult structural engineers, ma- sons, carpenters, and architects, as appropriate. In addition, for many repairs, a knowledge of historic building techniques may be necessary. Structural Repairs. Ensuring the structural soundness of a historic barn is vital both to its continued usefulness and to the safety of its occupants. The following signs of structural settlements may require the services of a structural engineer to evaluate: major cracks in ma- sonry walls, visible bowing, leaning and misalignment of walls, sagging windows and doors, separation of cladding from structural frames, trusses pulling away from seating points at support walls, sagging joists and rafters, and noticeable dips in the roof between rafters. To correct these problems, masonry foundations may have to be reset or partially rebuilt. Sills and plates may need to be repaired or replaced. Walls may have to be straightened and tied into the structural system more securely. Individual structural members may need brac- ing or splicing. Roofing. Moisture can damage historic materials se- verely, and, in extreme cases, jeopardize the structural integrity of a building. Every effort must be made to secure a weathertight roof. This may require merely patching a few missing shingles on a roof that is other- wise sound. In more severe cases, it may require re- pairing or replacing failing rafters and damaged sheathing. Such extreme intervention, however, is not usual. More typical is the need to furnish "a new roof," that is, to replace the wooden shingles, asphalt shin- gles, slate shingles or metal covering the roof. Replac- ing one type of roofing with another can produce a drastic change in the appearance of historic buildings. Great care should be taken js*JjB.reta£& tU, assess the Fig. 7. Now part of Antietam National Battlefield, this bank barn (built in the 1820s and enlarged in 1898 and 1914) looks out over fields and hills where Union and Confederate armies fought on the bloodiest day in American history. Owned by the National Park Service, the bam undenvent major repairs: (a) the foundation was regraded for better drainage: (b) the deteriorated metal roof was removed; (c) removal of the metal rvof disclosed the rotten wall plate and roof rafters; (d) these elements were replaced, and collars to hold a new gutter system were added; (e) new doumspouts and drain pipes were installed to carry luater off the roof and away from the foundation; (f) damaged structural members zuere strengthened with new sections; (g) new roof and other work finished, the barn remains a uwking farm structure. Photos: (a-f), Courtesy,_Williamsport Preservation Training Center, NPS; (g), jack E. Boucher, HABS. 8 E: ORIGINAL contribution of the roof to the appearance and charac- ter of the barn before replacing one type of roofing material with another. While some substitute materials (such as synthetic slate shingles) can be considered, the highest priority should be to replace in-kind, and to match the visual qualities of the historic roof. Gutters and downspouts should be replaced if damaged or missing. Finally, dormers, cupolas, metal ventilators and other rooftop "ornaments" provide needed ventila- tion, and should be repaired if necessary. Exterior. In addition to the roof and the foundation, other exterior elements may need repair, including siding, brick and stonework, dormers and cupolas, windows and doors. Shutters may be falling off, doors may need to be rehimg, and missing louvers replaced. The exterior may need repainting. (Unpainted brick or stone barns, however, should never be painted.) In the case of masonry barns, repointing may be necessary. If so, mortar that is compatible in appearance and com- position with the historic mortar must be used. Using mortar high in portland cement can damage historic brick or stone. Masonry cleaning should be undertaken only when necessary to halt deterioration or to remove heavy dirt, and using the gentlest means possible. Sandblasting and other physical or chemical treatments that damage historic materials should not be used. Likewise, power washing under high pressure can also damage building material. Interior. Typical interior repairs may include removing and replacing rotten floorboards, and repair or replace- ment of partitions, storage bins, gutters and stalls. Concrete floors may be cracked and in need of repair. Wiring and plumbing may need major overhaul Rehabilitation Some barns have served the same uses for generations, and need only periodic repairs and routine mainte- nance. Others have become obsolete and need exten- sive updating for modern farming methods. (To house livestock, for example, a barn may need new feeding, watering, waste removal, electrical, plumbing and ven- tilation systems.) Similarly, barns that can no longer be used for agriculture at all normally require changes to adapt them for commercial, office, or residential use. in such cases barns need more extensive work than the maintenance and repair treatments outlined above. However, when rehabilitating a historic barn for a new farming operation or a new use entirely, care must be taken to preserve its historic character while making needed changes (see Figs. 8, 9 and 10). A successful rehabilitation project is best guaranteed when a work plan is drawn up by someone familiar with the evaluation of historic structures, and when it is carried out by contractors and workmen experienced with the building type and committed to the goal of retaining the historic character of the property. Help in formulating rehabilitation plans and in locating experi- enced professionals is normally available from the State Historic Preservation Office and local preservation groups. The following approaches should be observed when carrying out rehabilitation projects on historic barns: 1. Preserve the historic setting of the barn as much as possible. Modern farming practices do not require the great number of outbuildings, lots, fences, hedges, fig. 8. Built in the Gothic Revival style in the 1890s, this four-story Indiana barn had fallen intv disuse, and was deteriorating. In the pm'tsu of ri'turiting it to use, the owner installed a new roof that matches the wooden shingles found beneath the deteriorating asphalt shingle roof; removed 'he modern asbestos shingle siding; repaired the windows, and reconstructed the cupola (including its lightning rod and weathervane). (Before and after views are of opposite sides of barn.) Photos: Before, Courtesy, Gary Post-Tribune; After, Courtesy, Kankakee Valley News. ORIGINAL walls and other elements typical of historic farms. Yet such features, together with fields, woods, ponds, and other aspects of the farm setting can be important to the character of historic barns. The functional relation- ship between the barn and silo is particularly signifi- cant and should also be maintained. 2. Repair and repaint historic siding rather than cover barns with artificial siding. Siding applied over the entire surface of a building can give it an entirely differ- ent appearance, obscure craft details, and mask ongo- ing deterioration of historic materials underneath. The resurfacing of historic farm buildings with any new material that does not duplicate the historic material is never a recommended treatment. Fig. 9. This enormous Ohio barn (285 feet by 125) ivas built between 1909 and 1912. It was one of 102 structures on "America's Finest Farm." (Other buildings included the world's largest greenhouse and the world's largest barn—nearly 800 feet long). The barn seen here was rehabilitated for use as headquarters for an international agricultural firm. Although the use has changed, comparison of the interior photographs shows that the ban has retained its historic character. (After view, interior, is taken from a cross axis, distortion is from fish-eye lens.)^^s^g^gr^g^i^jig^-ior, after. Ron Kuntz, LIPI; Interior, before: Courtesy, Barberton (Ohio) Historical Society. 10 E ORIGINAL 11$. W. Tliis J9JO Vermont round bam is 80 feet m iliameter. Disused and dean/ing, the building nus cotnvrted to a community center, with artists' studios and spaces for moldings, parties and conferences. The ham undenvent extensive structural repair and other uwk. Careful selection of new use permitted the building to be rehabilitated while retaining its principal spaces and features—and its historic character—intact Photo*: Jay White. 3. Repair rather than replace historic windows when- ever possible, and avoid "blocking them down" or covering them up. Avoid the insertion of numerous new window openings. They can give a building a domestic appearance, radically altering a barn's charac- ter. However, if additional light is needed, add new windows carefully, respecting the size and scale of existing window openings. 4. Avoid changing the size of door openings whenever possible. Increasing the height of door openings to accommodate new farm machinery can dramatically alter the historic character of a barn. If larger doors are needed, minimize the visual change. Use new track- hung doors rather than oversized rolled steel doors, which give an industrial appearance incompatible with most historic barns. If the barn has wood siding, the new doors should match it. If historic doors are no longer needed, fix them shut instead of removing them and filling in the openings 5. Consider a new exterior addition only if it is essen- tial to the continued use of a historic barn. A new addi- tion can damage or destroy historic features and materials and alter the overall form of the historic building. If an addition is required, it should be built in a way that minimizes damage to external walls and internal plan. It should also be compatible with the historic barn, but sufficiently differentiated from it so that the new work is not confused with what is genu- inely part of the past. 6. Retain interior spaces and features as much as possi- ble. The internal volume of a barn is often a major character-defining feature, and the insertion of new floors, partitions, and structures within the barn can drastically impair the overall character of the space. Similarly, interior features should also be retained to the extent possible. 7. Retain as much of the historic internal structural sys- tem as possible. Even in cases where it is impractical to keep all of the exposed structural system, it may be possible to keep sufficiently extensive portions of it to convey a strong sense of the interior character. Whole- sale replacement of the historic structural system with a different system should be avoided. Housing: A Special Concern The conversion of barns to housing is not new, but has become increasingly popular in recent years. Vet the changes involved in converting most barns to housing are so great that such con- versions rarely preserve the historic character of the resource. Ordinarily, numerous windows are inserted, walls are heavily insulated and refin- ished, the interior volume is greatly reduced, chimneys and other fixtures normally lacking in barns are added, and site changes, such as close- in parking and residential landscaping are made, giving the building a greatly altered site. Many other barns are "converted" to houses by disman- tling them, discarding the exterior, and reusing the internal structural system in a new building. The beams are saved, but the barn is lost. In cases where the conversion from barns to houses has been successful, the positive outcome results in large measure from the careful choice of the barn: A modest-sized barn with a sufficient number of existing residential-scale windows, in which nearly the whole internal volume can be used as is, without building numerous new parti- tions or extending a new floor across the open space (haylofts in such cases serving as loft-space for "second story" bedrooms) ORIGINAL n Summary Historic barns form a vital part of our Nation's heritage. Not every historic barn can be saved from encroaching development, or easily brought back into productive use. Yet thousands of such structures can be repaired or rehabilitated for continued agricultural use or for new functions without destroying the very qualities that make them worth saving. By carefully examining the historic significance of each structure, owners of historic barns can draw up plans that preserve and reuse these historic structures while maintaining their historic character. Selected Reading Arthur, Eric and Dudley Witney. The Bam: A Vanishing Landmark in North America. Greenwich, CT: New York Graphic Society Ltd., 1972. Fitchen, John. The New World Dutch Barn: A Study af Its Characteristics, Its Structural System, and Its Probable Enctional Procedures. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press, 1%8. Halsted, Byron D., ed. Barns, Sheds and Outbuildings. New York: O. (udd Co., 1881. Rpt.: Brattleboro, VT: Stephen Greene Press, 1977 Humstone, Mary. Barn Again! A Guide to Rehabilitation of Older Farm Buildings. DCS Moines, IA: Meredith Corporation and the National Trust for Historic Preservation, 1988. Klamkin, Charles. Rams: Their History, Preservation and Restoration. New York: Hawthorn, 1973 Schuler, Stanley. American Barns: In a Class by Themselves, Kxton, PA Schiffer Publishing Ltd., 1984 Schultz, LeRoy G., cornp. Barns, Stables and Outbuildings: A World Bibliography in English, J700-I953. Jefferson, NC, and London: McFarland & Co., 1986 Stokes, Samuel N., et al. Sailing America's Countryside. A Guide to Rural Conservation. Baltimore and London: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1989 Cover photograph: Prairie barn with monitor roof. North Dakota Photo: Mary Humstone. NOTES 1 Nore V. Winter, "Design on the Farm: A RUM! ('reservation Forum," Unpublished proceedings from A Conference sponsored by the National Trust for Historic Preservation, Denver, Colorado, January 13 14, 1986. •' DfWTipttons of the primary barn types featured in this section Are heavily indebted fo Eric Arthur and Dudley Witney, The Barn A Viims/imx Landmark in Nurth America Greenwich, CT; New York Graphic Society, Ltd., 1972 ' John Fitchen, Tht New World Dutch Barn: A SfwJy of Its Characteristics, Sis Structural System, Jind Its Probable Emttonal Procedures. Syracuse, NY- Syracuse University Press, 1968, p. 136. * Washington's "round" barn, actually * 16-sided barn, i* bhown in Lowell j Soike, Without Ri^ht Angles: The Round Bams of Iowa Oes Moines Iowa State Histoncal Depdrtnu-ni. 1Q83 Round, octagonal and other polygon.it bains are normally **ll classed as "round barns." When il is necessary to be more prerise, the term "true round" is used to distinguish round barns from hexagonal, octagonal, or other polygons! barns. The Shaker Round Barn is a true round barn. Gutted by fire in 1864, the barn was rebuilt .shortly thereafter. Se*? Polly Matherly and John D. McDermott, Hancock Shaker ViJlage National Historic Landmark study. History Division, National Park Service, Washington, DC ' in addition to the sources mentioned above, the following studies were important sources for this section: Mark L, Peckham, "Central Plan Dairy Barns of N*w York Themdtic Resources," Albany: New York State Division (or Historic Preservation, 1984; and James E. [atobstn and Cheryl Peterson, "Iowa Round Barns: The Sixty Year Experiment Thematic Resources," Des Moines: Iowa State Historical Department, 1986. These thematic studies dtx-umenl barns listed in the National Krister *A Historic Places " Charles Klamkin, Barn*- Their Hntury. Pre*envttoi 1473, p. 57 and RritoniMn N*w York Hawthor Acknowledgements The author gratefully acknowledges the invaluable assistance of Mary Humstone, National Trust for Historic Preservation, Mountains/Plains Regional Office, and Shdron C. Park, Kay D. Weeks, and Robert Powers of the Nalkmai Park Service. Significant contributions were also made by Stan Craves, Texas Historical Commission, on behalf of the National Conference of State Historic Preservation Officers, Shirley Dunn, Dutch Bam Preservation Society, Rensselaer, NY; Janis King, Knoxville, IL; Marilyn Fedelchak, National Trust for Historic Preservation; Fred Swadcr, U.S. Department of Agriculture, and Linda McClelland, National Register of Historic Places, in addition, useful comments and technical assistance were provided by the staff of the Technical Preservation Services Branch, directed by H. Ward jandl, by the cultural resources staff of National Park Service Regional Offices, by jack Boucher, Catherine Lavoie and tllen Mtnnich of the Historic American Buildings Survey, and by Alicia Weber of the Park Historic Architecture Division This publication has been prepared pursuant to the National Historic Preservation Act, as amended, which directs the Secretary of the Interior to develop and make available information concerning historic properties Preservation Brief 20 has been developed under the direction of Lee H. Nelson, FAIA, Chief, Preservation Assistance Division, National Park Service, P.O. Box 37127, Washington, D.C. 20013-7127. October 1989 12 APPENDIX B STORM WATER COMPLIANCE FORMS ^J^ C CARLSBAD CITY OF STORM WATER COMPLIANCE FORM TIER 1 CONSTRUCTION SWPPP E-29 Development Services Land Development Engineering 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2750 www.carlsbadca.gov STORM WATER COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE • My project is not in a category of permit types exempt from the Construction SWPPP requirements s My project is not located inside or within 200 feet of an environmentally sensitive area with a significant potential for contributing pollutants to nearby receiving waters by way of storm water runoff or non-storm water discharge(s). v' My project does not require a grading plan pursuant to the Carlsbad Grading Ordinance (Chapter 15.16 of the Carlsbad Municipal Code) ^ My project will not result in 2,500 square feet or more of soils disturbance including any associated construction staging, stockpiling, pavement removal, equipment storage, refueling and maintenance areas that meets one or more of the additional following criteria: • located within 200 feet of an environmentally sensitive area or the Pacific Ocean; and/or, • disturbed area is located on a slope with a grade at or exceeding 5 horizontal to 1 vertical; and/or • disturbed area is located along or within 30 feet of a storm drain inlet, an open drainage channel or watercourse; and/or • construction will be initiated during the rainy season or will extend into the rainy season (Oct. 1 through April 30). I CERTIFY TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE THAT ALL OF THE ABOVE CHECKED STATEMENTS ARE TRUE AND CORRECT. I AM SUBMITTING FOR CITY APPROVAL A TIER 1 CONSTRUCTION SWPPP PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CITY STANDARDS. I UNDERSTAND AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT I MUST: (1) IMPLEMENT BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES (BMPS) DURING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PRACTICABLE TO MINIMIZE THE MOBILIZATION OF POLLUTANTS SUCH AS SEDIMENT AND TO MINIMIZE THE EXPOSURE OF STORM WATER TO CONSTRUCTION RELATED POLLUTANTS; AND, (2) ADHERE TO, AND AT ALL TIMES, COMPLY WITH THIS CITY APPROVED TIER 1 CONSTRUCTION SWPPP THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES UNTIL THE CONSTRUCTION WORK IS COMPLETE AND APPROVED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD. OWNER(S)/OWNER'S AGENT NAME (PRINT) OWNER(S)/OWNER'S AGENT NAME (SIGNATURE) DATE STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION NOTES 1. ALL NECESSARY EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON SITE TO FACILITATE RAPID INSTALLATION OF EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL BMPS WHEN RAIN IS EMINENT. 2. THE OWNER/CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE ALL EROSION CONTROL DEVICES TO WORKING ORDER TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER AFTER EACH RUN-OFF PRODUCING RAINFALL. 3. THE OWNER/CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY THE CITY ENGINEERING OR BUILDING INSPECTOR DUE TO UNCOMPLETED GRADING OPERATIONS OR UNFORESEEN CIRCUMSTANCES WHICH MAY ARISE. 4. ALL REMOVABLE PROTECTIVE DEVICES SHALL BE IN PLACE AT THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY WHEN THE FIVE (5) DAY RAIN PROBABILITY FORECAST EXCEEDS FORTY PERCENT (40%). SILT AND OTHER DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER EACH RAINFALL. 5. ALL GRAVEL BAGS SHALL BE BURLAP TYPE WITH 3/4 INCH MINIMUM AGGREGATE. 6. ADEQUATE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL AND PERIMETER PROTECTION BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICE MEASURES MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED. SPECIAL NOTES PROJECT INFORMATION Site Address: 7500 Flying LC Lane Assessor's Parcel Number: 222-601-04 Project ID: CB 10-705- Construction Permit No.: SW 10-123 Estimated Construction Start Date Project Duration Months Emergency Contact: Name: 24 hour Phone: Perceived Threat to Storm Water Quality D Medium D Low If medium box is checked, must attach a site plan sheet showing proposed work area and location of proposed structural BMPs For City Use Only CITY OF CARLSBAD STANDARD TIER 1 SWPPP Approved By: _ Date: E-29 1of3 4/30/10 Best Management Practice (BMP) Description -> CASQA Designation •» Construction Activity Grading/Soil Disturbance Trenching/Excavation Stockpiling Drilling/Boring Concrete/Asphalt Saw cutting Concrete flatwork Paving Conduit/Pipe Installation Stucco/Mortar Work Waste Disposal Staging/Lay Down Area Equipment Maintenance and Fueling Hazardous Substance Use/Storage Dewatering Site Access Across Dirt Other (list): Erosion Control BMPs Geotextiles & Matsr-.6HI Wood Mulching°?0 LU Earth Dikes andDrainage Swales3UJ Slope Drains\ Sediment Control BMPs Silt Fence5co Sediment Trapn UJco Check DamLUw Fiber Rollsm u!lCO o>£D S1 CO o <?UJco Street Sweeping andVacuumingr~LJJco Sandbag Barrier"?UJCO Storm Drain InletProtectiono 5CO Tracking Control BMPs Stabilized ConstructionIngress/Egressor 0Stabilized Constructiontoadway(VI or Non-Storm Water Management BMPs Water ConservationPracticesCO•z.Paving and GrindingOoerationsCO COZ Potable Water/Irrigationi Vehicle and EquipmentCleaning°?w Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control BMPs Material Delivery andStoragei Material UseCVI Stockpile Management<?Spill Prevention andControlt Solid WasteManagementif>Hazardous WasteManagementI Concrete WasteManagement°P Instructions: Begin by reviewing the list of construction activities and checking the box to the left of any activity that will occur during the proposed construction. Add any other activity descriptions in the blank activity description boxes provided for that purpose and place a check in the box immediately to the left of the added activity description. For each activity descm'bed, pick one or more best management practices (BMPs) from the list located along the top of the form. Then place an X in the box at the place where the activity row intersects with the BMP column. Do this for each activity that was checked off and for each of the selected BMPs selected from the list. For Example - If the project includes site access across dirt, then check the box to the left of "Site Access Across Dirt". Then review the list for something that applies such as "Stabilized Construction Ingress/Egress" under Tracking Control. Follow along the "Site Access Across Dirt" row until you get to the "Stabilized Construction Ingress/Egress" column and place an X in the box where the two meet. As another example say the project included a stockpile that you intend to cover with a plastic sheet. Since plastic sheeting Is not on the list of BMPs, then write in "Cover with Plastic" in the blank column under the heading Erosion Control BMPs. Then place an X in the box where the "Stockpiling" row intersects the new "Cover with Plastic" column. To team more about what each BMP description means, you may wish to review the BMP Reference Handout prepared to assist applicants in the selection of appropriate Best Management Practice measures. The reference also explains the California Stomnwater Quality Association (CASQA) designation and how to apply the various selected BMPs to a project. E-29 Page 2 of 3 REV 4/30/10 Scale of map Site Map Features displayed on the map must include: • An outline of the entire property • Location and brief description of construction activity areas (e.g. grading, building, trenching, fueling areas, waste container area, wash racks, hazardous material storage areas, etc.) • Location and flow direction arrows for existing drainage facilities (ditches, channels, inlets, storm drains, etc.) • Location of existing storm water BMP controls (sediment basins, oil/water separators, sumps, etc.) • Location of proposed storm water BMP controls with brief description or legend reference E-29 Page 3 of 3 REV 4/30/10 CITY OF CARLSBAD CONSTRUCTION THREAT ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET FOR DETERMINATION OF PROJECT'S PERCEIVED THREAT TO STORM WATER QUALITY E-33 Development Services Land Development Engineering 1635 Faraday Avenue 760-602-2750 www.carlsbadca.gov Construction SWPPP Tier Level 1 Tier 3 Tier 2 Tied Exempt Construction Threat Assessment Criteria* Tier 3 - Hiah Construction Threat Assessment Criteria G Project site is 50 acres or more and grading will occur during the rainy season Q Project site is 1 acre or more in size and is located within the Buena Vista or Agua Hedionda Lagoon watershed, inside or within 200 feet of an environmentally sensitive area (ESA) or discharges directly to an ESA G Soil at site is moderately to highly erosive (defined as having a predominance of soils with USDA-NRCS Erosion factors to greater than or equal to 0.4) G Site slope is 5 to 1 or steeper G Construction is initiated during the rainy season or will extend into the rainy season (Oct. 1 through April 30). G Owner/contractor received a Storm Water Notice of Violation within past two years Tier 3 - Medium Construction Threat Assessment Criteria G All projects not meeting Tier 3 High Construction Threat Assessment Criteria Tier 2 Hiah Construction Threat Assessment Criteria G Project is located within the Buena Vista or Agua Hedionda Lagoon watershed, inside or within 200 feet of an environmentally sensitive area (ESA) or discharges directly to an ESA G Soil at site is moderately to highly erosive (defined as having a predominance of soils with USDA-NRCS Erosion factors kf greater than or equal to 0.4) Q/ Site slope is 5 to 1 or steeper 6d Construction is initiated during the rainy season or will extend into the rainy season (Oct. 1 through April 30). G Owner/contractor received a Storm Water Notice of Violation within past two years G Site results in one half acre or more of soil disturbance Tier 2 - Medium Construction Threat Assessment Criteria G All projects not meeting Tier 2 High Construction Threat Assessment Criteria Tier 1 - Medium Insoection Threat Assessment Criteria G Project is located within the Buena Vista or Agua Hedionda Lagoon watershed, within or directly adjacent to an environmentally sensitive area (ESA) or discharges directly to an ESA G Soil at site is moderately to highly erosive (defined as having a predominance of soils with USDA-NRCS Erosion factors kf greater than or equal to 0.4) G Site slope is 5 to 1 or steeper G Construction is initiated during the rainy season or will extend into the rainy season (Oct. 1 through April 30). G Owner/contractor received a Storm Water Notice of Violation within past two years G Site results in one half acre or more of soil disturbance Tier 1 - Low Insoection Threat Assessment Criteria G All projects not meeting Tier 1 Medium Construction Threat Assessment Criteria -Not Applicable - Perceived Threat to Storm Water Quality High Medium High Medium Medium Low Exempt The city engineer may authorize minor variances from the construction threat assessment cntena in special circumstances where it can be shown that a lesser or higher amount of storm water compliance inspection is warranted in the opinion of the city engineer E-33 Page 1 of 1 REV 4/30/10